o
|
REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR (g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
|
x
|
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
|
o
|
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
|
o
|
SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15 (d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
|
Title of each class | Name of each exchange on which registered |
Ordinary Shares, par value NIS 0.01 per share | New York Stock Exchange ( “ NYSE ” ) |
Large accelerated filer [ X ] | Accelerated filer [ ] | Non-accelerated filer [ ] |
Page
|
||
PART I
|
||
5
|
||
5
|
||
5
|
||
30
|
||
84
|
||
85
|
||
113
|
||
142
|
||
147
|
||
149
|
||
151
|
||
165
|
||
167
|
||
PART II
|
||
167
|
||
167
|
||
167
|
||
168
|
||
168
|
||
169
|
||
169
|
||
169
|
||
169
|
||
170
|
||
171
|
||
PART III
|
||
171
|
||
171
|
||
171
|
||
Financial Statements
|
F-1
|
A.
|
SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
2010
|
2011(1)
|
2012
|
2013
|
2014
|
2014
|
|||||||||||||||||||
(In NIS millions, except per share data)
|
(In US$ millions)
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
Income Statement Data:
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Revenues
|
6,662 | 6,506 | 5,938 | 4,927 | 4,570 | 1,175 | ||||||||||||||||||
Cost of revenues
|
3,322 | 3,408 | 3,463 | 2,990 | 2,727 | 701 | ||||||||||||||||||
Selling and marketing expenses
|
756 | 990 | 865 | 717 | 672 | 173 | ||||||||||||||||||
General and administrative expenses
|
641 | 685 | 629 | 570 | 463 | 119 | ||||||||||||||||||
Other (income) expenses, net
|
5 | 1 | (4 | ) | (1 | ) | 46 | 12 | ||||||||||||||||
Operating income
|
1,938 | 1,422 | 985 | 651 | 662 | 170 | ||||||||||||||||||
Financing expense, net
|
230 | 293 | 259 | 246 | 198 | 51 | ||||||||||||||||||
Income tax
|
417 | 304 | 195 | 117 | 110 | 28 | ||||||||||||||||||
Net income
|
1,291 | 825 | 531 | 288 | 354 | 91 | ||||||||||||||||||
Basic earnings per share
|
13.04 | 8.28 | 5.34 | 2.89 | 3.51 | 0.90 | ||||||||||||||||||
Diluted earnings per share
|
12.98 | 8.28 | 5.33 | 2.86 | 3.48 | 0.89 | ||||||||||||||||||
Weighted average ordinary shares used in calculation of basic earnings per share
|
98,979,544 | 99,476,671 | 99,481,487 | 99,495,525 | 99,924,306 | |||||||||||||||||||
Weighted average ordinary shares used in calculation of diluted earnings per share
|
99,480,791 | 99,511,433 | 99,609,722 | 100,319,724 | 100,706,282 | |||||||||||||||||||
Other Data:
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
EBITDA(2)
|
2,667 | 2,167 | 1,753 | 1,335 | 1,282 | 330 | ||||||||||||||||||
Capital expenditures
|
735 | 520 | 537 | 384 | 487 | 125 | ||||||||||||||||||
Dividends declared per share
|
13.85 | 7.88 | 1.31 | 0.85 | - | - | ||||||||||||||||||
Net cash from operating activities
|
2,380 | 1,332 | 1,641 | 1,556 | 1,557 | 400 | ||||||||||||||||||
Net cash used in investing activities
|
(889 | ) | (1,656 | ) | (708 | ) | (344 | ) | (350 | ) | (90 | ) | ||||||||||||
Net cash from (used in) financing activities
|
(1,861 | ) | 715 | (439 | ) | (1,569 | ) | (1,106 | ) | (284 | ) | |||||||||||||
Cellular Subscribers (in thousands)(3)
|
3,394 | 3,349 | 3,199 | 3,092 | 2,967 | |||||||||||||||||||
Churn rate of cellular subscribers(4)
|
20.5 | % | 25.1 | % | 31.5 | % | 36.8 | % | 44 | % | ||||||||||||||
Cellular ARPU (in NIS)(5)
|
144 | 106 | 88 | 78 | 72 | 19 | ||||||||||||||||||
Balance Sheet Data: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Cash | 533 | 920 | 1,414 | 1,057 | 1,158 | 298 | ||||||||||||||||||
Working capital | 924 | 679 | 1,232 | 1,082 | 837 | 215 | ||||||||||||||||||
Total assets | 5,996 | 8,557 | 8,787 | 7,579 | 7,240 | 1,862 | ||||||||||||||||||
Total equity | 341 | 187 | 500 | 710 | 1,092 | 281 |
(1)
|
The consolidated financial results for the year ended December 31, 2011 include the results of Netvision, our wholly owned subsidiary, for the months September through December 2011. We consummated the acquisition of Netvision on August 31, 2011.
|
(2)
|
EBITDA is a non-IFRS measure and is defined as income before financing income (expenses), net; other income (expenses), net (excluding one-time expense related to employee retirement plan); income tax; depreciation and amortization and share based payments. We present EBITDA as a supplemental performance measure because we believe that it facilitates operating performance
comparisons from period to period and company to company by backing out potential differences caused by variations in capital structure (most particularly affecting our interest expense given our significant debt), tax positions (such as the impact on periods or companies of changes in effective tax rates or net operating losses) and the age of, and depreciation expenses associated with, fixed assets. EBITDA should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for operating income or other statement of operations or cash flow data prepared in accordance with IFRS as a measure of our profitability or liquidity. EBITDA does not take into account our debt service requirements and other commitments, including capital expenditures, and, accordingly, is not necessarily indicative of amounts that may be available for discretionary uses. In addition, EBITDA, as presented in this annual report, may not be comparable to similarly titled measures reported by other companies due to differences in the way that these measures are calculated.
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
2010
|
2011
|
2012
|
2013
|
2014
|
2014
|
|||||||||||||||||||
(In NIS millions)
|
(In US$ millions)
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
Net income
|
1,291 | 825 | 531 | 288 | 354 | 91 | ||||||||||||||||||
Financing expense, net
|
230 | 293 | 259 | 246 | 198 | 51 | ||||||||||||||||||
Other expenses (income), net
|
5 | 1 | (4 | ) | (1 | ) | 7 | 2 | ||||||||||||||||
Taxes on income
|
417 | 304 | 195 | 117 | 110 | 28 | ||||||||||||||||||
Depreciation and amortization
|
724 | 738 | 765 | 676 | 610 | 157 | ||||||||||||||||||
Share based payments
|
- | 6 | 7 | 9 | 3 | 1 | ||||||||||||||||||
EBITDA
|
2,667 | 2,167 | 1,753 | 1,335 | 1,282 | 330 |
(3)
|
Cellular subscriber data refers to active subscribers. We use a six-month method of calculating our cellular subscriber base, which means that we deduct subscribers from our subscriber base after six months of no revenue generation and activity on our network by or in relation to the post-paid subscribers, no revenue generating calls or SMS for pre-paid subscribers and no data usage or less than NIS 1 of accumulated revenues for M2M (machine to machine) subscribers. The six-month method is, to the best of our knowledge, consistent with the methodology used by other cellular providers in Israel. During the fourth quarter of 2011, we removed approximately 52,000 subscribers from our subscribers base, which included subscribers using our TDMA network who had not requested a transfer to our other networks following the shutdown of our TDMA network as of December 31, 2011, and subscribers who ceased using our services following a change to our policy which previously allowed subscribers to change from post to prepaid subscription as a result of the reduction of early termination fees in plans which include a commitment to a predefined period, or Early Termination Fees, in the cellular market in early 2011. These changes affected other key performance indicators. In the fourth quarter of 2012 we removed approximately 138,000 M2M subscribers from our subscriber base, following the addition of the above revenue generation criterion for M2M subscribers. This change had an immaterial effect on our ARPU for 2012. In the fourth quarter of 2013, we removed approximately 64,000 subscribers from our subscriber base, following a change to our prepaid subscribers counting mechanism. As a result of such change, we add a prepaid subscriber to our subscribers base only upon charging a prepaid card and remove them from our subscribers base after six months of no revenue generating calls or SMS. Following each of these changes, we have not restated prior subscriber data to conform with this change.
|
(4)
|
Churn rate is defined as the total number of voluntary and involuntary permanent deactivations of cellular subscribers in a given period expressed as a percentage of the number of cellular subscribers at the beginning of the period. Involuntary permanent deactivations relate to cellular subscribers who have failed to pay their arrears for the period of six consecutive months. Voluntary permanent deactivations relate to cellular subscribers who terminated their use of our cellular services. Churn rate data is excluding the above mentioned removals of subscribers.
|
(5)
|
Average monthly revenue per cellular subscriber (ARPU) is calculated by dividing revenues from cellular services for the period by the average number of cellular subscribers during the period and by dividing the result by the number of months in the period. Revenues from inbound roaming services and hosting services are included even though the number of cellular subscribers in the equation does not include the users of those roaming and hosting services. Inbound roaming services and hosting services are included because ARPU is meant to capture all service revenues generated by a cellular network. Revenues from sales of extended warranties are included because they represent recurring revenues generated by cellular subscribers, but revenues from sales of handsets (which for purposes of this report may include other types of cellular end user equipment, such as tablets), repair services and other services are not. We and industry analysts treat ARPU as a key performance indicator of a cellular operator because it is the closest meaningful measure of the contribution to service revenues made by an average subscriber.
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
2010
|
2011
|
2012
|
2013
|
2014
|
2014
|
|||||||||||||||||||
(In NIS millions, except number of subscribers and months)
|
(In US$ millions)
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
Revenues
|
6,662 | 6,506 | 5,938 | 4,927 | 4,570 | 1,175 | ||||||||||||||||||
less revenues from equipment sales
|
802 | 1,747 | 1,356 | 942 | 1,005 | 258 | ||||||||||||||||||
less other revenues*
|
124 | 484 | 1,125 | 1,034 | 941 | 242 | ||||||||||||||||||
Revenues used in cellular ARPU calculation
|
5,736 | 4,275 | 3,457 | 2,951 | 2,624 | 675 | ||||||||||||||||||
Average number of cellular subscribers
|
3,322,891 | 3,361,803 | 3,291,843 | 3,135,857 | 3,034,946 | 3,034,946 | ||||||||||||||||||
Months during period
|
12 | 12 | 12 | 12 | 12 | 12 | ||||||||||||||||||
Cellular ARPU (in NIS, per month)
|
144 | 106 | 88 | 78 | 72 | 19 |
|
*
|
Other revenues include revenues from other communications services such as ISP, transmission services, local and international landline services and repair services.
|
Month
|
High (NIS)
|
Low (NIS)
|
||||||
September 2014
|
3.695 | 3.578 | ||||||
October 2014
|
3.793 | 3.644 | ||||||
November 2014
|
3.889 | 3.782 | ||||||
December 2014
|
3.994 | 3.889 | ||||||
January 2015
|
3.998 | 3.889 | ||||||
February 2015
|
3.966 | 3.844 |
Year
|
Average (NIS)
|
|||
2010
|
3.732 | |||
2011
|
3.582 | |||
2012
|
3.844 | |||
2013
|
3.601 | |||
2014
|
3.593 |
B.
|
CAPITALIZATION AND INDEBTEDNESS
|
C.
|
REASONS FOR THE OFFER AND USE OF PROCEEDS
|
D.
|
RISK FACTORS
|
|
·
|
do not approve the network and site sharing agreements we entered with Pelephone communications Ltd., or Pelephone, and Golan Telecom Ltd., or Golan, our competitors, or approve them subject to conditions that are adverse to us, more so if the regulators do approve a similar agreement between our other competitors, or provide such approval on an earlier date than for our agreements or under more lenient terms. For additional details, see "- We face intense competition in all aspects of our business" and "We may be adversely affected by the significant technological and other changes in the cellular communications industry; network sharing agreements, if approved, may have material adverse effects on our business" below and "Item 4. Information on
The Company – B. Business Overview – Network and Technology - Network and Cell Sites Sharing Agreements" and "-Competition";
|
|
·
|
reduce tariffs, or otherwise intervene in the pricing policies for our products and services, including by: intervening in pricing of bundles of services or roaming services, or prohibiting subscription or other fees for certain services. For additional details regarding such steps already implemented and outstanding hearings see "Item 4. Information on the Company – B. Business Overview – Government Regulations – Tariff Supervision" and "Item 4. Information on The Company – B. Business Overview – Netvision`" for additional details;
|
|
·
|
set unfavorable national roaming tariffs or Mobile Virtual Network Operator, or MVNO, hosting tariffs, or require us to provide wholesale services on our landline infrastructure or provide and purchase such services at unfavorable tariffs, or set reduced interconnect tariffs so that they do not represent cost plus reasonable profit. See "Item 4. Information on the Company – B. Business Overview - "Government Regulations - Tariff Supervision", "-Additional MNOs", and "– Landline";
|
|
·
|
award new or smaller competitors certain benefits and leniencies not available to existing cellular operators, including through waiving, easing or not enforcing requirements set in the licenses of mobile network operators, or MNOs, or by limiting our ability to compete, including by providing preference to new or smaller competitors in the allocation of frequencies or otherwise. See "Item 4. Information on the Company – B. Business Overview - Competition", "-Government Regulations – Mobile Virtual Network Operators" and "- Additional MNOs" for additional details;
|
|
·
|
allow other operators to provide services previously provided only by us to our subscribers, including roaming services;
|
|
·
|
do not renew our licenses or the allocation of our frequencies or demand that we return frequencies allocated to us;
|
|
·
|
impose new safety or health-related requirements;
|
|
·
|
impose additional restrictions or requirements with respect to the construction and operation of cell sites or the networks, including in relation to site and network sharing;
|
|
·
|
impose restrictions on the provision of services or products we currently provide or regulate or otherwise intervene with the terms under which we advertise and market them and provide them to our subscribers, including in respect of existing agreements.;
|
|
·
|
limit or otherwise intervene with the services or products that we may sell;
|
|
·
|
set higher service standards or costly requirements relating to the service we provide our customers, both in relation to our network quality and coverage and our customer service;
|
|
·
|
impose the laws and regulations applicable to charge cards on the clearing services we provide to third party providers, including liability for misuse and liability imposed on internet online and telephonic transactions. The Israeli Attorney General has given such opinion to two separate tribunals (which have not yet ruled on the matter);
|
|
·
|
impose a stricter policy with respect to privacy protection, such as with regard to data protection, collection, amelioration or usage of data for marketing activities;
|
|
·
|
impose structural or operational separation between our and Netvision's operations (partial or full) or between the different services within each company or otherwise limit our ability to offer bundles of services;
|
|
·
|
set unfavorable regulation regarding international communications services and the landline wholesale market. See "Item 4. Information on The Company – B. Business Overview –Government Regulations – Landline".
|
|
·
|
impose regulation on our recently launched OTT TV services, including the requirement to finance original productions, whether as TV provider or infrastructure (MNO and ISP) provider or imposing unfavorable terms for the usage of the Digital
terrestrial television (DTT) broadcasting in Israel. See "-
Item 4. Information on the Company – B. Business Overview – Government Regulations ― OTT TV".
|
|
·
|
the approval and execution of a network sharing agreement between our competitors, more so if not coupled with an approval and execution of similar agreements by us, given the material savings in expenditures and investments that can be achieved by such sharing of networks, as well as from the exemption from the requirement to build a 3rd generation network provided to our competitors Golan and Hot Mobile Ltd., or Hot Mobile, embedded in such network sharing approval. The approval of network sharing agreements would substantially decrease Golan and Hot's expenditures, specifically their variable cost per customer. Network sharing will also allow Hot Mobile and Golan to offer hosting services to MVNOs, whereas presently they do not. For details regarding the sharing agreements see "Item 4. Information on The Company – B. Business Overview – Network and Technology - Network and Cell Sites Sharing Agreements" and "-Government Regulation –Network Sharing".
|
|
·
|
tariffs maintained at their current level or decreasing even further, including as part of a bundle.
|
|
·
|
an ineffective landline wholesale market, including due to the pricing of the wholesale services in relation to the offering of services by the Bezeq and Hot groups at tariffs lower than prevailing market tariffs or lower than our costs for these services, as it may impede our ability to provide competitive bundles and adversely affect our services dependent on landline infrastructure currently purchased or to be purchased by us under the wholesale market, such as ISP, landline telephony, and OTT TV, more so when coupled with increasing demand for greater bandwidth, resulting in higher costs while revenues decrease.
|
|
·
|
increased competition in the hosting services market. If our sharing agreements are not approved, Golan may choose to purchase (subject to our national roaming agreement conditions) future national roaming services elsewhere or engage in a network sharing agreement with another operator, resulting in the loss of revenues from national roaming services to us. For details regarding the sharing agreements see "Item 4. Information on The Company – B. Business Overview – Network and Technology - Network and Cell Sites Sharing Agreements".
|
|
·
|
annulment or further relaxation of the structural separation imposed on each of the Bezeq and Hot groups as it will provide the Bezeq and Hot groups a competitive advantage, given their dominance in the landline telephony, TV and infrastructure markets. See "Item 4. Information on The Company –B. Business Overview –", "-Government Regulations – Landline" for additional details.
|
|
·
|
entrance of new competitors to any of the markets we operate in, or the entry of existing competitors to additional markets or segments where they are currently not or less active, or as a result of regulatory changes, allowing other operators to provide services currently provided only by us to our subscribers. See "Item 4. Information on The Company –B. Business Overview - Government Regulation – Our principal license", "Other Licenses –Unified License" and "-Additional MNOs".
|
|
·
|
the continued increased competition in the handsets market
, may result in decreased handset sales, and even an inability to meet our contractual obligations to purchase a minimal quantity of handsets from Apple,. See "Item 4. Information on The Company –B. Business Overview – Competition" for additional details.
|
|
·
|
inability to attract and retain subscribers to our recently launched OTT TV services or price erosion in the TV market due to increased competition.
|
|
·
|
our founding shareholder, Discount Investment Corporation Ltd., or DIC (or its transferee or transferees, if approved in advance by the Ministry of Communications as “founding shareholders”), must own at least 26% of each of our means of control;
|
|
·
|
Israeli citizens and residents among our founding shareholders (or their approved transferees) must own at least 20% of our outstanding share capital and each of our other means of control (DIC has agreed to comply with this requirement);
|
|
·
|
a majority of our directors must be Israeli citizens and residents;
|
|
·
|
at least 20% of our directors must be appointed by Israeli citizens and residents among our founding shareholders; and
|
|
·
|
we are required to have a committee of our Board of Directors that deals with matters relating to state security, which must be comprised of at least four directors (including an external director) having the requisite security clearance by Israel’s General Security Service.
|
|
·
|
increasing our vulnerability to adverse economic, industry or business conditions, including increases in the Israeli Consumer Prices Index, or CPI, as approximately NIS 3,222 million ($828 million) is CPI linked;
|
|
·
|
limiting our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our industry and the economy in general;
|
|
·
|
requiring us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to service our debt, thus reducing the funds available for operations and future business development, as well as for dividend distribution; and
|
|
·
|
limiting our ability to obtain, or resulting in less favorable terms and pricing for, additional financing to operate, develop and expand our business or for refinancing existing debt.
|
A.
|
HISTORY AND DEVELOPMENT OF THE COMPANY
|
B.
|
BUSINESS OVERVIEW
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
||||||||||||||||||||
2010
|
2011
|
2012
|
2013
|
2014
|
||||||||||||||||
Cellular subscribers (end of period) (in thousands)(1)
|
3,394 | 3,349 | 3,199 | 3,092 | 2,967 | |||||||||||||||
Revenues (in NIS millions)
|
6,662 | 6,506 | 5,938 | 4,927 | 4,570 |
(1)
|
Subscriber data refers to active cellular subscribers. We use a six-month method of calculating our cellular subscriber base, which means that we deduct subscribers from our cellular subscriber base after six months of no revenue generation and activity on our network by or in relation to the post-paid subscriber, no revenue generating calls or SMS for pre-paid subscriber and no data usage or less than NIS 1 of accumulated revenues for M2M (machine to machine) subscribers. The six-month method is, to the best of our knowledge, consistent with the methodology used by other cellular providers in Israel. During the fourth quarter of 2011, we removed approximately 52,000 subscribers from our subscribers base, which included subscribers using our TDMA network who had not requested a transfer to our other networks following the shutdown of our TDMA network as of December 31, 2011, and subscribers who ceased using our services following a change to our policy which previously allowed subscribers to change from post to prepaid subscription as a result of the reduction of Early Termination Fees in the cellular market in early 2011. These changes affected other key performance indicators. In the fourth quarter of 2012, we removed approximately 138,000 M2M subscribers from our subscriber base, following the addition of the above revenue generation criterion for M2M subscribers. This change had an immaterial effect on our ARPU for 2012. In the fourth quarter of 2013 we removed approximately 64,000 subscribers from our subscribers base, following a change to our prepaid subscribers counting mechanism. As a result of such change, we add a prepaid subscriber to our subscribers base only upon charging a prepaid card and remove them from our subscribers base after six months of no revenue generating calls or SMS.
Following each of these changes, we have not restated prior subscriber data to conform to such changes.
|
·
|
Offering our customers comprehensive telecommunications solutions
. We offer our customers a wide range of mobile and wireline telecommunications services. We focus our offerings on bundles of services, as they enhance customer loyalty to us and once the wholesale market, which was formally launched in February 2015, is effective, we intend to make a triple (internet infrastructure, landline telephony and TV services) offering as well. We also offer a one stop shop for the group's portfolio of services, in both customer service and sales. In addition, we intend to continue to leverage our leading position and large market share in those businesses for cross-sales and the offering of new services which are found to be synergetic to those businesses, such as our recently launched OTT TV services, in order to increase our overall revenues and market share.
|
·
|
Growing in wireline services.
We intend to continue to expand our landline business with both private and business customers. For private customers, we provide ISP, home telephony services (via Bezeq's and Hot's infrastructure), OTT TV services as well as ILD services. An effective wholesale landline services, will enhance our ability to offer additional services and compete with the incumbents, Bezeq and Hot, as well as other competitors in these markets. For details of the wholesale market see also "Item 4. Information on the Company – Government Regulations – Landline". For business customers, we provide a wide range of telecommunications services, including ISP, ILD, landline telephony services, as well as hosting and data security services. These, combined with approximately 1,750 kilometer inland fiber-optic network, our microwave infrastructure, and Netvision's high penetration in business parks and industrial centers, provide us with the ability to selectively offer cost-efficient landline telecommunications solutions to business customers and integrated offerings of landline and cellular services.
|
·
|
Offer new services that will complete our offering as a telecommunications group
and are synergetic to our core businesses
. We continue to develop new complementary businesses that will leverage our varied capacities and that are synergetic to our core business. Our recently launched OTT TV solution allows us to offer a low cost attractive alternative to the traditional cable and satellite television services offered in Israel by Hot and D.B.S Satellite Services (1998) Ltd., or Yes (a subsidiary of Bezeq).
|
·
|
Optimization of cost structure
. We continue our efforts to reduce costs and improve our efficiency. In 2014 we continued taking other aggressive efficiency measures, through adjustments to the existing head count, a reduction in overhead expenses and improvement of work processes. We plan to continue streamlining our costs in 2015, including organizational and personnel changes, and also through the network sharing agreement we entered with Pelephone, should it receive the necessary regulatory approvals.
|
|
·
|
acquiring Netvision to create a competitive communications group and offering comprehensive bundles of mobile and wireline solutions and future triple offerings, once a wholesale market is effectively available;
|
|
·
|
investing in our network to ensure our ability to offer quality and advanced cellular and wireline services, including in our 4G network which is also supporting LTE advanced technology and providing our customers with the most advanced services;
|
|
·
|
entering into network and cell site sharing agreements with Pelephone and Golan, which, if approved and executed, will result in substantial operating expense and capital expenditure savings to us;
|
|
·
|
identifying new opportunities to maximize our advantages as a cellular operator and as a communications group, such as our recently launched television services over the internet and the wider offering of landline infrastructure and telephony services to the private sector if an effective wholesale market is established;
|
|
·
|
investing significant resources in customer service and retention, as well as supporting information technology systems;
|
|
·
|
taking aggressive efficiency measures through adjustments to our existing head count, reducing overhead expenses and improving work processes, in order to reduce costs and improve our agility; and
|
|
·
|
offering attractive pricing plans to subscribers, including bundles of services and cross-sale and up-sale of our and Netvision's services.
|
|
·
|
the license may be modified, cancelled, conditioned or restricted by the Ministry of Communications in certain instances, including: if required to ensure the level of services we provide; if a breach of a material term of the license occurs; if DIC (or a transferee or transferees approved by the Ministry of Communications), in its capacity as our founding shareholder, holds, directly or indirectly, less than 26% of our means of control (with “means of control” defined for these purposes as voting rights, the right to appoint a director or general manager, the right to participate in distributions, or the right to participate in distributions upon liquidation); if our founding shareholders who are Israeli citizens and residents hold, directly or indirectly, less than 20% of our means of control (DIC, as founding shareholder, has undertaken to comply with this condition); if at least 20% of our directors are not appointed by Israeli citizens and residents from among our founding shareholders or if less than a majority of our directors are Israeli citizens and residents; if any of our managers or directors is convicted of a crime of moral turpitude and continues to serve; if we commit an act or omission that adversely affects or limits competition in the cellular communications market; or if we and our 10% or greater shareholders fail to maintain combined shareholders’ equity of at least $200 million.;
|
|
·
|
it is prohibited to acquire (alone or together with relatives or with other parties who collaborate on a regular basis) or transfer our shares, directly or indirectly (including by way of creating a pledge which if foreclosed, will result in the transfer of shares), in one transaction or a series of transactions, if such acquisition or transfer will result in a holding or transfer of 10% or more of any of our means of control, or to transfer any of our means of control if as a result of such transfer, control over our company will be transferred from one party to another, without the prior approval of the Ministry of Communications. For the purpose of the license, “control” is defined as the direct or indirect ability to direct our operations whether this ability arises from our articles of association, from written or oral agreement or from holding any means of control or otherwise, other than from holding the position of director or officer;
|
|
·
|
it is prohibited for any of our office holders or anyone holding more than 5% of our means of control, to hold, directly or indirectly, more than 5% of the means of control in Bezeq or another cellular operator in Israel, or, for any of the foregoing to serve as an office holder of one of our competitors, subject to certain exceptions requiring the prior approval of the Ministry of Communications;
|
|
·
|
we, our office holders and our interested parties, may not be parties to any arrangement whatsoever with Bezeq or another cellular operator that is intended or is likely to restrict or harm competition in the field of cellular services, cellular handsets or other cellular services. For the purpose of the license, an “interested party” is defined as a 5% or greater holder of any means of control;
|
|
·
|
we are subject to the guidelines of Israel’s General Security Services, which may include requirements that certain office holders and holders of certain other positions be Israeli citizens and residents with security clearance. For example, our Board of Directors is required to appoint a committee to deal with matters concerning state security. Only directors who have the requisite security clearance by Israel’s General Security Services may be members of this committee. In addition, the Minister of Communications is entitled under our license to appoint a state employee with security clearance to act as an observer in all meetings of our Board of Directors and its committees;
|
|
·
|
prior to operating a network, we are required to have agreements with a manufacturer of cellular network equipment for the duration of its intended operating period, which must include, among other things, a know-how agreement and an agreement guaranteeing the supply of spare parts for our network equipment for a period of at least seven years;
|
|
·
|
we are required to interconnect our network to other public telecommunications networks in Israel, on equal terms and without discrimination, in order to enable subscribers of all operators to communicate with one another, and are also required to provide national roaming services to new UMTS operators;
|
|
·
|
we may not give preference in providing infrastructure services to a license holder that is an affiliated company over other license holders, whether in
payment for services, conditions or availability of services or in any other manner, other than in specific circumstances and subject to the approval of the Ministry of Communications;
|
|
·
|
there are certain general types of payments that we may collect from our subscribers, general mechanisms for setting and raising tariffs, including the basic airtime charging units, and providing cellular services related benefits, reports that we must submit to the Ministry of Communications and an obligation to provide notice to our customers and the Ministry of Communications prior to increasing tariffs and the Ministry of Communications is authorized to intervene in setting tariffs in certain instances;
|
|
·
|
we must maintain a minimum standard of customer service, including, among other things, establishing call centers, maintaining a certain service level of our network, collecting payments pursuant to a certain procedure, protecting the privacy of subscribers; use a specific format for our agreement with our customers; obtain an explicit request from our subscribers to purchase services, whether by us or by third parties, as a precondition to providing and charging for such services, including specific requirements as to format and a default blockage of the customer's ability to purchase certain services; maintain a specific form of evidence of customers' request to purchase our services as a precondition to charging our customers for those services; and provide certain notifications to customers regarding the services ordered and the procedures for handling subscribers' objections as to billing and repayment of overcharged sums;
|
|
·
|
we may not be transfer, pledge or encumber the license or any part thereof without the prior approval of the Ministry of Communications, and face restrictions on the sale, lease or pledge of any assets used for implementing the license; and
|
|
·
|
we are required to obtain insurance coverage for our cellular activities. In addition, the license imposes statutory liability for any loss or damage caused to a third party as a result of establishing, sustaining, maintaining or operating our cellular network. We have further undertaken to indemnify the State of Israel for any monetary obligation imposed on the State of Israel in the event of such loss or damage. For the purpose of guaranteeing our obligations under the license, we have deposited a bank guarantee in the amount of $10 million with the Ministry of Communications, which may be forfeited in the event that we violate the terms of our license.
|
·
|
There will be at least 3 independent cellular radio networks in Israel;
|
·
|
The sharing operators must allow other operators to join at equal terms to those awarded to the operator with the smallest market share;
|
·
|
Each sharing operator may host a Mobile Virtual Network Operator without the other operator's consent;
|
·
|
Each sharing operator will be responsible for the provision of cellular services under its license. An indefeasible right of use for the duration of the sharing may be considered as meeting this principle;
|
·
|
Approvals will be granted for a limited period and may be extended;
|
·
|
The shared radio network will be operated through a joint entity held equally by the sharing operators but structurally separated from each of them, which will be required to obtain a license from the MOC but will not be allocated frequencies and each of the sharing operators shall enter into a usage agreement with it. The shared network shall use the frequencies allocated to the sharing operators;
|
·
|
The radio elements of the shared network will be held in equal parts by the sharing operators; each of the sharing partners will have a right of use in the other partner's passive infrastructure following termination of the agreement; and
|
·
|
Additional principles relating to the execution of such sharing and its termination.
|
|
·
|
building permits from the local planning and building committee or the local licensing authority (if no exemption is available);
|
|
·
|
approvals for construction and operation from the Commissioner of Environmental Radiation of the Ministry of Environmental Protection;
|
|
·
|
permits from the Civil Aviation Authority (in most cases);
|
|
·
|
permits from the Israel Defense Forces (in certain cases); and
|
|
·
|
other specific permits necessary where applicable, such as for cell sites on water towers or agricultural land.
|
|
·
|
provision of international calling services, or ILD services;
|
|
·
|
provision of landline telephony services, including teleconferencing services; and
|
|
·
|
sales of IP switchboard services and operation and management of business telecommunications systems.
|
|
·
|
the license holder is required to interconnect its network to other public telecommunications networks in Israel, on equal terms and without discrimination, in order to enable subscribers of all operators to communicate with one another;
|
|
·
|
the license holder may not take any action or be party to any arrangement which might adversely affect competition in the market;
|
|
·
|
the license holder is required to, among other things, maintain a minimum standard of customer service, including, among other things, establishing call centers, maintaining
a certain service level of its network, tariffs setting and updating and protecting the privacy of subscribers;
|
|
·
|
the licenses or any part thereof may not be transferred, pledged or encumbered without the prior approval of the Ministry of Communications. The licenses also set forth restrictions on the sale, lease or pledge of any assets used for implementing the licenses;
|
|
·
|
pursuant to these licenses and the Israeli Communications Regulations (Royalties), 2001, the license holders are required to pay the State of Israel royalties equal to a percentage of their eligible revenues. As of 2013, that percentage is 0;
|
|
·
|
the license holders are required to obtain insurance coverage for their activities pursuant to these licenses. In addition, the licenses impose statutory liability for any loss or damage caused to a third party as a result of establishing, sustaining, maintaining or operating the license holder's network. The license holders have further undertaken to indemnify the State of Israel for any monetary obligation imposed on the State of Israel in the event of such loss or damage. For the purpose of guaranteeing its obligations under theses license, Netvision deposited bank guarantees for this liability under the ILD and landline licenses in the amounts of $9 million and $11 million, respectively, with the Ministry of Communications, which may be forfeited in the event that the license holder violates the terms of its license; and
|
|
·
|
the transfer or pledge of means of control in the license holder is prohibited without the prior written consent of the Ministry of Communications, if, as a result of such transfer, a person (1) becomes a 5% holder or more in the license holder; or (2) acquires the ability to effect a significant influence over us (in this context, holding 25% of our means of control is presumed to confer significant influence); or (3) becomes a controlling shareholder.
|
C.
|
ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURE
|
D.
|
PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
|
A.
|
OPERATING RESULTS
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
Change*
|
|||||||||||||||||||
2012
|
2013
|
2014
|
2013 vs. 2012
|
2014 vs. 2013
|
||||||||||||||||
Subscribers at end of period(1) (in thousands)
|
3,199 | 3,092 | 2,967 | (3.3 | %) | 4.0 | ||||||||||||||
Churn rate of cellular subscribers(1)(2)
|
31.5 | % | 36.8 | % | 44 | % |
5.3
|
pp |
7.2
|
pp | ||||||||||
Average monthly revenue per subscriber (ARPU) (1)(3) (in NIS)
|
88 | 78 | 72 | (10.3 | %) | (7.7 | %) | |||||||||||||
Operating income (in NIS millions)
|
985 | 651 | 662 | (33.9 | %) | 1.7 | % | |||||||||||||
Net income (in NIS millions)
|
531 | 288 | 354 | (45.8 | %) | 22.9 | % | |||||||||||||
EBITDA(4) (in NIS millions)
|
1,753 | 1,335 | 1,282 | (23.8 | %) | (4 | %) | |||||||||||||
Operating income margin(5)
|
16.6 | % | 13.2 | % | 14.5 | % |
(3.4
|
)pp |
1.3
|
pp | ||||||||||
EBITDA margin(6)
|
29.5 | % | 27.1 | % | 28.1 | % |
(2.4
|
)pp |
0.9
|
pp |
*
|
pp denotes percentage points and this measure of change is calculated by subtracting the 2012 measure from the 2013 measure and the 2013 measure from the 2014 measure, respectively.
|
(1)
|
Cellular subscriber data refers to active subscribers. We use a six-month method of calculating our cellular subscriber base, which means that we deduct subscribers from our subscriber base after six months of no revenue generation and activity on our network by or in relation to the post-paid subscriber, no revenue generating calls or SMS for pre-paid subscriber and no data usage or less than NIS 1 of accumulated revenues from M2M (machine to machine) subscribers. The six-month method is, to the best of our knowledge, consistent with the methodology used by other cellular providers in Israel. In the fourth quarter of 2012 we removed approximately 138,000 M2M subscribers from our subscriber base, following the addition of the above revenue generation criterion for M2M subscribers. This change had an immaterial effect on our ARPU for 2012. In the fourth quarter of 2013 we removed approximately 64,000 subscribers from our subscribers base, following a change to our prepaid subscribers counting mechanism As a result of such change, we add a prepaid subscriber to our subscribers base only upon charging a prepaid card and remove them from our subscribers base after six months of no revenue generating calls or SMS. Following each of these changes, we have not restated prior subscriber data to conform with this change.
|
(2)
|
Churn rate is defined as the total number of voluntary and involuntary permanent deactivations of cellular subscribers in a given period expressed as a percentage of the number of cellular subscribers at the beginning of such period. Involuntary permanent deactivations relate to cellular subscribers who have failed to pay their arrears for the period of six consecutive months. Voluntary permanent deactivations relate to cellular subscribers who terminated their use of our services. Churn rate data is excluding the above mentioned removals of subscribers.
|
(3)
|
Average monthly revenue per cellular subscriber (ARPU) is calculated by dividing revenues from cellular services for the period by the average number of cellular subscribers during the period and by dividing the result by the number of months in the period. Revenues from inbound roaming services and hosting services are included even though the number of subscribers in the equation does not include the users of those roaming and hosting services. Inbound roaming services and hosting services are included because ARPU is meant to capture all service revenues generated by a cellular network. Revenues from sales of extended warranties are included because they represent recurring revenues generated by subscribers, but revenues from sales of handsets (which for purposes of this report may include other types of cellular end user equipment, such as tablets), repair services, and other services are not. We and industry analysts, treat ARPU as a key performance indicator of a cellular operator because it is the closest meaningful measure of the contribution to service revenues made by an average subscriber.
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
||||||||||||
2012
|
2013
|
2014
|
||||||||||
(In NIS millions, except number of subscribers and months)
|
||||||||||||
Revenues
|
5,938 | 4,927 | 4,570 | |||||||||
less revenues from equipment sales
|
1,356 | 942 | 1,005 | |||||||||
less other revenues*
|
1,125 | 1,034 | 941 | |||||||||
Revenues used in ARPU calculation (in NIS millions)
|
3,457 | 2,951 | 2,624 | |||||||||
Average number of subscribers
|
3,291,843 | 3,135,857 | 3,034,946 | |||||||||
Months during period
|
12 | 12 | 12 | |||||||||
ARPU (in NIS, per month)
|
88 | 78 | 72 |
|
*
|
Other revenues include revenues from other communications services such as ISP, transmission services and local and international landline services.
|
(4)
|
EBITDA is a non-IFRS measure and is defined as income before financing income (expenses), net; other income (expenses), net;
(excluding one-time expense related to employee retirement plan) income tax; depreciation and amortization; and share based payments. We present EBITDA as a supplemental performance measure because we believe that it facilitates operating performance comparisons from period to period and company to company by backing out potential differences caused by variations in capital structure (most particularly affecting our interest expense given our significant debt), tax positions (such as the impact on periods or companies of changes in effective tax rates or net operating losses) and the age of, and depreciation expenses associated with fixed assets. EBITDA should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for operating income or other statement of operations or cash flow data prepared in accordance with IFRS as a measure of our profitability or liquidity. EBITDA does not take into account our debt service requirements and other commitments, including capital expenditures, and, accordingly, is not necessarily indicative of amounts that may be available for discretionary uses. In addition, EBITDA, as presented in this annual report, may not be comparable to similarly titled measures reported by other companies due to differences in the way these measures are calculated.
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
||||||||||||
2012
|
2013
|
2014
|
||||||||||
(In NIS millions)
|
||||||||||||
Net income
|
531 | 288 | 354 | |||||||||
Financing expenses, net
|
259 | 246 | 198 | |||||||||
Taxes on income
|
195 | 117 | 110 | |||||||||
Operating income
|
985 | 651 | 662 | |||||||||
Other expenses (income), net
|
(4 | ) | (1 | ) | 7 | |||||||
Depreciation and amortization
|
765 | 676 | 610 | |||||||||
Share based payments
|
7 | 9 | 3 | |||||||||
EBITDA
|
1,753 | 1,335 | 1,282 |
(5)
|
Operating income margin is defined as operating income as a percentage of total revenues for each of the applicable periods.
|
(6)
|
EBITDA margin is defined as EBITDA as a percentage of total revenues for each of the applicable periods.
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
||||||||||||
2012
|
2013
|
2014
|
||||||||||
Revenues
|
100.0 | % | 100.0 | % | 100.0 | % | ||||||
Cost of revenues
|
58.3 | % | 60.7 | % | 59.7 | % | ||||||
Gross profit
|
41.7 | % | 39.3 | % | 40.3 | % | ||||||
Selling and marketing expenses
|
14.6 | % | 14.6 | % | 14.7 | % | ||||||
General and administrative expenses
|
10.6 | % | 11.5 | % | 10.1 | % | ||||||
Other (income) expenses, net
|
(0.1 | %) | - | 1.0 | % | |||||||
Operating income
|
16.6 | % | 13.2 | % | 14.5 | % | ||||||
Financing expenses, net
|
4.4 | % | 5.0 | % | 4.3 | % | ||||||
Income before income tax
|
12.2 | % | 8.2 | % | 10.2 | % | ||||||
Income tax | 3.3 | % | 2.4 | % | 2.4 | % | ||||||
Net income | 8.9 | % | 5.8 | % | 7.7 | % |
Year Ended December 31,
|
Change
|
|||||||||||||||||||
2012
|
2013
|
2014
|
2013 vs. 2012
|
2014 vs. 2013
|
||||||||||||||||
(In NIS millions)
|
||||||||||||||||||||
Revenues
|
5,938 | 4,927 | 4,570 | (17.0 | %) | (7.2 | %) |
2012
|
2013
|
2014
|
||||||||||||||||||||||
Revenues
|
% of Total Revenues
|
Revenues
|
% of Total Revenues
|
Revenues
|
% of Total Revenues
|
|||||||||||||||||||
(NIS in millions)
|
(NIS in millions)
|
(NIS in millions)
|
||||||||||||||||||||||
Service revenues:
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Cellular services
|
3,279 | 55.2 | % | 2,797 | 56.8 | % | 2,487 | 54.4 | % | |||||||||||||||
Landline services*
|
599 | 10.1 | % | 559 | 11.3 | % | 489 | 10.7 | % | |||||||||||||||
Internet services (ISP)
|
531 | 9.0 | % | 483 | 9.8 | % | 451 | 9.9 | % | |||||||||||||||
Other services**
|
173 | 2.9 | % | 146 | 3.0 | % | 138 | 3.0 | % | |||||||||||||||
Total service revenues
|
4,582 | 77.2 | % | 3,985 | 80.9 | % | 3,565 | 78.0 | % | |||||||||||||||
Equipment revenues
|
1,356 | 22.8 | % | 942 | 19.1 | % | 1,005 | 22.0 | % | |||||||||||||||
Total revenues
|
5,938 | 100.0 | % | 4,927 | 100.0 | % | 4,570 | 100.0 | % |
*
|
Consists mainly of international calling services, wireline telephony services, transmission services and hubbing services.
|
**
|
Consists of extended warranty fees.
|
2012
|
2013
|
2014
|
||||||||||||||||||||||
Revenues
|
% of Total Revenues
|
Revenues
|
% of Total Revenues
|
Revenues
|
% of Total Revenues
|
|||||||||||||||||||
(NIS in millions)
|
(NIS in millions) |
(NIS in millions)
|
||||||||||||||||||||||
Individual
|
4,067 | 68.5 | % | 3,525 | 71.5 | % | 3,296 | 72.1 | % | |||||||||||||||
Business
|
1,770 | 29.8 | % | 1,209 | 24.6 | % | 1,087 | 23.8 | % | |||||||||||||||
Other*
|
101 | 1.7 | % | 193 | 3.9 | % | 187 | 4.1 | % | |||||||||||||||
Total
|
5,938 | 100.0 | % | 4,927 | 100.0 | % | 4,570 | 100.0 | % |
*
|
Consists of revenues from inbound roaming services, hosting services (since mid-2012) and other services.
|
2012
|
2013
|
2014
|
||||||||||||||||||||||
Revenues
|
% of Total Revenues
|
Revenues
|
% of Total Revenues
|
Revenues
|
% of Total Revenues
|
|||||||||||||||||||
(NIS in millions)
|
(NIS in millions)
|
(NIS in millions)
|
||||||||||||||||||||||
Pre-paid
|
430 | 7.2 | % | 342 | 6.9 | % | 317 | 6.9 | % | |||||||||||||||
Post-paid
|
5,407 | 91.1 | % | 4,392 | 89.2 | % | 4,066 | 89.0 | % | |||||||||||||||
Other*
|
101 | 1.7 | % | 193 | 3.9 | % | 187 | 4.1 | % | |||||||||||||||
Total
|
5,938 | 100.0 | % | 4,927 | 100.0 | % | 4,570 | 100.0 | % |
*
|
Consists of revenues from inbound roaming services, hosting services (since mid-2012) and other services.
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
Change
|
|||||||||||||||||||
2012
|
2013
|
2014
|
2013 vs. 2012
|
2014 vs. 2013
|
||||||||||||||||
(In NIS millions)
|
||||||||||||||||||||
Cost of service revenues
|
2,450 | 2,271 | 1,983 | (7.3 | %) | (12.7 | %) | |||||||||||||
Cost of equipment revenues
|
1,013 | 719 | 744 | (29.0 | %) | 3.5 | % | |||||||||||||
Total cost of revenues
|
3,463 | 2,990 | 2,727 | (13.7 | %) | (8.8 | %) | |||||||||||||
Gross profit
|
2,475 | 1,937 | 1,843 | (21.7 | %) | (4.9 | %) |
Year Ended December 31,
|
Change
|
|||||||||||||||||||
2012
|
2013
|
2014
|
2013 vs. 2012
|
2014 vs. 2013
|
||||||||||||||||
(In NIS millions)
|
||||||||||||||||||||
Selling and marketing expenses
|
865 | 717 | 672 | (17.1 | %) | (6.3 | %) | |||||||||||||
General and administrative expenses
|
629 | 570 | 463 | (9.4 | %) | (18.8 | %) | |||||||||||||
Total
|
1,494 | 1,287 | 1,135 | (13.9 | %) | (11.8 | %) |
Year Ended December 31,
|
||||||||||||
2012
|
2013
|
2014
|
||||||||||
(In NIS millions)
|
||||||||||||
Other income (expenses), net
|
4 | 1 | (46 | ) |
Year Ended December 31,
|
||||||||||||
2012
|
2013
|
2014
|
||||||||||
(In NIS millions)
|
||||||||||||
Financing expenses
|
(440 | ) | (402 | ) | (298 | ) | ||||||
Financing income
|
181 | 156 | 100 | |||||||||
Financing expenses, net
|
(259 | ) | (246 | ) | (198 | ) |
Year Ended December 31,
|
Change
|
|||||||||||||||||||
2012
|
2013
|
2014
|
2013 vs. 2012
|
2014 vs. 2013
|
||||||||||||||||
(In NIS millions)
|
||||||||||||||||||||
Taxes on income
|
195 | 117 | 110 | (40.0 | %) | (6.0 | %) |
Year Ended December 31,
|
Change
|
|||||||||||||||||||
2012
|
2013
|
2014
|
2013 vs. 2012
|
2014 vs. 2013
|
||||||||||||||||
(In NIS millions)
|
||||||||||||||||||||
Net income
|
531 | 288 | 354 | (45.8 | %) | 22.9 | % |
Year Ended December 31, 2014
|
||||||||||||||||
(In NIS millions)
|
||||||||||||||||
Cellcom
|
Netvision
|
Reconciliation for
consolidation
|
Consolidated
|
|||||||||||||
Net income
|
211 | 189 | (46 | ) | 354 | |||||||||||
Financing expenses, net
|
198 | |||||||||||||||
Taxes on income
|
80 | 44 | (14 | ) | 110 | |||||||||||
Operating income
|
662 | |||||||||||||||
Other (income) expenses
|
7 | |||||||||||||||
Depreciation and amortization
|
475 | 85 | 50 | 610 | ||||||||||||
Share based payments
|
3 | |||||||||||||||
EBITDA
|
967 | 315 | 1,282 |
Year Ended December 31, 2013
|
||||||||||||||||
(In NIS millions)
|
||||||||||||||||
Cellcom
|
Netvision
|
Reconciliation for
consolidation
|
Consolidated
|
|||||||||||||
Net income
|
210 | 135 | (57 | ) | 288 | |||||||||||
Financing expenses, net
|
246 | |||||||||||||||
Taxes on income
|
91 | 45 | (19 | ) | 117 | |||||||||||
Operating income
|
651 | |||||||||||||||
Other expenses
|
(1 | ) | ||||||||||||||
Depreciation and amortization
|
504 | 96 | 76 | 676 | ||||||||||||
Share based payments
|
9 | |||||||||||||||
EBITDA
|
1,066 | 269 | - | 1,335 |
Year Ended December 31, 2012
|
||||||||||||||||
(In NIS millions)
|
||||||||||||||||
Cellcom
|
Netvision*
|
Reconciliation for
consolidation
|
Consolidated
|
|||||||||||||
Net income
|
464 | 145 | (78 | ) | 531 | |||||||||||
Financing expenses, net
|
259 | |||||||||||||||
Taxes on income
|
190 | 31 | (26 | ) | 195 | |||||||||||
Operating income
|
985 | |||||||||||||||
Other expenses
|
(4 | ) | ||||||||||||||
Depreciation and amortization
|
554 | 107 | 104 | 765 | ||||||||||||
Share based payments
|
7 | |||||||||||||||
EBITDA
|
1,470 | 283 | - | 1,753 |
*
|
Netvision segment represents results of operations for the four month period commencing September 1, 2011, only (following the completion of the acquisition of Netvision on August 31, 2011).
|
B.
|
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
|
·
|
a negative pledge, subject to certain exceptions;
|
·
|
a covenant not to distribute more than 95% of the profits available for distribution according to the Companies Law (“Profits”); provided that if our net leverage (defined as the ratio of net debt to EBITDA during a period of 12 consecutive months, excluding one-time events) exceeds 3.5:1, we will not distribute more than 85% of our Profits and if our net leverage exceeds 4.0:1, we will not distribute more than 70% of our Profits. For this purpose, net debt is defined as credit and loans from banks and others and debentures, net of cash and cash equivalents and current investments in tradable securities; and EBITDA is defined as profit before depreciation and amortization, other expenses or income, net, financing expenses or income, net and taxes on income;
|
·
|
a limitation on our ability to voluntarily redeem the debentures prior to their stated maturity date to a minimum amount of NIS 100 million of each series of debentures and an undertaking to pay the holders of such debentures an additional annual interest of 1% in the event of such early redemption;
|
·
|
a covenant to have the debentures rated by a rating agency (in as much as under our control);
|
·
|
an obligation to pay additional interest of 0.25% for a two-notch downgrade in the debentures' rating and additional interest of 0.25% for each additional one-notch downgrade and up to a maximum addition of 1%, in comparison to the rating given to the debentures prior to their issuance;
|
·
|
a covenant not to issue additional debentures of the relevant series if the additional issuance by itself, will cause a certain rating downgrade.
|
·
|
cross default, excluding following an immediate repayment initiated in relation to a liability of NIS 150 million or less;
|
·
|
failure of our main business to be cellular communications or loss of our cellular license for a period of over 60 days;
|
·
|
suspension of trading of the debentures on the TASE over a period of 45 days;
|
·
|
failure to comply with the above covenant regarding limitations on dividend distributions;
|
·
|
failure to have the debentures rated over a period of 60 days;
|
·
|
a petition or court order to withhold all legal proceedings against us or petition for creditors arrangement filed;
|
·
|
the sale of a major part of our assets or merger (with certain exclusions);
|
·
|
failure to publish financial reports when due;
|
·
|
a net leverage in excess of 5.0:1, or in excess of 4.5:1 during four consecutive quarters;
|
·
|
failure to comply with our negative pledge covenant; and
|
·
|
any other event causing or expected to cause a material adverse effect (which shall not include any event that shall or is likely to cause our net leverage to increase to a ratio of under 5.0:1) on our business and posing real threat of a substantial damage to the debenture holders’ rights.
|
·
|
in addition to being an event of default, meeting the financial covenants would be a condition for dividend distribution; and
|
·
|
meeting the financial covenants would also be a condition for the issuance of additional debentures of each of the two new series.
|
·
|
breach of the above limitation on dividend distributions;
|
·
|
the minimum amount required for triggering a cross default shall not apply to a cross default triggered by another series of debentures;
|
·
|
the existence of a real concern that we shall not meet our material undertakings towards the debenture holders;
|
·
|
the inclusion in our financial statements during a period of two consecutive quarters of a note regarding the existence of significant doubt as to our ability to continue as a going concern; and
|
·
|
breach of our undertakings regarding the issuance of additional debentures.
|
C.
|
RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT, PATENTS AND LICENSES, ETC.
|
D.
|
TREND INFORMATION
|
E.
|
OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS
|
F.
|
TABULAR DISCLOSURE OF CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS
|
Total
|
2015
|
2016- 2017 | 2018-2019 |
2020 and Beyond
|
||||||||||||||||
Long-term debt obligations (including interest)(1)
|
5,295 | 1,338 | 2,623 | 817 | 517 | |||||||||||||||
Operating lease obligations
|
1,127 | 250 | 368 | 255 | 254 | |||||||||||||||
Purchase obligations
|
1,043 | 928 | 86 | 30 | - | |||||||||||||||
Total
|
7,465 | 2,516 | 3,076 | 1,102 | 771 |
(1)
|
Interest does not include any increase in interest that would be required based on increases in the Israeli CPI.
|
|
·
|
cash flows attributed to the asset group;
|
|
·
|
future cash flows for the asset group, including estimates of residual values, which incorporate our views of growth rates for the related business and anticipated future economic conditions; and
|
|
·
|
period of time over which the assets will be held and used.
|
A.
|
DIRECTORS AND SENIOR MANAGEMENT
|
Name
|
Age
|
Position
|
||
Ami Erel (2), (3)
|
67
|
Chairman of the Board
|
||
Shlomo Waxe (1), (2), (4)
|
69
|
Independent Director
|
||
Ari Bronshtein (2), (4)
|
45
|
Director
|
||
Ephraim Kunda (1), (2), (4), (5)
|
62
|
Independent Director
|
||
Joseph Barnea (1), (2), (3), (4), (5)
|
79
|
Independent / External Director
|
||
Ronit Baytel (1), (5)
|
47
|
Independent / External Director
|
||
Nir Sztern
|
43
|
President and Chief Executive Officer
|
||
Shlomi Fruhling
|
42
|
Chief Financial Officer
|
||
Yoni Sabag
|
42
|
Vice President of Marketing
|
||
Ron Shvili
|
47
|
Chief Technology Officer
|
||
Itamar Bartov
|
52
|
Vice President of Executive and Regulatory Affairs
|
||
Keren Shtevy
|
41
|
Vice President of Business Customers
|
||
Sharon Amit
|
48
|
Vice President of Human Resources
|
||
Amos Maor
|
51
|
Vice President of Sales and Service
|
||
Jack Oster
|
41
|
Vice President of Information Technology (a)
|
||
Liat Menahemi Stadler
|
48
|
Vice President of Legal Affairs and Corporate Secretary
|
||
Teimuraz Romashvili
|
36
|
Vice President of Pre Paid Activity
|
||
Yaniv Gruenwald
|
40
|
Vice President of Television and Content (b)
|
||
Gil Ben-Itzhak
|
49
|
Controller (c)
|
B.
|
COMPENSATION
|
•
|
Have a substantial portion of pay “at risk” (i.e., pay that is not guaranteed); and
|
•
|
Link “at risk” pay to performance objectives that are directly aligned to the Company’s short and long-term performance objectives as well as strategic initiatives.
|
•
|
Drive the Company’s overall business strategy and results as they relate to long-term value creation;
|
•
|
Pay for performance by linking total compensation to defined performance objectives, both at the Company level and for each executive officer individually;
|
•
|
Attract and retain key executive officers by providing competitive total compensation opportunities, considering the Company's size, nature of operations and marketplace, while avoiding unnecessary risk taking by executive officers; and
|
•
|
Align executive officer and investor interests by focusing executive officer behavior on driving long-term value creation.
|
•
|
The multiple elements of our compensation packages for executive officers, including base salary, annual cash incentive and equity-based compensation program which vest over a number of years and provide a balance of short-term and long-term compensations with fixed and variable components that promote the long-term sustainability of our business;
|
|
•
|
Equity-based compensation for our executive officers aligns the interests of the executive officers with those of our shareholders;
|
|
•
|
Independent oversight by the Compensation Committee;
|
|
•
|
Inclusion of claw-back provisions in the event of a material restatement of our financial statements for our financial performance based compensations;
|
•
|
Effective management processes for developing strategic and annual work plans, and strong internal controls over financial reporting;
|
|
•
|
The structure of our cash bonus and equity-based compensation, which is based on a number of different performance measures to avoid employees placing undue emphasis on any particular performance measure at the expense of other aspects of the business; and
|
|
• | The cap on our executive officers' cash bonus and equity-based compensation, commensurable to objectives which do not motivate increased risk taking. |
|
·
|
Base salary;
|
|
·
|
A cash bonus award;
|
|
·
|
Equity-based compensation awards; and
|
|
·
|
Termination arrangements
|
|
·
|
base salary – 30%-50% for our CEO and 40%-60% for other executive officers;
|
|
·
|
cash bonus - 25%-45% for our CEO and 20%-40% for other executive officers; and
|
|
·
|
equity-based compensation* - 25%-45% for our CEO and 20%-40% for other executive officers.
|
|
·
|
Vacation of up to 30 days per annum;
|
|
·
|
Sick days of up to 30 days per annum;
|
|
·
|
Convalescence pay equivalent to up to 10 days per annum;
|
|
·
|
Monthly remuneration for an education fund, as allowed by applicable law;
|
|
·
|
Contribution on behalf of the executive officer to a manager's insurance policy or a pension fund, as allowed by applicable law; and
|
|
·
|
Contribution on behalf of the executive officer towards work disability insurance, as allowed by applicable law.
|
·
|
Corporate performance objectives may include EBITDA*, net income, free cash flow*, Net Promoter Score, or NPS (indicating our subscribers' satisfaction with our services) and other Company performance objectives which the Company decides to focus on in a specific year. Corporate performance objectives weigh between 30% to 50% of the overall performance score of each executive officer and 80% for our CEO. In extreme cases, such as major changes in our market leading to annual work plan or budget adjustments, our Compensation Committee and Board of Directors may update the objectives to match such changes, during the first half of the relevant year.
|
·
|
Quantitative individual performance objectives may include specific NPS, the budget for the unit relevant to the executive officer, revenues from sales by the
unit, recruiting subscribers by the unit and quality of network. These objectives weigh between 30% and 50% of the overall performance score of each executive officer.
|
·
|
Qualitative individual performance objectives may include corporate governance, risk management, leadership, response to major business changes, executing special projects, as per the CEO's evaluation of each executive officer and as per the evaluation of the CEO by the Compensation Committee and the Board of Directors. This component will weigh up to 20% of the overall performance score of each executive officer (including the CEO).
|
·
|
Awards will vest linearly over a minimum period of three years beginning on the first anniversary of the grant date. The terms of such equity-based awards may include provision for acceleration of vesting in certain events, such as in the event of a merger, a consolidation, a sale of all or substantially all of our consolidated assets, change of controlling shareholder, or the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of our outstanding shares.
|
·
|
The exercise price of equity-based awards will be the higher of the average market price of the Company's share during the 30 day period preceding the date of grant, and 8% above the market price of the Company's share at the end of the trading day preceding the date of grant, and will be subject to customary adjustments including for dividend distributions.
|
·
|
The value of equity-based awards at the date of grant (in accordance with acceptable accounting principles) per each vesting annum (calculated on a linear basis), in addition to the Target Bonus (whether or not actually paid), will not exceed 70% of our CEO's and 60% of our other executive officers' total cost of employment in that calendar year. We believe a grant date cap is more appropriate than an exercise date cap as it better aligns long term value creation objectives.
|
·
|
The annual exercise of shares reserved for issuance upon the exercise of options of all the Company's executive officers will not dilute the Company's shareholders by more than 2% (in regards to option plans which contain a 'net exercise mechanism'). In addition, our board of directors committed towards DIC that the Company will not issue options or shares pursuant to executive officers or employees compensation, which may lead to a dilution of the Company's shareholders by more than 0.5% of the Company's outstanding share capital for that year.
|
Name and Principal Position
(1)
|
Salary Cost
(2)
|
Consultancy Fees
|
Bonus
(3)
|
Equity-Based
Compensation
(4)
|
Total
|
Nir Sztern, President and Chief Executive Officer
|
1,950
|
--
|
738
|
281
|
2,969
|
Ron Shvili, Chief Technology Officer
|
1,130
|
--
|
354
|
686
|
2,170
|
Shlomi Fruhling, Chief Financial Officer
|
1,111
|
--
|
342
|
686
|
2,139
|
Amos Maor, VP Sales and Service
|
1,029
|
--
|
320
|
104
|
1,453
|
Liat Menahemi Stadler, VP Legal Affairs and Corporate Secretary
|
980
|
--
|
340
|
87
|
1,407
|
(1)
|
Unless otherwise indicated herein, all Covered Executives are or were employed on a full-time (100%) basis.
|
(2)
|
Salary cost includes the Covered Executive's gross salary plus payment of social benefits made by the Company on behalf of such Covered Executive. Such benefits may include, to the extent applicable to the Covered Executive, payments, contributions and/or allocations for savings funds (
e.g.,
Managers' Life Insurance Policy), education funds (referred to in Hebrew as “
keren hishtalmut
”), pension, severance, risk insurances (
e.g.,
life, or work disability insurance), payments for social security and tax gross-up payments, vacation, car, medical insurance and benefits, phone, convalescence or recreation pay and other benefits and perquisites consistent with our policies.
|
(3)
|
Represents annual bonuses approved by our compensation committee and board of directors to the Covered Executives with respect to the year ended December 31, 2014, based on our compensation policy. 60% of the approved annual bonus (other than with respect to Mr. Sztern) in respect of 2014, to be paid to the Covered Executives in 2015, and the balance (40%) is deferred and may be paid to them in 2016, if the conditions for the payment of the deferred amount (as detailed in the compensation policy) are met during 2015. Doesn't include the deferred portion (20%) of the annual bonuses for the year ended December 31, 2013.
|
(4)
|
Represents the equity-based compensation expenses recorded in our consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2014, based on the fair value of the applicable options on the date of grant thereof, in accordance with accounting guidance for equity-based compensation. For a discussion of the assumptions used in reaching this valuation, see Note 20 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report.
|
C.
|
BOARD PRACTICES
|
|
·
|
an employment relationship;
|
|
·
|
a business or professional relationship maintained on a regular basis;
|
|
·
|
control; and
|
|
·
|
service as an office holder, excluding service as a director in a private company prior to its initial public offering if such director was appointed in order to serve as an external director following the offering.
|
|
·
|
a majority of the aggregate number of shares voted at the meeting by non-controlling shareholders and shareholders who do not have a personal interest in the election of the candidate (other than a personal interest that is unrelated to a relationship with the controlling shareholders) are voted in favor of the election of the external director; or
|
|
·
|
the total number of shares of non-controlling shareholders and shareholders who do not have a personal interest in the election of the candidate (other than a personal interest that is unrelated to a relationship with the controlling shareholders) voted against the election of the external director does not exceed 2% of the aggregate voting rights in the company.
|
|
·
|
information on the appropriateness of a given action brought for his or her approval or performed by virtue of his or her position; and
|
|
·
|
all other important information pertaining to these actions.
|
|
·
|
refrain from any conflict of interest between the performance of his or her duties in the company and his or her other duties or personal affairs;
|
|
·
|
refrain from any activity that is competitive with the company;
|
|
·
|
refrain from exploiting any business opportunity of the company to receive a personal gain for himself or herself or others; and
|
|
·
|
disclose to the company any information or documents relating to the company’s affairs which the office holder received as a result of his or her position as an office holder.
|
|
·
|
other than in the ordinary course of business;
|
|
·
|
that is not on market terms; or
|
|
·
|
that is likely to have a material impact on the company’s profitability, assets or liabilities.
|
|
·
|
at least majority of the shareholders who have no personal interest in approving the transaction and who vote on the matter vote in favor of the transaction; or
|
|
·
|
the shareholders who have no personal interest in the transaction who vote against the transaction do not represent more than 2% of the voting rights in the company.
|
|
·
|
an amendment to the articles of association;
|
|
·
|
an increase in the company’s authorized share capital;
|
|
·
|
a merger; and
|
|
·
|
approval of related party transactions that require shareholders approval.
|
|
·
|
the securities issued amount to 20% or more of the company’s outstanding voting rights before the issuance;
|
|
·
|
some or all of the consideration is other than cash or listed securities or the transaction is not on market terms; and
|
|
·
|
the transaction will increase the relative holdings of a shareholder that holds 5% or more of the company’s outstanding share capital or voting rights, or will cause any person to become, as a result of the issuance, a holder of more than 5% of the company’s outstanding share capital or voting rights.
|
D.
|
EMPLOYEES
|
Number of Full-Time Equivalent Positions
|
||||||||||||
Unit
|
December 2012 ***
|
December 2013 ***
|
December 2014 ***
|
|||||||||
Management and headquarters
|
62 | 58 | 54 | |||||||||
Human resources
|
55 | 67 | 72 | |||||||||
Marketing
|
79 | 68 | 57 | |||||||||
Customers*
|
4,159 | 3,170 | 2,887 | |||||||||
Finance
|
144 | 133 | 101 | |||||||||
Technologies
|
716 | 698 | 548 | |||||||||
Operation and administration
|
86 | 84 | 80 | |||||||||
Netvision subsidiaries**
|
134 | 126 | 122 | |||||||||
Total
|
5,435 | 4,403 | 3,921 |
E.
|
SHARE OWNERSHIP
|
A.
|
MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS
|
Shares Beneficially Owned
|
||||||||
Name of Beneficial Owner
|
Number
|
Percent
|
||||||
Discount Investment Corporation Ltd.*
|
45,433,082 | 45.17 | % | |||||
Meitav Dash Investments Ltd.** | 5,577,376 | 5.54 | % | |||||
Psagot Investment House Ltd.***
|
6,782,928 | 6.74 | % | |||||
Directors and executive officers as a group (18 persons)****
|
216,651 | 0.22 | % |
*
|
DIC, a public Israeli company traded on the Tel Aviv Stock Exchange, is a majority-owned subsidiary of IDB. Includes 29,832,227 ordinary shares held by DIC directly, 12,188,355 ordinary shares held by a wholly-owned subsidiary of DIC (namely, DIC Communication and Technology Ltd., an Israeli company) and 3,412,500 ordinary shares, representing approximately 3.39% of our issued and outstanding shares, held by two shareholders whose voting rights are vested in DIC. Does not include 87,434
ordinary shares (representing approximately 0.09% of our issued and outstanding shares) held as of December 31, 2014 by indirect subsidiaries of IDB for their own account and a total of 982,780 ordinary shares (representing approximately 0.98% of our issued and outstanding shares) held as of that date for members of the public through, among others, provident funds, mutual funds, pension funds, insurance policies and unaffiliated third-party client accounts, which are managed by indirect subsidiaries of IDB, a few of which are also indirect subsidiaries of DIC.
|
**
|
As reported by Meitav Dash Investments Ltd. to the Company. As of January 20, 2015, based on a Schedule 13G filed by Meitav Dash Investments Ltd. with the SEC on January 26, 2015 it held only 4.924% of our outstanding share capital.
|
***
|
Based on a Schedule 13G filed by Psagot Investment House Ltd. with the SEC on February 18, 2015, it has shared dispositive power with respect to 6,782,928 shares and shared voting power with respect to 4,150,738 shares.
|
****
|
Includes162,004 ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of stock options that are exercisable on, or within 60 days following December 31, 2014, and 54,647 ordinary shares held by Mr. Ami Erel as of December 31, 2014.
|
B.
|
RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
|
C.
|
INTERESTS OF EXPERTS AND COUNSEL
|
A.
|
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS AND OTHER FINANCIAL INFORMATION
|
B.
|
SIGNIFICANT CHANGES
|
A.
|
OFFER AND LISTING DETAILS
|
High
|
Low
|
|||||||
NIS
|
NIS
|
|||||||
Annually
|
||||||||
2010
|
100.6 | 74.5 | ||||||
2011
|
97.4 | 54.7 | ||||||
2012
|
58.0 | 19.8 | ||||||
2013 | 49.3 | 26.3 | ||||||
2014
|
48.5 | 33.5 | ||||||
Quarterly
|
||||||||
2013
|
||||||||
First Quarter
|
31.8 | 26.3 | ||||||
Second Quarter
|
34.6 | 29.1 | ||||||
Third Quarter
|
41.2 | 32.5 | ||||||
Fourth Quarter
|
49.3 | 38.8 | ||||||
2014
|
||||||||
First Quarter
|
48.5 | 42.2 | ||||||
Second Quarter
|
48.4 | 41.9 | ||||||
Third Quarter
|
44.2 | 39.5 | ||||||
Fourth Quarter
|
41.7 | 33.5 | ||||||
Monthly
|
||||||||
2014
|
||||||||
September
|
44.2 | 40.7 | ||||||
October
|
41.7 | 38.4 | ||||||
November
|
38.2 | 34.5 | ||||||
December
|
37.3 | 33.5 | ||||||
2015
|
||||||||
January
|
32.7 | 19.6 | ||||||
February
|
24.8 | 19.5 |
High
$
|
Low
$
|
|||||||
Annually
|
||||||||
2010
|
28.2 | 19.5 | ||||||
2011
|
28.2 | 14.7 | ||||||
2012
|
15.4 | 5.1 |
2013
|
14.1 | 7.1 | ||||||
2014
|
14.0 | 8.5 | ||||||
Quarterly
|
||||||||
2013
|
||||||||
First Quarter
|
8.5 | 7.1 | ||||||
Second Quarter
|
9.9 | 8.2 | ||||||
Third Quarter
|
11.7 | 9.1 | ||||||
Fourth Quarter
|
14.1 | 10.7 | ||||||
2014
|
||||||||
First Quarter
|
13.9 | 11.7 | ||||||
Second Quarter
|
14.0 | 12.1 | ||||||
Third Quarter
|
12.4 | 11.0 | ||||||
Fourth Quarter
|
11.2 | 8.5 | ||||||
Monthly
|
||||||||
2014
|
||||||||
September
|
12.2 | 11.0 | ||||||
October
|
11.2 | 10.1 | ||||||
November
|
10.0 | 8.9 | ||||||
December
|
9.4 | 8.5 | ||||||
2015
|
||||||||
January
|
8.4 | 5.2 | ||||||
February
|
6.2 | 5.0 |
B.
|
PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION
|
C.
|
MARKETS
|
D.
|
SELLING SHAREHOLDERS
|
E.
|
DILUTION
|
F.
|
EXPENSES OF THE ISSUE
|
A.
|
SHARE CAPITAL
|
B.
|
MEMORANDUM AND ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION
|
|
·
|
a breach of his or her duty of care to us or to another person;
|
|
·
|
a breach of his or her duty of loyalty to us, provided that the office holder acted in good faith and had reasonable grounds to assume that his or her act would not prejudice our interests;
|
|
·
|
a financial liability imposed upon him or her in favor of another person concerning an act performed in the capacity as an office holder.
|
|
·
|
reasonable litigation expenses, including attorney fees, incurred by the office holder as a result of an administrative enforcement proceeding instituted against him,
including a payment imposed on the office holder in favor of an injured party as set forth in the Israeli Securities Law and expenses that the office holder incurred in connection with a relevant proceeding under the Securities Law, including reasonable legal expenses, which term includes attorney fees.
|
|
·
|
a financial liability imposed on or incurred by an office holder in favor of another person by any judgment, including a settlement or an arbitrator’s award approved by a court concerning an act performed in his or her capacity as an office holder. Such indemnification may be approved (i) after the liability has been incurred or (ii) in advance, provided that the undertaking is limited to types of events which our Board of Directors deems to be foreseeable in light of our actual operations at the time of the undertaking and limited to an amount or criterion determined by our Board of Directors to be reasonable under the circumstances, and further provided that such events and amounts or criteria are set forth in the undertaking to indemnify;
|
|
·
|
reasonable litigation expenses, including attorney’s fees, incurred by the office holder as a result of an investigation or proceeding instituted against him or her by a competent authority, provided that such investigation or proceeding was concluded without the filing of an indictment against him or her and either (A) concluded without the imposition of any financial liability in lieu of criminal proceedings or (B) concluded with the imposition of a financial liability in lieu of criminal proceedings but relates to a criminal offense that does not require proof of criminal intent; or in connection with an administrative enforcement proceeding or a financial sanction, including a payment imposed on the office holder in favor of an injured party as set forth in the Israeli Securities Law, 1968, as amended (the "Securities Law"), and expenses that the office holder incurred in connection with a relevant
proceeding under the Securities Law, including reasonable legal expenses, which term includes attorney fees; and
|
|
·
|
reasonable litigation expenses, including attorneys’ fees, incurred by the office holder or charged to him or her by a court, in proceedings instituted by us or on our behalf or by another person, or in a criminal indictment from which he or she was acquitted, or a criminal indictment in which he or she was convicted for a criminal offense that does not require proof of intent, in each case relating to an act performed in his or her capacity as an office holder.
|
|
·
|
a breach by the office holder of his or her duty of loyalty unless, with respect to insurance coverage or indemnification, the office holder acted in good faith and had a reasonable basis to believe that the act would not prejudice the company;
|
|
·
|
a breach by the office holder of his or her duty of care if the breach was done intentionally or recklessly;
|
|
·
|
any act or omission done with the intent to derive an illegal personal benefit; or
|
|
·
|
any fine or penalty levied against the office holder.
|
C.
|
MATERIAL CONTRACTS
|
D.
|
EXCHANGE CONTROLS
|
E.
|
TAXATION
|
|
·
|
a citizen or resident of the United States;
|
|
·
|
a corporation, or other entity taxable as a corporation, created or organized in or under the laws of the United States or any political subdivision thereof; or
|
|
·
|
an estate or trust the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source.
|
F.
|
DIVIDENDS AND PAYING AGENTS
|
G.
|
STATEMENT BY EXPERTS
|
H.
|
DOCUMENTS ON DISPLAY
|
I.
|
SUBSIDIARY INFORMATION
|
As of December 31,
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
2012
|
2013
|
2014
|
||||||||||||||||||||||
Par Value
|
Fair Value
|
Par Value
|
Fair Value
|
Par Value
|
Fair Value
|
|||||||||||||||||||
(In NIS millions)
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Forward contracts on foreign currency exchange rate (mainly US$– NIS)
|
326 | (10 | ) | 160 | (7 | ) | 19 | 0 | ||||||||||||||||
Forward contracts on Israeli CPI rate
|
1,625 | (25 | ) | 1,675 | (22 | ) | 1,925 | (31 | ) | |||||||||||||||
Options on the foreign currency exchange rate (mainly US$– NIS)
|
198 | 2 | 231 | 1 | 97 | 1 | ||||||||||||||||||
Total
|
2,149 | (33 | ) | 2,066 | (28 | ) | 2,041 | (30 | ) |
|
·
|
an increase of 0.1% of the Israeli CPI would result in an increase of approximately NIS 3.2 million in our financing expenses;
|
|
·
|
a devaluation of the NIS against the U.S. dollar of 1.0% would increase our financing expenses by approximately NIS 1.0 million.
|
·
|
Pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company;
|
·
|
Provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and
|
·
|
Provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use of disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
|
2013
|
2014
|
|||||||
(NIS in thousands)
|
||||||||
Audit Fees
|
3,143 | 2,575 | ||||||
Audit-Related Fees
|
206 | 85 | ||||||
Tax Fees
|
150 | 23 | ||||||
Total
|
3,499 | 2,683 |
Exhibit
Number
|
Description
|
||
1.1
|
Updated Articles of Association and Memorandum of Association
††††
|
||
2.1
|
Form of Ordinary Share Certificate
†
|
||
4.2
|
Series B Indenture dated December 21, 2005 and an addendum dated February 27, 2006 between Cellcom and Hermetic Trust (1975) Ltd.
†
|
||
4.4
|
Series D Indenture dated September 20, 2007, between Cellcom and Hermetic Trust (1975) Ltd.
††
|
||
4.5
|
Series E Indenture dated March 31, 2009, between Cellcom and Hermetic Trust (1975) Ltd.
†††
|
||
4.6
|
Shelf Prospectus Indenture dated July 14, 2011, between Cellcom and Hermetic Trust (1975) Ltd.
††††
|
||
4.7
|
Shelf Prospectus Indenture dated March 7, 2012, between Cellcom and Strauss Lazar Trust Company (1992) Ltd.
††††
|
||
4.7.1
|
Amendment and Addendum no. 1 to the Indenture from January 19, 2012, dated March 7, 2012, between Cellcom and Strauss Lazar Trust Company (1992) Ltd.
††††
|
Exhibit
Number
|
Description
|
||
4.8
|
Series H and I Indenture dated June 23, 2014, between Cellcom and Mishmeret trust Services Company Ltd., as amended in Addendum no.1 dated June 26, 2014
*
|
||
4.9
|
Amended 2006 Share Incentive Plan
††
†††
|
||
4.10
|
Registration Rights Agreement dated March 15, 2006 among Cellcom, Goldman Sachs International, DIC, DIC Communication and Technology Ltd. and PEC Israel Economic Corporation
†
|
||
4.11
|
Amended Non-Exclusive General License for the Provision of Mobile Radio Telephone Services in the Cellular Method dated June 27, 1994
*
|
||
4.12
|
Netvision Ltd. Merger Agreement
††††
|
||
4.13
|
2015 Share Incentive Plan
*
|
||
8.1
|
Subsidiaries of the Registrant
††††
|
||
12.1
|
Certification of Principal Executive Officer pursuant to 17 CFR 240.13a-14(a), as adopted pursuant to §302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act *
|
||
12.2
|
Certification of Principal Financial Officer pursuant to 17 CFR 240.13a-14(a), as adopted pursuant to §302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act *
|
||
13.1
|
Certification of Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. §1350, as adopted pursuant to §906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act *
|
||
15
|
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm *
|
Cellcom Israel Ltd.
|
||
By:
|
/s/ Nir Sztern
|
|
Name:
|
Nir Sztern
|
|
Title:
|
President and Chief Executive Officer
|
Cellcom Israel Ltd.
and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Financial Statements
As at December 31, 2014
(Audited)
|
F3-F4
|
|
Consolidated Financial Statements
|
|
F5
|
|
F6
|
|
F7
|
|
F8
|
|
F9-F10
|
|
F11-F71
|
December 31,
2013
|
December 31,
2014
|
Convenience
translation into
US dollar (Note 2D)
December 31,
2014
|
||||||||||||||
Note
|
NIS millions
|
NIS millions
|
US$ millions
|
|||||||||||||
Assets
|
||||||||||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents
|
8 | 1,057 | 1,158 | 298 | ||||||||||||
Current investments, including derivatives
|
513 | 521 | 134 | |||||||||||||
Trade receivables
|
9 | 1,731 | 1,417 | 364 | ||||||||||||
Other receivables
|
9 | 63 | 65 | 17 | ||||||||||||
Inventory
|
10 | 84 | 89 | 23 | ||||||||||||
Total current assets
|
3,448 | 3,250 | 836 | |||||||||||||
Trade and other receivables
|
9 | 854 | 824 | 212 | ||||||||||||
Property, plant and equipment, net
|
11 | 1,865 | 1,834 | 472 | ||||||||||||
Intangible assets, net
|
12 | 1,390 | 1,315 | 338 | ||||||||||||
Deferred tax assets
|
28 | 22 | 17 | 4 | ||||||||||||
Total non- current assets
|
4,131 | 3,990 | 1,026 | |||||||||||||
Total assets
|
7,579 | 7,240 | 1,862 | |||||||||||||
Liabilities
|
||||||||||||||||
Current maturities of debentures and long term loans and short term credit
|
17 | 1,100 | 1,092 | 281 | ||||||||||||
Trade payables and accrued expenses
|
13 | 582 | 773 | 199 | ||||||||||||
Current tax liabilities
|
99 | 77 | 20 | |||||||||||||
Provisions
|
14 | 187 | 101 | 26 | ||||||||||||
Other payables, including derivatives
|
15 | 398 | 370 | 95 | ||||||||||||
Total current liabilities
|
2,366 | 2,413 | 621 | |||||||||||||
Long-term loans from banks
|
17 | 5 | - | - | ||||||||||||
Debentures
|
17 | 4,332 | 3,548 | 912 | ||||||||||||
Provisions
|
14 | 21 | 21 | 5 | ||||||||||||
Other long-term liabilities
|
16 | 10 | 12 | 3 | ||||||||||||
Liability for employee rights upon retirement, net
|
18 | 13 | 14 | 4 | ||||||||||||
Deferred tax liabilities
|
28 | 122 | 140 | 36 | ||||||||||||
Total non- current liabilities
|
4,503 | 3,735 | 960 | |||||||||||||
Total liabilities
|
6,869 | 6,148 | 1,581 | |||||||||||||
Equity attributable to owners of the Company
|
19 | |||||||||||||||
Share capital
|
1 | 1 | - | |||||||||||||
Cash flow hedge reserve
|
(13 | ) | (3 | ) | - | |||||||||||
Retained earnings
|
719 | 1,078 | 277 | |||||||||||||
Non-controlling interests
|
3 | 16 | 4 | |||||||||||||
Total equity
|
710 | 1,092 | 281 | |||||||||||||
Total liabilities and equity
|
7,579 | 7,240 | 1,862 |
Year ended
December 31,
|
Year ended
December 31,
|
Year ended
December 31,
|
Convenience
translation into US
dollar (Note 2D)
Year ended
December 31,
|
|||||||||||||||||
2012
|
2013
|
2014
|
2014
|
|||||||||||||||||
Note
|
NIS millions
|
NIS millions
|
NIS millions
|
US$ millions
|
||||||||||||||||
Revenues
|
22 | 5,938 | 4,927 | 4,570 | 1,175 | |||||||||||||||
Cost of revenues
|
23 | (3,463 | ) | (2,990 | ) | (2,727 | ) | (701 | ) | |||||||||||
Gross profit
|
2,475 | 1,937 | 1,843 | 474 | ||||||||||||||||
Selling and marketing expenses
|
24 | (865 | ) | (717 | ) | (672 | ) | (173 | ) | |||||||||||
General and administrative expenses
|
25 | (629 | ) | (570 | ) | (463 | ) | (119 | ) | |||||||||||
Other income (expenses), net
|
26 | 4 | 1 | (46 | ) | (12 | ) | |||||||||||||
Operating profit
|
985 | 651 | 662 | 170 | ||||||||||||||||
Financing income
|
181 | 156 | 100 | 26 | ||||||||||||||||
Financing expenses
|
(440 | ) | (402 | ) | (298 | ) | (77 | ) | ||||||||||||
Financing expenses, net
|
27 | (259 | ) | (246 | ) | (198 | ) | (51 | ) | |||||||||||
Profit before taxes on income
|
726 | 405 | 464 | 119 | ||||||||||||||||
Taxes on income
|
28 | (195 | ) | (117 | ) | (110 | ) | (28 | ) | |||||||||||
Profit for the year
|
531 | 288 | 354 | 91 | ||||||||||||||||
Attributable to:
|
||||||||||||||||||||
Owners of the Company
|
530 | 287 | 351 | 90 | ||||||||||||||||
Non-controlling interests
|
1 | 1 | 3 | 1 | ||||||||||||||||
Profit for the year
|
531 | 288 | 354 | 91 | ||||||||||||||||
Earnings per share
|
19 | |||||||||||||||||||
Basic earnings per share (in NIS)
|
5.34 | 2.89 | 3.51 | 0.90 | ||||||||||||||||
Diluted earnings per share (in NIS)
|
5.33 | 2.86 | 3.48 | 0.89 | ||||||||||||||||
Weighted-average number of shares used in the calculation of basic earnings per share (in shares)
|
99,481,487 | 99,495,525 | 99,924,306 | 99,924,306 | ||||||||||||||||
Weighted-average number of shares used in the calculation of diluted earnings per share (in shares)
|
99,609,722 | 100,319,724 | 100,706,282 | 100,706,282 |
Year ended
December 31,
|
Year ended
December 31,
|
Year ended
December 31,
|
Convenience
translation into US
dollar (Note 2D)
Year ended
December 31,
|
|||||||||||||
2012
|
2013
|
2014
|
2014
|
|||||||||||||
NIS millions
|
NIS millions
|
NIS millions
|
US$ millions
|
|||||||||||||
Profit for the year
|
531 | 288 | 354 | 91 | ||||||||||||
Other comprehensive income items that after initial recognition in comprehensive income were or will be transferred to profit or loss
|
||||||||||||||||
Changes in fair value of cash flow hedges transferred to profit or loss
|
(18 | ) | 14 | 13 | 3 | |||||||||||
Changes in fair value of cash flow hedges
|
(7 | ) | (16 | ) | - | - | ||||||||||
Tax on other comprehensive income items that were or will be transferred to profit or loss in subsequent periods
|
6 | 1 | (3 | ) | (1 | ) | ||||||||||
Total other comprehensive income (loss) for the year that after initial recognition in comprehensive income was or will be transferred to profit or loss, net of tax
|
(19 | ) | (1 | ) | 10 | 2 | ||||||||||
Other comprehensive income items that will not be transferred to profit or loss
|
||||||||||||||||
Actuarial losses on defined benefit plan, net of tax
|
(1 | ) | (1 | ) | (1 | ) | - | |||||||||
Total other comprehensive loss for the year that will not be transferred to profit or loss, net of tax
|
(1 | ) | (1 | ) | (1 | ) | - | |||||||||
Total other comprehensive income (loss) for the year, net of tax
|
(20 | ) | (2 | ) | 9 | 2 | ||||||||||
Total comprehensive income for the year
|
511 | 286 | 363 | 93 | ||||||||||||
Total comprehensive income attributable to:
|
||||||||||||||||
Owners of the Company
|
510 | 285 | 360 | 92 | ||||||||||||
Non-controlling interests
|
1 | 1 | 3 | 1 | ||||||||||||
Total comprehensive income for the year
|
511 | 286 | 363 | 93 |
Attributable to owners of the Company
|
Non-controlling interests
|
Total equity
|
Convenience translation into US dollar (Note 2D)
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
Share capital
|
Capital reserve
|
Retained earnings
|
Total
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
NIS millions
|
US$ millions
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Balance as of January 1, 2012
|
1 | 7 | 175 | 183 | 4 | 187 | 48 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Comprehensive income for the year
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Profit for the year
|
- | - | 530 | 530 | 1 | 531 | 137 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Other comprehensive loss for the year, net of tax
|
- | (19 | ) | (1 | ) | (20 | ) | - | (20 | ) | (5 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Transactions with owners, recognized directly in equity
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Share based payments
|
- | - | 7 | 7 | - | 7 | 2 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Dividend paid in cash
|
- | - | (202 | ) | (202 | ) | - | (202 | ) | (52 | ) | |||||||||||||||||
Derecognition of non-controlling interests due to loss of control in a consolidated company
|
- | - | - | - | (3 | ) | (3 | ) | (1 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||
Balance as of December 31, 2012
|
1 | (12 | ) | 509 | 498 | 2 | 500 | 129 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Comprehensive income for the year
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Profit for the year
|
- | - | 287 | 287 | 1 | 288 | 74 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Other comprehensive loss for the year, net of tax
|
- | (1 | ) | (1 | ) | (2 | ) | - | (2 | ) | - | |||||||||||||||||
Transactions with owners, recognized directly in equity
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Share based payments
|
- | - | 9 | 9 | - | 9 | 2 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Dividend paid in cash
|
- | - | (85 | ) | (85 | ) | - | (85 | ) | (22 | ) | |||||||||||||||||
Balance as of December 31, 2013
|
1 | (13 | ) | 719 | 707 | 3 | 710 | 183 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Comprehensive income for the year
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Profit for the year
|
- | - | 351 | 351 | 3 | 354 | 91 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Other comprehensive income for the year, net of tax
|
- | 10 | (1 | ) | 9 | - | 9 | 2 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Transactions with owners, recognized directly in equity
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Share based payments
|
- | - | 3 | 3 | - | 3 | 1 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Expiration of put option over non- controlling interests in a consolidated company
|
- | - | 6 | 6 | 10 | 16 | 4 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Balance as of December 31, 2014
|
1 | (3 | ) | 1,078 | 1,076 | 16 | 1,092 | 281 |
Year ended
December 31,
|
Year ended
December 31,
|
Year ended
December 31,
|
Convenience
translation into US
dollar (Note 2D)
Year ended
December 31,
|
|||||||||||||
2012
|
2013
|
2014
|
2014
|
|||||||||||||
NIS millions
|
NIS millions
|
NIS millions
|
US$ millions
|
|||||||||||||
Cash flows from operating activities
|
||||||||||||||||
Profit for the year
|
531 | 288 | 354 | 91 | ||||||||||||
Adjustments for:
|
||||||||||||||||
Depreciation and amortization
|
765 | 676 | 610 | 157 | ||||||||||||
Share based payment
|
7 | 9 | 3 | 1 | ||||||||||||
Loss on sale of property, plant and equipment
|
2 | 2 | 7 | 2 | ||||||||||||
Gain on sale of shares in an associate
|
(6 | ) | - | - | - | |||||||||||
Income tax expense
|
195 | 117 | 110 | 28 | ||||||||||||
Financing expenses, net
|
259 | 246 | 198 | 51 | ||||||||||||
Other expenses (income)
|
2 | (3 | ) | - | - | |||||||||||
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
|
||||||||||||||||
Change in inventory
|
52 | 27 | (5 | ) | (1 | ) | ||||||||||
Change in trade receivables (including long- term amounts)
|
183 | 576 | 422 | 108 | ||||||||||||
Change in other receivables (including long- term amounts)
|
6 | (34 | ) | (35 | ) | (9 | ) | |||||||||
Change in trade payables, accrued expenses and provisions
|
(89 | ) | (185 | ) | (24 | ) | (6 | ) | ||||||||
Change in other liabilities (including long-term amounts)
|
(92 | ) | (33 | ) | 36 | 9 | ||||||||||
Proceeds from (payments for) derivative hedging contracts, net
|
20 | (17 | ) | (6 | ) | (2 | ) | |||||||||
Income tax paid
|
(209 | ) | (119 | ) | (119 | ) | (31 | ) | ||||||||
Income tax received
|
15 | 6 | 6 | 2 | ||||||||||||
Net cash from operating activities
|
1,641 | 1,556 | 1,557 | 400 | ||||||||||||
Cash flows used in investing activities
|
||||||||||||||||
Acquisition of property, plant, and equipment
|
(457 | ) | (275 | ) | (289 | ) | (74 | ) | ||||||||
Acquisition of intangible assets
|
(97 | ) | (90 | ) | (77 | ) | (20 | ) | ||||||||
Dividend received
|
- | 1 | - | - | ||||||||||||
Change in current investments, net
|
(212 | ) | (16 | ) | (15 | ) | (4 | ) | ||||||||
Proceeds from (payments for) other derivative contracts, net
|
9 | (10 | ) | 4 | 1 | |||||||||||
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment
|
7 | 17 | 4 | 1 | ||||||||||||
Interest received
|
35 | 29 | 23 | 6 | ||||||||||||
Proceeds from sale of shares in a consolidated company
|
7 | - | - | - | ||||||||||||
Net cash used in investing activities
|
(708 | ) | (344 | ) | (350 | ) | (90 | ) |
Year ended
December 31,
|
Year ended
December 31,
|
Year ended
December 31,
|
Convenience
translation into US
dollar (Note 2D)
Year ended
December 31,
|
|||||||||||||
2012
|
2013
|
2014
|
2014
|
|||||||||||||
NIS millions
|
NIS millions
|
NIS millions
|
US$ millions
|
|||||||||||||
Cash flows used in financing activities
|
||||||||||||||||
Payments for derivative contracts, net
|
(12 | ) | (8 | ) | (29 | ) | (7 | ) | ||||||||
Repayment of long term loans from banks
|
(16 | ) | (6 | ) | (12 | ) | (3 | ) | ||||||||
Repayment of debentures
|
(660 | ) | (1,124 | ) | (1,092 | ) | (281 | ) | ||||||||
Proceeds from issuance of debentures, net of issuance costs
|
992 | - | 326 | 84 | ||||||||||||
Dividend paid
|
(391 | ) | (81 | ) | (4 | ) | (1 | ) | ||||||||
Interest paid
|
(352 | ) | (350 | ) | (295 | ) | (76 | ) | ||||||||
Net cash used in financing activities
|
(439 | ) | (1,569 | ) | (1,106 | ) | (284 | ) | ||||||||
Changes in cash and cash equivalents
|
494 | (357 | ) | 101 | 26 | |||||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents as at the beginning of the year
|
920 | 1,414 | 1,057 | 272 | ||||||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents as at the end of the year
|
1,414 | 1,057 | 1,158 | 298 |
A.
|
Statement of compliance
|
B.
|
Functional and presentation currency
|
C.
|
Basis of measurement
|
D.
|
Convenience translation into U.S. dollars ("dollars" or "$")
|
E.
|
Use of estimates and judgments
|
F.
|
Changes in accounting policies
|
G.
|
Exchange rates and known Consumer Price Indexes are as follows:
|
Exchange rates
of US$
|
Consumer Price
Index (points)*
|
||
As of December 31, 2014
|
3.889
|
223.36
|
|
As of December 31, 2013
|
3.471
|
223.58
|
|
As of December 31, 2012
|
3.733
|
219.39
|
|
Change during the year:
|
|||
Year ended December 31, 2014
|
12.04%
|
(0.10%)
|
|
Year ended December 31, 2013
|
(7.02%)
|
1.91%
|
|
Year ended December 31, 2012
|
(2.30%)
|
1.44%
|
|
*According to 1993 base index. |
Note 3 - Significant Accounting Policies
|
A.
|
Basis of consolidation
|
1.
|
Subsidiaries
|
|
2.
|
Non-controlling interests
|
|
3.
|
Transactions eliminated on consolidation
|
B.
|
Foreign currency transactions
|
C.
|
Financial instruments
|
(1)
|
Non-derivative financial assets
|
|
●
|
the asset is held within a business model with an objective to hold assets in order to collect contractual cash flows;
|
|
●
|
the contractual terms of the financial asset give rise, on specified dates, to cash flows that are solely payments of principal and interest; and
|
|
●
|
the Group has not elected to designate them at fair value through profit or loss in order to reduce or eliminate an accounting mismatch.
|
(2)
|
Non-derivative financial liabilities
|
(3)
|
Derivative financial instruments, including hedge accounting
|
(4)
|
Financial instruments linked to the Israeli CPI that are not measured at fair value
|
D.
|
Property, plant and equipment
|
%
|
||
Communications network
|
5-25
|
|
Control and testing equipment
|
15-25
|
|
Vehicles
|
15-33
|
|
Computers and hardware
|
15-33
|
|
Furniture and office equipment
|
6-15
|
E.
|
Rights of use of communications lines
|
F.
|
Intangible assets
|
1.
|
Goodwill that arises upon the acquisition of subsidiaries is presented as part of intangible assets.
|
2.
|
Other intangible assets are measured at cost less accumulated amortization and accumulated impairment losses and including direct costs necessary to prepare the asset for its intended use.
|
3.
|
Certain direct and indirect development costs associated with internally developed information system software, and payroll costs for employees devoting time to the software projects, incurred during the application development stage, are capitalized. The costs are amortized using the straight-
line method beginning when the asset is substantially ready for use. Costs incurred during the research stage and after the asset is substantially ready for use, are recognized in profit or loss as incurred.
|
4.
|
Subsequent expenditure is capitalized only when it increases the future economic benefits embodied in the specific asset to which it relates. All other expenditure
is recognized in profit or loss as incurred.
|
5.
|
Amortization is a systematic allocation of the amortizable amount of an intangible asset over its useful life. Amortization is calculated using the straight-line method, except for Customer Relationship recognized during business combinations, which is amortized according to the economic benefit expected from this asset each period (and up to 2019). The annual amortization rates for the current and comparative periods are as follows:
|
% | |||
Licenses
|
5-6
|
(mainly 6)
|
|
Information systems
|
25
|
||
Software
|
15-25
|
G.
|
Inventory
|
|
The cost of inventory which serves the landline communications is determined on a "first-in, first-out" basis.
|
H.
|
Impairment
|
1.
|
Non-derivative financial assets
|
2.
|
Property, plant and equipment and intangible assets
|
I.
|
Employee benefits
|
1.
|
Post employment benefits
Part of the Group's liability for post employment benefits is covered by a defined contribution plan financed by deposits with insurance companies or with funds managed by a trustee. A defined contribution plan is a post-employment benefit plan under which an entity pays fixed contributions into a separate entity and has no legal or constructive obligation to pay further amounts. The Group's
|
2.
|
Short-term employee benefits
|
3.
|
Share based payments
|
J.
|
Provisions
|
K.
|
Revenue
|
L.
|
Cost of revenues
|
M.
|
Advertising expenses
|
N.
|
Lease payments
|
O.
|
Financing income and expenses
|
P.
|
Taxes on income
|
Q.
|
Earnings per share
|
R.
|
New standards not yet adopted
|
R.
|
New standards not yet adopted (cont'd)
|
A.
|
Trade and other receivables
|
B.
|
Current investments and derivatives
|
C.
|
Non-derivative financial liabilities
|
D.
|
Share- based payment transactions
|
|
—
|
Cellcom – the segment includes Cellcom Israel Ltd. and its subsidiaries, excluding Netvision Ltd. and its subsidiaries.
|
|
—
|
Netvision – the segment includes Netvision Ltd. and its subsidiaries.
|
Year ended December 31, 2014
|
||||||||||||||||
NIS millions
|
||||||||||||||||
Cellcom
|
Netvision
|
Reconciliation for consolidation
|
Consolidated
|
|||||||||||||
External revenues
|
3,667 | 903 | - | 4,570 | ||||||||||||
Inter-segment revenues
|
50 | 57 | (107 | ) | - | |||||||||||
EBITDA*
|
967 | 315 | - | 1,282 | ||||||||||||
Reconciliation of reportable segment EBITDA to profit for the year
|
||||||||||||||||
Depreciation and amortization
|
(475 | ) | (85 | ) | (50 | ) | (610 | ) | ||||||||
Taxes on income
|
(80 | ) | (44 | ) | 14 | (110 | ) | |||||||||
Financing income
|
100 | |||||||||||||||
Financing expenses
|
(298 | ) | ||||||||||||||
Other expenses
|
(7 | ) | ||||||||||||||
Share based payments
|
(3 | ) | ||||||||||||||
Profit for the year
|
211 | 189 | (46 | ) | 354 |
Year ended December 31, 2013
|
||||||||||||||||
NIS millions
|
||||||||||||||||
Cellcom
|
Netvision
|
Reconciliation for consolidation
|
Consolidated
|
|||||||||||||
External revenues
|
3,944 | 983 | - | 4,927 | ||||||||||||
Inter-segment revenues
|
50 | 56 | (106 | ) | - | |||||||||||
EBITDA*
|
1,066 | 269 | - | 1,335 | ||||||||||||
Reconciliation of reportable segment EBITDA to profit for the year
|
||||||||||||||||
Depreciation and amortization
|
(504 | ) | (96 | ) | (76 | ) | (676 | ) | ||||||||
Taxes on income
|
(91 | ) | (45 | ) | 19 | (117 | ) | |||||||||
Financing income
|
156 | |||||||||||||||
Financing expenses
|
(402 | ) | ||||||||||||||
Other income
|
1 | |||||||||||||||
Share based payments
|
(9 | ) | ||||||||||||||
Profit for the year
|
210 | 135 | (57 | ) | 288 |
Year ended December 31, 2012
|
||||||||||||||||
NIS millions
|
||||||||||||||||
Cellcom
|
Netvision
|
Reconciliation for consolidation
|
Consolidated
|
|||||||||||||
External revenues
|
4,861 | 1,077 | - | 5,938 | ||||||||||||
Inter-segment revenues
|
30 | 57 | (87 | ) | - | |||||||||||
EBITDA*
|
1,470 | 283 | - | 1,753 | ||||||||||||
Reconciliation of reportable segment EBITDA to profit for the year
|
||||||||||||||||
Depreciation and amortization
|
(554 | ) | (107 | ) | (104 | ) | (765 | ) | ||||||||
Taxes on income
|
(190 | ) | (31 | ) | 26 | (195 | ) | |||||||||
Financing income
|
181 | |||||||||||||||
Financing expenses
|
(440 | ) | ||||||||||||||
Other income
|
4 | |||||||||||||||
Share based payments
|
(7 | ) | ||||||||||||||
Profit for the year
|
464 | 145 | (78 | ) | 531 |
*
|
EBITDA as reviewed by the CODM, represents earnings before interest (financing expenses, net), taxes, other income (expenses) (except for a one-time expense in the amount of approximately NIS 39 million in respect of voluntary retirement plan for employees, which has been recorded in the second quarter of 2014. See also Note 26, regarding Other Expenses), depreciation and amortization and share based payments, as a measure of operating profit. EBITDA is not a financial measure under IFRS and cannot be compared to other similarly titled measures in other companies.
|
The Group’s ownership interest in the subsidiary for the year ended
December 31
|
|||||
Principal location of the company's activity
|
2014
|
2013
|
|||
Name of company
|
|||||
Netvision Ltd.
|
Israel
|
100%
|
100%
|
||
013 Netvision Ltd.
|
Israel
|
100%
|
100%
|
December 31,
|
||||||||
2013
|
2014
|
|||||||
NIS millions
|
NIS millions
|
|||||||
Bank balances
|
58 | 133 | ||||||
Call deposits
|
999 | 1,025 | ||||||
1,057 | 1,158 |
December 31,
|
||||||||
2013
|
2014
|
|||||||
NIS millions
|
NIS millions
|
|||||||
Current
|
||||||||
Trade Receivables*
|
||||||||
Open accounts
|
529 | 531 | ||||||
Checks and credit cards receivables
|
217 | 179 | ||||||
Accrued income
|
107 | 101 | ||||||
Current maturity of long-term receivables
|
878 | 606 | ||||||
1,731 | 1,417 | |||||||
Other Receivables
|
||||||||
Prepaid expenses
|
53 | 57 | ||||||
Other
|
10 | 8 | ||||||
63 | 65 | |||||||
1,794 | 1,482 | |||||||
Non-current
|
||||||||
Trade receivables*
|
512 | 476 | ||||||
Rights of use of communications lines
|
265 | 272 | ||||||
Deposits and other receivables
|
64 | 65 | ||||||
Other
|
13 | 11 | ||||||
854 | 824 | |||||||
2,648 | 2,306 |
A.
|
Composition
|
December 31,
|
||||||||
2013
|
2014
|
|||||||
NIS millions
|
NIS millions
|
|||||||
Handsets
|
63 | 71 | ||||||
Accessories
|
14 | 10 | ||||||
Spare parts
|
7 | 8 | ||||||
84 | 89 |
B.
|
In
2014, the Group tested
slow moving
inventory for impairment and wr
o
te down
inventory
to its net realizable value by the amount of
NIS 6 million
(2013 - NIS 7 million). The write-down is included in cost of sales.
|
Communications
Network
|
Control and
testing
equipment
|
Vehicles
|
Computers,
furniture
and office
equipment
|
Leasehold
improvements
|
Total
|
|||||||||||||||||||
NIS millions
|
NIS millions
|
NIS millions
|
NIS millions
|
NIS millions
|
NIS millions
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Cost
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Balance at January 1, 2013
|
5,487 | 141 | 46 | 719 | 182 | 6,575 | ||||||||||||||||||
Additions
|
207 | 6 | - | 27 | 7 | 247 | ||||||||||||||||||
Disposals
|
(343 | ) | (3 | ) | (28 | ) | (353 | ) | (34 | ) | (761 | ) | ||||||||||||
Balance at December 31, 2013
|
5,351 | 144 | 18 | 393 | 155 | 6,061 | ||||||||||||||||||
Additions
|
336 | 4 | 1 | 39 | 11 | 391 | ||||||||||||||||||
Disposals
|
(135 | ) | (26 | ) | (10 | ) | (116 | ) | (13 | ) | (300 | ) | ||||||||||||
Balance at December 31, 2014
|
5,552 | 122 | 9 | 316 | 153 | 6,152 | ||||||||||||||||||
Accumulated Depreciation
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Balance at January 1, 2013
|
3,774 | 72 | 19 | 522 | 111 | 4,498 | ||||||||||||||||||
Depreciation for the year
|
329 | 21 | 5 | 68 | 17 | 440 | ||||||||||||||||||
Disposals
|
(338 | ) | (3 | ) | (14 | ) | (353 | ) | (34 | ) | (742 | ) | ||||||||||||
Balance at December 31, 2013
|
3,765 | 90 | 10 | 237 | 94 | 4,196 | ||||||||||||||||||
Depreciation for the year
|
328 | 19 | 2 | 48 | 14 | 411 | ||||||||||||||||||
Disposals
|
(128 | ) | (28 | ) | (5 | ) | (115 | ) | (13 | ) | (289 | ) | ||||||||||||
Balance at December 31, 2014
|
3,965 | 81 | 7 | 170 | 95 | 4,318 | ||||||||||||||||||
Carrying amounts
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
At January 1, 2013
|
1,713 | 69 | 27 | 197 | 71 | 2,077 | ||||||||||||||||||
At December 31, 2013
|
1,586 | 54 | 8 | 156 | 61 | 1,865 | ||||||||||||||||||
At December 31, 2014
|
1,587 | 41 | 2 | 146 | 58 | 1,834 |
Licenses
|
Information Systems
|
Software
|
Deferred Expenses
|
Goodwill
|
Customer Relationship and Other
|
Total
|
||||||||||||||||||||||
NIS millions
|
NIS millions
|
NIS millions
|
NIS millions
|
NIS millions
|
NIS millions
|
NIS millions
|
||||||||||||||||||||||
Cost
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Balance at January 1, 2013
|
534 | 359 | 102 | 8 | 830 | 347 | 2,180 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Additions
|
- | 71 | 11 | 1 | - | - | 83 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Disposals
|
(2 | ) | (88 | ) | (24 | ) | (5 | ) | - | - | (119 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Balance at December 31, 2013
|
532 | 342 | 89 | 4 | 830 | 347 | 2,144 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Additions
|
- | 87 | 9 | - | - | - | 96 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Disposals
|
- | (75 | ) | (21 | ) | (4 | ) | - | - | (100 | ) | |||||||||||||||||
Balance at December 31, 2014
|
532 | 354 | 77 | - | 830 | 347 | 2,140 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Accumulated Amortization
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Balance at January 1, 2013
|
265 | 175 | 58 | 4 | - | 163 | 665 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Amortization for the year
|
29 | 75 | 19 | 4 | - | 81 | 208 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Disposals
|
(2 | ) | (88 | ) | (24 | ) | (5 | ) | - | - | (119 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Balance at December 31, 2013
|
292 | 162 | 53 | 3 | - | 244 | 754 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Amortization for the year
|
29 | 70 | 16 | 1 | - | 55 | 171 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Disposals
|
- | (75 | ) | (21 | ) | (4 | ) | - | - | (100 | ) | |||||||||||||||||
Balance at December 31, 2014
|
321 | 157 | 48 | - | - | 299 | 825 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Carrying amounts
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
At January 1, 2013
|
269 | 184 | 44 | 4 | 830 | 184 | 1,515 | |||||||||||||||||||||
At December 31, 2013
|
240 | 180 | 36 | 1 | 830 | 103 | 1,390 | |||||||||||||||||||||
At December 31, 2014
|
211 | 197 | 29 | - | 830 | 48 | 1,315 |
A.
|
Impairment testing for cash-generating unit containing goodwill
|
B.
|
Key assumptions used in calculation of recoverable amount
|
(1)
|
Pre-tax discount rate and terminal value growth rate
|
Pre-tax discount rate
|
Terminal value growth rate
|
||
2014
|
|||
Netvision
|
11.7%
|
1.5%
|
·
|
The discount rate and the terminal value growth rate are denominated in real terms.
|
·
|
Netvision has cash flows for 5 years, as included in its discounted cash flow model.
|
|
·
|
The long-term growth rate has been determined as 1.5% which represents, among others, the natural population growth rate.
|
|
·
|
The pre-tax discount rate is estimated and calculated using several assumptions, among other, Netvision's Cost of Equity, risk premium for normative debt leveraging of the Group and estimates of the normative leverage ratio for the industry.
|
(2)
|
Sensitivity to changes in assumptions
|
2014
|
|
Pre-tax discount rate
|
16.9%
|
Terminal value growth rate
|
(7.4%)
|
December 31,
|
||||||||
2013
|
2014
|
|||||||
NIS millions
|
NIS millions
|
|||||||
Trade payables
|
286 | 441 | ||||||
Accrued expenses
|
296 | 332 | ||||||
582 | 773 |
Dismantling
|
Other contractual
|
Provision for
|
||||||||||||||||||
and restoring sites
|
Litigations
|
obligations
|
warranty
|
Total
|
||||||||||||||||
NIS millions
|
NIS millions
|
NIS millions
|
NIS millions
|
NIS millions
|
||||||||||||||||
Balance as at January 1, 2013
|
21 | 65 | 106 | 4 | 196 | |||||||||||||||
Provisions made during the year
|
1 | 22 | 17 | 1 | 41 | |||||||||||||||
Provisions reversed during the year
|
(1 | ) | (21 | ) | (7 | ) | - | (29 | ) | |||||||||||
Balance as at January 1, 2014
|
21 | 66 | 116 | 5 | 208 | |||||||||||||||
Provisions made during the year
|
1 | 17 | 11 | - | 29 | |||||||||||||||
Provisions reversed during the year
|
(1 | ) | (36 | ) | (75 | ) | (3 | ) | (115 | ) | ||||||||||
Balance as at December 31, 2014
|
21 | 47 | 52 | 2 | 122 | |||||||||||||||
Non-current
|
21 | - | - | - | 21 | |||||||||||||||
Current
|
- | 47 | 52 | 2 | 101 | |||||||||||||||
21 | 47 | 52 | 2 | 122 |
December 31,
|
||||||||
2013
|
2014
|
|||||||
NIS millions
|
NIS millions
|
|||||||
Employees and related liabilities
|
84 | 102 | ||||||
Government institutions
|
43 | 40 | ||||||
Interest payable
|
206 | 167 | ||||||
Accrued expenses
|
12 | 7 | ||||||
Deferred revenue
|
28 | 30 | ||||||
Derivative financial instruments
|
25 | 24 | ||||||
398 | 370 |
December 31,
|
||||||||
2013
|
2014
|
|||||||
NIS millions
|
NIS millions
|
|||||||
Long-term liabilities to trade payables
|
3 | 1 | ||||||
Deferred revenue
|
2 | 2 | ||||||
Derivative financial instruments
|
5 | 8 | ||||||
Other
|
- | 1 | ||||||
10 | 12 |
December 31,
|
||||||||
2013
|
2014
|
|||||||
NIS millions
|
NIS millions
|
|||||||
Non- current liabilities
|
||||||||
Debentures
|
4,332 | 3,548 | ||||||
Loans from banks
|
5 | - | ||||||
4,337 | 3,548 | |||||||
Current liabilities
|
||||||||
Current maturities of debentures
|
1,093 | 1,092 | ||||||
Current maturities of long-term loans and short-term credit from banks
|
7 | - | ||||||
1,100 | 1,092 |
December 31, 2013
|
December 31, 2014
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
NIS millions
|
NIS millions
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Currency
|
Nominal interest rate
|
Year of maturity
|
Face value
|
Carrying amount
|
Face value
|
Carrying amount
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Loans from banks
|
NIS
|
6.00 | % |
until 2015
|
12 | 12 | - | - | |||||||||||||||||
Debentures (Series B) - linked to the Israeli CPI
|
NIS
|
5.30 | % |
until 2017
|
740 | 893 | 555 | 668 | |||||||||||||||||
Debentures (Series D) - linked to the Israeli CPI
|
NIS
|
5.19 | % |
until 2017
|
1,939 | 2,305 | 1,454 | 1,722 | |||||||||||||||||
Debentures (Series E) - unlinked
|
NIS
|
6.25 | % |
until 2017
|
1,199 | 1,197 | 899 | 897 | |||||||||||||||||
Debentures (Series F) - linked to the Israeli CPI
|
NIS
|
4.60 | % | 2017-2020 | 715 | 744 | 715 | 741 | |||||||||||||||||
Debentures (Series G) - unlinked
|
NIS
|
6.99 | % | 2017-2019 | 285 | 286 | 285 | 286 | |||||||||||||||||
Debentures (Series H) - linked to the Israeli CPI
|
NIS
|
1.98 | % | 2018-2024 | - | - | 106 | 105 | |||||||||||||||||
Debentures (Series I) - unlinked
|
NIS
|
4.14 | % | 2018-2025 | - | - | 223 | 221 | |||||||||||||||||
Total interest- bearing liabilities
|
4,890 | 5,437 | 4,237 | 4,640 |
·
|
a Net Leverage* exceeding 5, or exceeding 4.5 during four consecutive quarters, shall constitute an event of default; As of December 31, 2014, the Net Leverage is 2.3.
|
·
|
not to distribute more than 95% of the profits available for distribution according to the Israeli Companies law (“Profits”); provided that if the Net Leverage* exceeds 3.5:1, the Company will not distribute more than 85% of its Profits and if the Net Leverage* exceeds 4:1, the Company will not distribute more than 70% of its Profits. Failure to comply with this covenant shall constitute an event of default;
|
·
|
cross default, excluding following an immediate repayment initiated in relation to a liability of NIS 150 million or less, shall constitute an event of default;
|
·
|
Negative pledge, subject to certain exceptions. Failure to comply with this covenant shall constitute an event of default;
|
·
|
an obligation to pay additional interest of 0.25% for two-notch downgrade in the debentures' rating and additional interest of 0.25% for each additional one-notch downgrade and up to a maximum addition of 1%, in comparison to the rating given to the debentures prior to their issuance;
|
·
|
Failure to have the debentures rated over a period of 60 days, shall constitute an event of default.
|
|
a.
|
Series H debentures to the public in Israel in the aggregate principal amount of NIS 106 million in exchange for net consideration of NIS 105 million. The debentures are payable in seven annual installments: three equal payments of 12% of the principal on July 5 of each of the years 2018 through and including 2020, and four equal annual installments of 16% of the principal on July 5 of each of the years 2021 through and including 2024. The debentures bear annual interest of 1.98%. The interest is to be paid in 20 semi-annual installments on January 5 and on July 5, of each calendar year commencing January 5, 2015 through and including July 5, 2024. The debentures (principal amount and interest) are linked to the CPI which was published on June 15, 2014, for May 2014.
|
|
b.
|
Series I debentures to the public in Israel in the aggregate principal amount of NIS 223 million in exchange for net consideration of NIS 221 million. The debentures are payable in eight annual installments: three equal payments of 10% of the principal on July 5 of each of the years 2018 through and including 2020, and five equal annual installments of 14% of the principal on July 5 of each of the years 2021 through and including 2025. The debentures bear annual interest of 4.14%. The interest is to be paid in 22 semi-annual installments on January 5 and on July 5 of each calendar year commencing January 5, 2015 through and including July 5, 2025. The debentures (principal amount and interest) are without any linkage.
|
Before the exchange
|
After the exchange
|
|||||||
NIS millions
|
||||||||
Series D
|
1,454 | 899 | ||||||
Series E
|
(*) 599 | 327 | ||||||
Series F
|
106 | 950 | ||||||
Series G
|
223 | 558 |
A.
|
Post-employment benefit plans - defined contribution plan
|
B.
|
Post-employment benefit plans - defined benefit plan
|
|
C.
|
As of December 31, 2014 the Group's liability for adaptation grants to employees is NIS 11 million (2013 - NIS 11 million).
|
2012
|
2013
|
2014
|
||||||||||
NIS
|
||||||||||||
Issued and paid at January 1
|
994,814 | 994,814 | 995,316 | |||||||||
Exercise of share options
|
- | 502 | 10,529 | |||||||||
Issued and paid at December 31
|
994,814 | 995,316 | 1,005,845 |
2014
|
||||
NIS millions
|
||||
- | ||||
2013 | ||||
NIS millions
|
||||
0.85 NIS per share paid in December 2013
|
85 | |||
85 |
2012
|
||||
NIS millions
|
||||
1.90 NIS per share paid in January 2012
|
189 | |||
0.72 NIS per share paid in May 2012
|
72 | |||
1.31 NIS per share paid in July 2012
|
130 | |||
391 |
Number of
|
Contractual
|
Adjusted exercise price per share as | |||||||
instruments
|
life of
|
of December 31, | |||||||
Grant date/employees entitled
|
In thousands
|
Vesting conditions
|
options
|
2014 | |||||
Share options granted in August 2009 to senior employees
|
74
|
Four equal installments over four years of employment
|
6 years
|
$15.84
|
|||||
Share options granted in November 2010 to senior employees
|
12
|
Four equal installments over four years of employment
|
6 years
|
$23.15
|
|||||
Share options granted in May 2011 to senior employees
|
1,060
|
Three equal installments over three years of employment
|
4.5 years
|
$28.95
|
|||||
Share options granted in August 2012 to senior employees
|
2,410
|
Two equal installments over two years of employment
|
3.5 years
|
$5.67
|
|||||
Share options granted in March 2013 to senior employees
|
75
|
Two equal installments over two years of employment
|
3.5 years
|
$7.34
|
|||||
Share options granted in December 2013 to senior employees
|
234
|
Three equal installments over three years of employment
|
4.5 years
|
$14.65
|
Weighted average
|
Weighted average
|
Weighted average
|
||||||||||||||||||||||
Number of
|
of exercise price
|
Number of
|
of exercise price
|
Number of
|
of exercise price
|
|||||||||||||||||||
options
|
(US Dollars)
|
options
|
(US Dollars)
|
options
|
(US Dollars)
|
|||||||||||||||||||
2012
|
2013
|
2014
|
||||||||||||||||||||||
Balance as at January 1
|
1,056,896 | 29.10 | 3,019,152 | 10.89 | 2,965,964 | 10.35 | ||||||||||||||||||
Granted during the year
|
2,410,678 | 5.91 | 309,000 | 12.88 | - | - | ||||||||||||||||||
Forfeited during the year
|
(448,422 | ) | 24.55 | (258,878 | ) | 18.91 | (341,006 | ) | 27.01 | |||||||||||||||
Exercised during the year*
|
- | - | (103,310 | ) | 5.91 | (1,986,093 | ) | 5.72 | ||||||||||||||||
Total options outstanding as at December 31
|
3,019,152 | 10.89 | 2,965,964 | 10.35 | 638,865 | 15.86 | ||||||||||||||||||
Total of exercisable options as at December 31
|
274,953 | 26.37 | 1,426,232 | 11.27 | 445,365 | 17.00 |
2012
|
2013
|
2014
|
||||||||||
Fair value of share options and assumptions:
|
||||||||||||
Fair value at grant date
|
$1.20 | $1.51-$2.89 | - | |||||||||
Fair value assumptions:
|
||||||||||||
Share price at grant date
|
$6.14 | $7.2-$13.57 | - | |||||||||
Exercise price
|
$5.91 | $7.58-$14.66 | - | |||||||||
Expected volatility (weighted average)
|
33.9 | % | 37.72%-41.12 | % | - | |||||||
Option life (expected weighted average life)
|
2.0 years
|
2.3 years
|
- | |||||||||
Risk free interest rate
|
0.26 | % | 0.23%-0.59 | % | - |
In March 2015, after the end of the reporting period, the Company's board of directors approved a new shared based incentive plan -“2015 Share Incentive Plan” for employees, directors, consultants and sub-contractors of the Company and the Company's affiliates. Under the plan, the Company's board of directors is authorized to determine the terms of the grants, including the identity of grantees, the number of options or restricted stock units (“RSUs”) to be granted, the vesting schedule and the exercise price. The terms of the share based payments include a dividend adjustment mechanism. The options will be exercised at net exercise mechanism, with no cash transfer.
|
December 31,
|
December 31,
|
|||||||
2013
|
2014
|
|||||||
NIS millions
|
NIS millions
|
|||||||
Trade receivables including long-term amounts
|
2,243 | 1,893 | ||||||
Loans and other receivables including long-term amounts
|
74 | 74 | ||||||
Investment in debt securities
|
509 | 520 | ||||||
Cash and cash equivalents in banks
|
1 , 057 | 1,158 | ||||||
Derivative financial instrument
|
4 | 1 | ||||||
3,887 | 3,646 |
December 31,
|
December 31,
|
|||||||
2013
|
2014
|
|||||||
NIS millions
|
NIS millions
|
|||||||
Receivables from subscribers
|
2,071 | 1,687 | ||||||
Receivables from distributors and other operators
|
172 | 206 | ||||||
Investment in government of Israel debt securities
|
295 | 293 | ||||||
Investment in institutional debt securities
|
214 | 227 | ||||||
Cash and cash equivalents in banks
|
1,057 | 1,158 | ||||||
Other
|
78 | 75 | ||||||
3,887 | 3 , 646 |
Gross
|
Impairment
|
Gross
|
Impairment
|
|||||||||||||
2013
|
2014
|
|||||||||||||||
NIS millions
|
NIS millions
|
NIS millions
|
NIS millions
|
|||||||||||||
Not past due
|
3,771 | 21 | 3,553 | 30 | ||||||||||||
Past due less than one year
|
171 | 72 | 143 | 58 | ||||||||||||
Past due more than one year
|
219 | 181 | 181 | 143 | ||||||||||||
4,161 | 274 | 3, 877 | 231 |
2013
|
2014
|
|||||||
NIS millions
|
NIS millions
|
|||||||
Balance at January 1
|
335 | 274 | ||||||
Impairment loss recognized
|
(142 | ) | (74 | ) | ||||
Doubtful debt expenses
|
81 | 31 | ||||||
Balance at December 31
|
274 | 231 |
December 31, 20
14
|
Carrying
|
Contractual
|
More than
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
amount
|
Cash flows
|
1
st
year
|
2
nd
year
|
3
rd
year
|
4-5 years
|
5 years
|
||||||||||||||||||||||
NIS millions
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Debentures*
|
(4,807 | ) | (5,295 | ) | (1,338 | ) | (1,278 | ) | (1,345 | ) | (817 | ) | (517 | ) | ||||||||||||||
Trade and other payables
|
(882 | ) | (882 | ) | (882 | ) | - | - | - | - | ||||||||||||||||||
Forward exchange contracts on CPI
|
(31 | ) | (31 | ) | (23 | ) | (4 | ) | - | (4 | ) | - | ||||||||||||||||
Long-term liabilities to trade payables
|
(1 | ) | (1 | ) | - | (1 | ) | - | - | - | ||||||||||||||||||
(5,721 | ) | (6,209 | ) | (2,243 | ) | (1,283 | ) | (1,345 | ) | (821 | ) | (517 | ) |
*
|
Including accrued interest on debentures. In February 2015, after the end of the reporting period, the Company exchanged a portion of Series D and E debentures with new debentures of the Company's Series H and I, respectively. For further details, see Note 17.
|
December 31, 20
13
|
Carrying
|
Contractual
|
More than
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
amount
|
Cash flows
|
1
st
year
|
2
nd
year
|
3
rd
year
|
4-5 years
|
5 years
|
||||||||||||||||||||||
NIS millions
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Debentures*
|
(5,631 | ) | (6,270 | ) | (1,388 | ) | (1,328 | ) | (1,267 | ) | (1,735 | ) | (552 | ) | ||||||||||||||
Trade and other payables
|
(678 | ) | (678 | ) | (678 | ) | - | - | - | - | ||||||||||||||||||
Forward exchange contracts on foreign currencies
|
(7 | ) | (7 | ) | (7 | ) | - | - | - | - | ||||||||||||||||||
Forward exchange contracts on CPI
|
(23 | ) | (23 | ) | (18 | ) | (5 | ) | - | - | - | |||||||||||||||||
Credit and loans from banks
|
(12 | ) | (12 | ) | (7 | ) | (5 | ) | - | - | - | |||||||||||||||||
Long-term liabilities to trade payables
|
(3 | ) | (3 | ) | - | (3 | ) | - | - | - | ||||||||||||||||||
(6,354 | ) | (6,993 | ) | (2,098 | ) | (1,341 | ) | (1,267 | ) | (1,735 | ) | (552 | ) |
*
|
Including accrued interest on debentures.
|
Carrying
|
Contractual
|
More than
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||
amount
|
Cash flows
|
1
st
year
|
2
nd
year
|
3
rd
year
|
4-5 years
|
5 years
|
||||||||||||||||||||||
NIS millions
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
December 31, 2014
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Forward exchange
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
contracts:
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Assets
|
- | - | - | - | - | - | - | |||||||||||||||||||||
Liabilities
|
- | - | - | - | - | - | - | |||||||||||||||||||||
- | - | - | - | - | - | - |
Carrying
|
Contractual
|
More than
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||
amount
|
Cash flows
|
1
st
year
|
2
nd
year
|
3
rd
year
|
4-5 years
|
5 years
|
||||||||||||||||||||||
NIS millions
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
December 31, 2013
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Forward exchange
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
contracts:
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Assets
|
- | - | - | - | - | - | - | |||||||||||||||||||||
Liabilities
|
(6 | ) | (6 | ) | (6 | ) | - | - | - | - | ||||||||||||||||||
(6 | ) | (6 | ) | (6 | ) | - | - | - | - |
Carrying
|
Contractual
|
More than
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||
amount
|
Cash flows
|
1
st
year
|
2
nd
year
|
3
rd
year
|
4-5 years
|
5 years
|
||||||||||||||||||||||
NIS millions
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
December 31, 2014
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Forward exchange
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
contracts:
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Assets
|
- | - | - | - | - | - | - | |||||||||||||||||||||
Liabilities
|
- | - | - | - | - | - | - | |||||||||||||||||||||
- | - | - | - | - | - | - |
Carrying
|
Contractual
|
More than
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||
amount
|
Cash flows
|
1
st
year
|
2
nd
year
|
3
rd
year
|
4-5 years
|
5 years
|
||||||||||||||||||||||
December 31, 2013
|
NIS millions
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Forward exchange
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
contracts:
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Assets
|
- | - | - | - | - | - | - | |||||||||||||||||||||
Liabilities
|
(6 | ) | (6 | ) | (6 | ) | - | - | - | - | ||||||||||||||||||
(6 | ) | (6 | ) | (6 | ) | - | - | - | - |
December 31, 2013
|
December 31, 2014
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
In or linked
|
In or linked
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
to foreign
|
to foreign
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
currencies
|
currencies
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
(mainly
USD)
|
Linked
to CPI
|
Unlinked
|
(mainly
USD)
|
Linked
to CPI
|
Unlinked
|
||||||||||||||||||||
NIS millions
|
NIS millions
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Current assets
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents
|
13 | - | 1,044 | 39 | - | 1,119 | |||||||||||||||||||
Current investments, including derivatives
|
3 | 274 | 236 | 1 | 268 | 252 | |||||||||||||||||||
Trade receivables
|
19 | - | 1,712 | 110 | - | 1,307 | |||||||||||||||||||
Other receivables, including derivatives
|
- | 1 | 6 | 1 | - | 6 | |||||||||||||||||||
Non- current assets
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
Long-term receivables
|
- | 17 | 562 | - | 18 | 525 | |||||||||||||||||||
Current liabilities
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
Current maturities of debentures and long-term loans and short-term credit
|
- | (793 | ) | (307 | ) | - | (792 | ) | (300 | ) | |||||||||||||||
Trade payables and accrued expenses
|
(140 | ) | - | (442 | ) | (262 | ) | - | (511 | ) | |||||||||||||||
Other current liabilities, including derivatives
|
(7 | ) | (140 | ) | (180 | ) | (1 | ) | (120 | ) | (179 | ) | |||||||||||||
Non- current liabilities
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
Long-term loans from banks
|
- | - | (5 | ) | - | - | - | ||||||||||||||||||
Debentures
|
- | (3,149 | ) | (1,183 | ) | - | (2,444 | ) | (1,104 | ) | |||||||||||||||
Other non- current liabilities
|
- | (5 | ) | (3 | ) | (1 | ) | (8 | ) | - | |||||||||||||||
(112 | ) | (3,795 | ) | 1,440 | (113 | ) | (3,078 | ) | 1,115 |
December 31, 2014
|
||||||||||
Currency/
linkage
receivable
|
Currency/
linkage
payable
|
Notional Value
|
Fair value
|
|||||||
NIS millions
|
||||||||||
Instruments not used for hedging
|
||||||||||
Forward exchange contracts on foreign currencies
|
USD
|
NIS
|
19 | - | ||||||
Forward exchange contracts on CPI
|
CPI
|
NIS
|
1,925 | (31 | ) | |||||
Foreign currency call options
|
USD
|
NIS
|
97 | 1 | ||||||
Instruments used for hedging
|
||||||||||
Forward exchange contracts on foreign currencies
|
USD
|
NIS
|
- | - |
December 31, 2013
|
||||||||||
Currency/
linkage
receivable
|
Currency/
linkage
payable
|
Notional Value
|
Fair value
|
|||||||
NIS millions
|
||||||||||
Instruments not used for hedging
|
||||||||||
Forward exchange contracts on foreign currencies
|
USD
|
NIS
|
70 | (1 | ) | |||||
Forward exchange contracts on CPI
|
CPI
|
NIS
|
1,675 | (22 | ) | |||||
Foreign currency call options
|
USD
|
NIS
|
231 | 1 | ||||||
Instruments used for hedging
|
||||||||||
Forward exchange contracts on foreign currencies
|
USD
|
NIS
|
90 | (6 | ) |
Equity
|
Net income
|
|||||||||||
Change
|
NIS millions
|
NIS millions
|
||||||||||
December 31, 2014
|
||||||||||||
Increase in the CPI of
|
2.0 | % | (17 | ) | (17 | ) | ||||||
Increase in the CPI of
|
1.0 | % | (8 | ) | (8 | ) | ||||||
Decrease in the CPI of
|
(1.0 | %) | 8 | 8 | ||||||||
Decrease in the CPI of
|
(2.0 | %) | 17 | 17 | ||||||||
December 31, 2013
|
||||||||||||
Increase in the CPI of
|
2.0 | % | (32 | ) | (32 | ) | ||||||
Increase in the CPI of
|
1.0 | % | (16 | ) | (16 | ) | ||||||
Decrease in the CPI of
|
(1.0 | %) | 16 | 16 | ||||||||
Decrease in the CPI of
|
(2.0 | %) | 32 | 32 |
Carrying amount
|
||||||||
2013
|
2014
|
|||||||
NIS millions
|
NIS millions
|
|||||||
Fixed rate instruments
|
||||||||
Financial assets
|
1,500 | 1,541 | ||||||
Financial liabilities
|
(5,435 | ) | (4,640 | ) | ||||
(3,935 | ) | (3,099 | ) | |||||
Variable rate instruments
|
||||||||
Financial assets
|
12 | 6 | ||||||
Financial liabilities
|
(2 | ) | - | |||||
10 | 6 |
Equity
|
Profit or loss
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
1.0% increase
|
1.0% decrease
|
0.5% increase
|
0.5% decrease
|
1.0% increase
|
1.0% decrease
|
0.5% increase
|
0.5% decrease
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||
NIS millions
|
NIS millions
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
December 31, 2014
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Fair value sensitivity (net)
|
(14 | ) | 14 | (7 | ) | 7 | (14 | ) | 14 | (7 | ) | 7 |
Equity
|
Profit or loss
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
1.0% increase
|
1.0% decrease
|
0.5% increase
|
0.5% decrease
|
1.0% increase
|
1.0% decrease
|
0.5% increase
|
0.5% decrease
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||
NIS millions
|
NIS millions
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
December 31, 2013
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Fair value sensitivity (net)
|
(12 | ) | 12 | (6 | ) | 6 | (12 | ) | 12 | (6 | ) | 6 |
|
(1)
|
Financial instruments measured at fair value for disclosure purposes only
|
December 31, 2013
|
December 31, 2014
|
|||||||||||||||
Book value
|
Fair value
|
Book value
|
Fair value *
|
|||||||||||||
NIS millions
|
NIS millions
|
|||||||||||||||
Debentures including current
maturities and accrued interest
|
(5,631 | ) | (6,098 | ) | (4,807 | ) | (5,107 | ) |
|
(2)
|
Fair value hierarchy of financial instruments measured at fair value
|
December 31, 2014
|
||||||||||||||||
Level 1
|
Level 2
|
Level 3
|
Total
|
|||||||||||||
NIS millions
|
NIS millions
|
NIS millions
|
NIS millions
|
|||||||||||||
Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss
|
||||||||||||||||
Current investments in debt securities
|
520 | - | - | 520 | ||||||||||||
Long-term receivables
|
- | 49 | - | 49 | ||||||||||||
Derivatives
|
- | 1 | - | 1 | ||||||||||||
Total assets
|
520 | 50 | - | 570 | ||||||||||||
Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss
|
||||||||||||||||
Derivatives
|
- | (32 | ) | - | (32 | ) | ||||||||||
Total liabilities
|
- | (32 | ) | - | (32 | ) |
December 31, 2013
|
||||||||||||||||
Level 1
|
Level 2
|
Level 3
|
Total
|
|||||||||||||
NIS millions
|
NIS millions
|
NIS millions
|
NIS millions
|
|||||||||||||
Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss
|
||||||||||||||||
Current investments in debt securities
|
509 | - | - | 509 | ||||||||||||
Long-term receivables
|
- | 47 | - | 47 | ||||||||||||
Derivatives
|
- | 4 | - | 4 | ||||||||||||
Total assets
|
509 | 51 | - | 560 | ||||||||||||
Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss
|
||||||||||||||||
Derivatives
|
- | (30 | ) | - | (30 | ) | ||||||||||
Total liabilities
|
- | (30 | ) | - | (30 | ) |
|
(3)
|
Details regarding fair value measurement at Levels 2
|
Financial instrument
|
Valuation method for determining fair value
|
|
Forward contracts
|
Fair value measured on the basis of discounting the difference between the forward price in the contract and the current forward price for the residual period until redemption using market interest rates appropriate for similar instruments, including the adjustment required for the parties’ credit risks.
|
|
Foreign currency options
|
Fair value is measured based on the Black-Scholes formula.
|
|
(4)
|
Offset of financial assets and financial liabilities
|
|
The following table sets out the carrying amounts of recognized financial instruments that were offset in the consolidated statements of financial position:
|
December 31, 2014
|
||||||||||||||||
Note
|
Gross amounts of recognized financial assets (liabilities)
|
Gross amounts of financial assets (liabilities) recognized and offset in the consolidated statements of financial position
|
Net amounts of financial assets (liabilities) presented in the consolidated statements of financial position
|
|||||||||||||
NIS millions
|
NIS millions
|
NIS millions
|
||||||||||||||
Financial assets
|
||||||||||||||||
Trade receivables
|
9 | 342 | (238 | ) | 104 | |||||||||||
342 | (238 | ) | 104 | |||||||||||||
Financial liabilities
|
||||||||||||||||
Trade payables and accrued expenses
|
13 | (264 | ) | 238 | (26 | ) | ||||||||||
(264 | ) | 238 | (26 | ) |
|
(4)
|
Offset of financial assets and financial liabilities (cont'd)
|
December 31, 2013
|
||||||||||||||||
Note
|
Gross amounts of recognized financial assets (liabilities)
|
Gross amounts of financial assets (liabilities) recognized and offset in the consolidated statements of financial position
|
Net amounts of financial assets (liabilities) presented in the consolidated statements of financial position
|
|||||||||||||
NIS millions
|
NIS millions
|
NIS millions
|
||||||||||||||
Financial assets
|
||||||||||||||||
Trade receivables
|
9 | 340 | (264 | ) | 76 | |||||||||||
340 | (264 | ) | 76 | |||||||||||||
Financial liabilities
|
||||||||||||||||
Trade payables and accrued expenses
|
13 | (316 | ) | 264 | (52 | ) | ||||||||||
(316 | ) | 264 | (52 | ) |
Year ended December 31,
|
||||||||||||
2012
|
2013
|
2014
|
||||||||||
NIS millions
|
NIS millions
|
NIS millions
|
||||||||||
Revenues from equipment
|
1,356 | 942 | 1,005 | |||||||||
Revenues from services:
|
||||||||||||
Cellular services
|
3,279 | 2,797 | 2,487 | |||||||||
Land-line services
|
599 | 559 | 489 | |||||||||
Internet services
|
531 | 483 | 451 | |||||||||
Other services
|
173 | 146 | 138 | |||||||||
Total revenues from services
|
4,582 | 3,985 | 3,565 | |||||||||
Total revenues
|
5,938 | 4,927 | 4,570 |
Year ended December 31,
|
||||||||||||
2012
|
2013
|
2014
|
||||||||||
NIS millions
|
NIS millions
|
NIS millions
|
||||||||||
According to source of income:
|
||||||||||||
Cost of revenues from equipment
|
1,013 | 719 | 744 | |||||||||
Cost of revenues from services
|
2,450 | 2,271 | 1,983 | |||||||||
3,463 | 2,990 | 2,727 | ||||||||||
According to its components:
|
||||||||||||
Cost of revenues from equipment
|
1,013 | 719 | 744 | |||||||||
Rent and related expenses
|
364 | 365 | 310 | |||||||||
Salaries and related expenses
|
334 | 298 | 260 | |||||||||
Fees to other operators and others
|
917 | 882 | 761 | |||||||||
Cost of value added services
|
186 | 149 | 114 | |||||||||
Depreciation and amortization
|
435 | 418 | 410 | |||||||||
Royalties and fees
|
129 | 91 | 98 | |||||||||
Other
|
85 | 68 | 30 | |||||||||
Total cost of revenues from services
|
2,450 | 2,271 | 1,983 | |||||||||
3,463 | 2,990 | 2,727 |
Year ended December 31,
|
||||||||||||
2012
|
2013
|
2014
|
||||||||||
NIS millions
|
NIS millions
|
NIS millions
|
||||||||||
Salaries and related expenses
|
361 | 305 | 277 | |||||||||
Commissions
|
193 | 161 | 197 | |||||||||
Advertising and public relations
|
70 | 62 | 46 | |||||||||
Depreciation and amortization
|
120 | 86 | 59 | |||||||||
Other
|
121 | 103 | 93 | |||||||||
865 | 717 | 672 |
|
Composition
|
Year ended December 31,
|
||||||||||||
2012
|
2013
|
2014
|
||||||||||
NIS millions
|
NIS millions
|
NIS millions
|
||||||||||
Salaries and related expenses
|
138 | 137 | 121 | |||||||||
Depreciation and amortization
|
210 | 172 | 141 | |||||||||
Rent and maintenance
|
79 | 74 | 62 | |||||||||
Data processing and professional services
|
60 | 48 | 57 | |||||||||
Allowance for doubtful accounts
|
74 | 81 | 31 | |||||||||
Other
|
68 | 58 | 51 | |||||||||
629 | 570 | 463 |
|
Composition
|
Year ended December 31,
|
||||||||||||
2012
|
2013
|
2014
|
||||||||||
NIS millions
|
NIS millions
|
NIS millions
|
||||||||||
Interest income on deposits
|
25 | 15 | 6 | |||||||||
Interest income from installment sale transactions
|
89 | 83 | 61 | |||||||||
Net change in fair value of financial assets measured at fair value through profit or loss
|
28 | 20 | 15 | |||||||||
Premium amortization
|
26 | 21 | 18 | |||||||||
Foreign exchange differences and other
|
13 | 17 | - | |||||||||
Financing income
|
181 | 156 | 100 | |||||||||
Linkage expenses to CPI and interest expenses on long-term liabilities
|
(414 | ) | (385 | ) | (251 | ) | ||||||
Net change in fair value of derivatives
|
(14 | ) | (14 | ) | (33 | ) | ||||||
Foreign exchange differences and other
|
(12 | ) | (3 | ) | (14 | ) | ||||||
Financing expenses
|
(440 | ) | (402 | ) | (298 | ) | ||||||
Net financing expenses recognized in profit or loss
|
(259 | ) | (246 | ) | (198 | ) |
A.
|
Details regarding the tax environment of the Group
|
|
(a)
|
Presented hereunder are the tax rates relevant to the Company in the years 2012-2014:
|
|
(b)
|
On February 4, 2010, Amendment 174 to the Income Tax Ordinance (New Version) – 1961 (hereinafter – “the Ordinance”) was published in the Official Gazette. The amendment added Section 87A to the Ordinance, which provides a temporary order whereby Accounting Standard No. 29 “Adoption of International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS)” that was issued by the Israel Accounting Standards Board shall not apply when determining the taxable income for the 2007, 2008 and 2009 tax years even if this standard was applied when preparing the financial statements (hereinafter – “the Temporary Order”). On January 12, 2012, Amendment 188 to the Ordinance was issued, by which the Temporary Order was amended so that Standard 29 shall not apply also when determining the taxable income for 2010 and 2011. On July 31, 2014 an amendment no. 202 to the Ordinance was issued, by which the Temporary Order was extended to the 2012 and 2013 tax years, effective retroactively as from January 1, 2012.
|
B.
|
Composition of income tax expense (income)
|
Year ended December 31,
|
||||||||||||
2012
|
2013
|
2014
|
||||||||||
NIS millions
|
NIS millions
|
NIS millions
|
||||||||||
Current tax expense (income)
|
||||||||||||
Current year
|
201 | 128 | 96 | |||||||||
Adjustments for prior years, net
|
11 | (1 | ) | (5 | ) | |||||||
212 | 127 | 91 | ||||||||||
Deferred tax expense (income)
|
||||||||||||
Creation and reversal of temporary differences
|
(17 | ) | (17 | ) | 19 | |||||||
Change in tax rate
|
- | 7 | - | |||||||||
(17 | ) | (10 | ) | 19 | ||||||||
Income tax expense
|
195 | 117 | 110 |
C.
|
Income tax in respect of other comprehensive income
|
Year ended December 31, 2014
|
||||||||||||
Before tax
|
Tax expenses
|
Net of tax
|
||||||||||
NIS millions
|
NIS millions
|
NIS millions
|
||||||||||
Other comprehensive income items
|
12 | (3 | ) | 9 |
C.
|
Income tax in respect of other comprehensive income (cont'd)
|
Year ended December 31, 2013
|
||||||||||||
Before tax
|
Tax benefit
|
Net of tax
|
||||||||||
NIS millions
|
NIS millions
|
NIS millions
|
||||||||||
Other comprehensive income items
|
(3 | ) | 1 | (2 | ) |
Year ended December 31, 2012
|
||||||||||||
Before tax
|
Tax benefit
|
Net of tax
|
||||||||||
NIS millions
|
NIS millions
|
NIS millions
|
||||||||||
Other comprehensive income items
|
(26 | ) | 6 | (20 | ) |
D.
|
Reconciliation between the theoretical tax on the pre-tax profit and the tax expense
|
Year ended December 31,
|
||||||||||||
2012
|
2013
|
2014
|
||||||||||
NIS millions
|
NIS millions
|
NIS millions
|
||||||||||
Profit before taxes on income
|
726 | 405 | 464 | |||||||||
Primary tax rate of the Group
|
25 | % | 25 | % | 26.5 | % | ||||||
Tax calculated according to the Group’s primary tax rate
|
182 | 101 | 123 | |||||||||
Additional tax (tax saving) in respect of:
|
||||||||||||
Non-deductible expenses
|
8 | 6 | 3 | |||||||||
Taxes in respect of previous years
|
11 | (1 | ) | (5 | ) | |||||||
Effect of change in tax rate
|
- | 7 | - | |||||||||
Tax exempt income
|
- | (2 | ) | (6 | ) | |||||||
Other differences
|
(6 | ) | 6 | (5 | ) | |||||||
Income tax expenses
|
195 | 117 | 110 |
E.
|
Deferred tax assets and liabilities
|
(1)
|
Recognized deferred tax assets and liabilities
|
Allowance for doubtful debts
|
Property, plant and equipment and intangible assets
|
Hedging transactions
|
Carry forward tax deductions and losses
|
Other
|
Total
|
|||||||||||||||||||
NIS
millions
|
NIS
millions
|
NIS
millions
|
NIS
millions
|
NIS millions
|
NIS millions
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Balance of deferred tax asset (liability) as at January 1, 2014
|
73 | (205 | ) | 5 | 15 | 12 | (100 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Changes recognized in profit or loss
|
(12 | ) | (6 | ) | - | (4 | ) | 3 | (19 | ) | ||||||||||||||
Changes recognized in other comprehensive income
|
- | - | (4 | ) | - | - | (4 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Balance of deferred tax asset (liability) as at December 31, 2014
|
61 | (211 | ) | 1 | 11 | 15 | (123 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Deferred tax asset
|
61 | 36 | 1 | 11 | 18 | 127 | ||||||||||||||||||
Offset of balances
|
(110 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Deferred tax asset in the consolidated statements of financial position as at December 31, 2014
|
17 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Deferred tax liability
|
- | (247 | ) | - | - | (3 | ) | (250 | ) | |||||||||||||||
Offset of balances
|
110 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Deferred tax liability in the consolidated
statements of financial position as at
December 31, 2014
|
(140 | ) |
Allowance for doubtful debts
|
Property, plant and equipment and intangible assets
|
Hedging transactions
|
Carry forward tax deductions and losses
|
Other
|
Total
|
|||||||||||||||||||
NIS
millions
|
NIS
millions
|
NIS
millions
|
NIS
millions
|
NIS millions
|
NIS millions
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Balance of deferred tax asset (liability) as at January 1, 2013
|
84 | (251 | ) | 4 | 26 | 26 | (111 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Changes recognized in profit or loss
|
(11 | ) | 46 | - | (11 | ) | (14 | ) | 10 | |||||||||||||||
Changes recognized in other comprehensive income
|
- | - | 1 | - | - | 1 | ||||||||||||||||||
Balance of deferred tax asset (liability) as at December 31, 2013
|
73 | (205 | ) | 5 | 15 | 12 | (100 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Deferred tax asset
|
73 | 61 | 5 | 15 | 20 | 174 | ||||||||||||||||||
Offset of balances
|
(152 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Deferred tax asset in the consolidated statements of financial position as at December 31, 2013
|
22 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Deferred tax liability
|
- | (266 | ) | - | - | (8 | ) | (274 | ) | |||||||||||||||
Offset of balances
|
152 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Deferred tax liability in the consolidated
statements of financial position as at
December 31, 2013
|
(122 | ) |
(2)
|
Unrecognized deferred tax liability
|
F.
|
Tax assessments
|
December 31,
|
||||
2014
|
||||
NIS millions
|
||||
Less than one year
|
250 | |||
Between one and five years
|
623 | |||
More than five years
|
254 | |||
1,127 |
|
a.
|
Office buildings and warehouses- there are lease agreements for periods of up to 14 years and 10 months.
|
|
b.
|
Switching stations- there are lease agreements for switching station locations for periods of up to 18 years and 7 months.
|
|
c.
|
Cell sites- there are lease agreements for cell sites for periods of up to 21 years and 7 months.
|
|
d.
|
Service centers, retail stores and stands - there are lease agreements for service and installation centers and stands for periods of up to 13 years and 8 months.
|
|
e.
|
Motor vehicles - lease for a period of 3 years.
|
|
1.
|
The Group has commitments regarding the license it was granted in 1994, most of which are:
|
|
a.
|
Not to pledge any of the assets used to execute the license without the advance consent of the Ministry of Communications.
|
b.
|
The Company's shareholders' joint equity, combined with the Company's equity, shall not amount to less than US $200 million. Regarding this stipulation, a shareholder holding less than 10% of the rights to the Company's equity is not taken into account.
|
2.
|
In January 2015, the Company was awarded additional 1800 3MHz by the Israeli Ministry of Communications, in a 1800MHz frequencies tender, for 4G technologies (such as LTE, LTE Advanced), for a period of 10 years, for the sum of NIS 6.5 million per 1MHz.
|
|
3.
|
As at December 31, 2014, the Group has commitments to purchase equipment for the communications networks, end user equipment, systems and software maintenance, and content and related services, in a total amount of approximately NIS 995 million.
|
4.
|
During 2013, the Group renewed an agreement with Amdocs for the provision of operation, maintenance, management and development services for its billing and customer care system of Cellcom and Netvision, until February 2024. The Group may terminate the agreement after August 2016, subject to termination payment. In addition, the Group entered into another agreement with Amdocs for the development of a new version for its billing system which will serve Cellcom and Netvision. In March 2014, the Company entered into an additional agreement with Amdocs for the provision of a new CRM system that shall replace Cellcom's and Netvision's current CRM systems and will serve both companies. Under the agreement, the Company is obligated to purchase maintenance services for one year from the launch of the system and has an option to purchase maintenance services for seven years thereafter. As of December 31, 2014, the commitments of the Group according to those agreements, is estimated at NIS 108 million.
|
5.
|
In December 2013, the Company entered into an agreement with Golan Telecom Ltd, or Golan, granting Golan Indefeasible Right of Use ("IRU") in the Company's 2G and 3G radio networks which will replace Golan's current national roaming agreement with the Company. Golan shall continue to operate its own core network.
|
|
6.
|
In September 2014, the Company and Pelephone Communications Ltd, or Pelephone, entered a co-operation agreement regarding maintenance services for passive elements of cell sites, including unifying passive elements and streamlining costs, through a common contractor. The contractor to be selected by RFP process will enter a separate agreement with each of the Company and Pelephone, generally for a period of at least 5 years. The agreement is subject to regulatory approvals. There is no assurance that such approval will be granted.
|
|
7.
|
Between 2003 and 2013, Netvision entered into a number of agreements with Mediterranean Nautilus Ltd. and Mediterranean Nautilus (Israel) Ltd., or together Med Nautilus, for the purchase of rights of use of certain telecommunications capacities on Med Nautilus' communication cables, as well as maintenance and operation services relating to these cables. The 2013 agreement includes an option pursuant to which Netvision may expand the purchased capacity. The term of the agreement with respect the capacity purchased from Med Nautilus is in effect until May 2032. Netvision has the option to terminate agreements with respect to parts of the capacity in 2022 and 2027. The remainder of the obligation under all existing agreements as of December 31, 2014 is NIS 343 million.
|
|
8.
|
In March 2012 and May 2013, the Company entered agreements with Apple Sales International, for the purchase and distribution of iPad and iPhone products, respectively, in Israel. Under the terms of the agreements, the Company has committed to purchase a minimum quantity of iPad and iPhone products, respectively, over a period of three years, which have and is expected to continue to represent a significant portion of the Company's expected total tablets and cellular handsets purchase amounts, respectively, over that period. The total amount of the purchases will depend on the iPad and iPhone products respective purchase price at the time of purchase.
|
|
9.
|
In April 2014, the Company entered an agreement with Nokia Solutions and Networks Israel Ltd., or NSN, of Nokia Solutions and Networks group, a worldwide leading network manufacturer, for the supply of its 4G network, which also supports LTE Advanced technology and related services. The agreement is a framework agreement and the total commitment amount depends on the amount of sites which will be supplied. This agreement will also govern the purchase and services provided under the Company's previous agreement with NSN, in relation to the Company's GSM/GPRS and EDGE networks, UMTS core network and a UMTS/HSPA radio access network and related
products and services. The Company has an option to purchase maintenance services on an annual basis for 15 years from final acceptance of the initial phase of the LTE network. As of the financial statements signing date, the aggregate commitments under the agreement amounts to approximately NIS 37 million.
|
|
10.
|
In February 2015, after the end of the reporting period, the Company entered a collective employment agreement with its employees' representatives and the Histadrut (an Israeli union labor) for a term of 3 years (2015-2017). The agreement applies to the Company's and 013 Netvision Ltd.'s (the Company's indirect wholly owned subsidiary) employees, excluding certain managerial and specific positions. The agreement defines employment policy and terms in various aspects, including: minimum wages, annual salary increase, incentives, benefits and other one time or annual payments to the employees, as well as a welfare budget and procedures relating to manning a position, change of place of employment and dismissal, including management and employees' representative respective authority with regards to each. The agreement includes terms, whereby the employees are entitled to participate in the Company's operational income over a certain threshold and enjoy additional payments, under certain conditions. The estimated cost of the agreement over the next three years is approximately NIS 200 million, before tax, based on the Group's forcasts.
|
Described hereunder are the outstanding lawsuits against the Group, classified into groups with similar characteristic. The amounts presented below are calculated based on the claims amounts as of the date of their submission to the Group.
|
1.
|
Consumer claims
|
Claim amount
|
Number of claims
|
Total claims amount (NIS millions)
|
Up to NIS 100 million
|
34
|
885
|
NIS 100-500 million
|
7
|
1,263
|
NIS 500-1 billion
|
1
|
606
|
Unquantified claims
|
8
|
-
|
Against the Group and other defendants together
|
7
|
958
|
Unquantified claims Against the Group and other defendants
|
4
|
-
|
|
2.
|
Environmental claims
|
|
3.
|
Employees, subcontractors, suppliers, authorities and others claims
|
a.
|
To the Government of Israel (to guarantee performance of the License) - US $10 million.
|
b.
|
To the Government of Israel (to guarantee performance of the Licenses of the Group) - NIS 44 million.
|
c.
|
To suppliers, government institutions and other - NIS 49 million.
|
1.
|
Under an interim order issued by the Supreme Court in September 2010, the Company is unable to rely on the exemption from obtaining building permit for the construction of radio access devices in cellular networks, other than to replace existing radio access devices in certain conditions, until regulations limiting such reliance are enacted or a different decision by the court is made. Draft regulations submitted to the Economy Committee of the Israeli Parliament in March 2010 for approval, include significant limitations on the exemption which will render the construction of radio access devices based on the exemption to practically impossible. In September 2014 the court suggested the parties shall come to an agreement, based on the 2010 draft
regulation and the parties are discussing such an arrangement.
|
2.
|
In May 2012, the Israeli Minister of Communications published a policy document regarding wireline wholesale services, which mainly provides for: (1) the creation of an effective wholesale telecommunications access market in Israel, as Bezeq and Hot will allow other operators that do not own an infrastructure, to use their infrastructure in order to provide services to end users; (2) The wholesale market's tariffs and terms of agreement shall be agreed through negotiations between the owners of the wireline infrastructure (Bezeq and Hot) and the other operators and once agreed will be offered on the same terms, to all other operators, including the owner's affiliates; (3) the annulment of the structural separation between an owner of wireline infrastructure and its international landline operator and internet service provider affiliates and replacement thereof with an accounting separation within nine months from the date of execution of an agreement between the owner and another operator with a significant market share, unless the Minister of Communications finds that such annulment may considerably harm competition or the public. The Minister of Communications shall consider providing leniencies in relation to or annulment of the structural separation between an owner of wireline infrastructure and its cellular operator affiliate according to the pace of development of a wholesale market and the state of competition in the market. In case an effective wholesale market does not develop within twenty four months from the date of the policy document, the Ministry of Communications shall act to impose a structural separation in the owners of the wireline infrastructure between the infrastructure and the services provided through this infrastructure;(4) the annulment by the Minister of Communications of the structural separation in relation to television broadcasting services if there is a reasonable possibility of providing a basic package of television services through the internet by providers without a national landline infrastructure. The Minister of Communications shall consider imposing a requirement to provide television broadcasting services for the same price within a package of telecommunications services and separately; and (5) a change of the supervision on Bezeq retail tariffs to maximum tariffs rather than the current setting of fixed tariffs within six months from the date of execution of an agreement between Bezeq and another operator.
|
3.
|
In August 2012, the Communications Law was amended so as to set gradual financial sanctions on communication operators, for breach of their licenses, the sum of which shall be calculated as a percentage of the operator's income and based on the gravity of the breach. The maximum amount per violation that may be imposed is approximately NIS 1.6 million plus 0.225% of the Company's annual revenue for the preceding year. The Ministry of Communications published criteria to be used for determining the sum of the imposed sanctions, including the impact on the competition, the duration of the violation, the number of subscribers affected, the benefit to the operator from the violation and prior violations. Following the publication of the guidelines, the MOC has substantially increased its supervision activities and imposed monetary sanctions, including on the Company (in immaterial sums).
|
4.
|
In August 2013, the Communications law was amended so as to authorize the Minister of Communications to give instructions and to set interconnect tariffs and usage of another operator's network rates and supervised services prices, based not only on previous method of cost (according to a calculation method determined by the Minister of Communications) plus reasonable profit, but also on the basis of one of the following: (1) payment for services provided by a licensee; (2) payment for a comparable service; or (3) comparison to such services or interconnect tariffs in other countries. In addition, the Minister of Communications was authorized to give instructions in relation to structural separation for the provision of different services, including between services provided to a licensee and services provided to a subscriber.
|
|
5.
|
In May 2014, the Ministry of Communications published a network sharing policy and later in July 2014, as part of the 4G frequencies tender documents, a draft license amendment which sets certain specific requirements for the approval of such sharing (some of which were amended during the tender process). The policy, as complemented by the draft license includes the following principles: (1) sharing of passive elements of cell sites and active sharing of antennas among all cellular operators are encouraged; (2) active sharing of radio networks using shared equipment and frequencies will be allowed only between an operator with a partial 3G network deployment and an operator with a full 3G network deployment, whereas such sharing will not be allowed for two operators with full 3G network deployment. Active sharing of radio networks in which the operators will use separate frequencies is possible in particular circumstances; (3) sharing of transmission from cell sites among operators sharing frequencies is generally allowed; (4) Investing in a 4G network will be considered as meeting an operator's undertaking to deploy a 3G network under certain conditions; (5) active sharing of radio networks using shared equipment and frequencies and certain other sharing agreements require the prior approval of the Ministry of Communications. Approval of active sharing of radio networks using shared equipment and frequencies is conditioned upon the following:
|
●
|
There will be at least 3 independent cellular radio networks in Israel;
|
●
|
The sharing operators must allow other operators to join at equal terms to those awarded to the operator with the smallest market share;
|
●
|
Each sharing operator may host a Mobile Virtual Network Operator without the other operator's consent;
|
●
|
Each sharing operator will be responsible for the provision of cellular services under its license. An indefeasible right of use for the duration of the sharing may be considered as meeting this principle;
|
●
|
Approvals will be granted for a limited period and may be extended;
|
●
|
The shared radio network will be operated through a joint entity held equally by the sharing operators but structurally separated from each of them, which will be required to obtain a license from the MOC but will not be allocated frequencies and each of the sharing operators shall enter into a usage agreement with it. The shared network shall use the frequencies allocated to the sharing operators;
|
●
|
The radio elements of the shared network will be held in equal parts by the sharing operators; each of the sharing partners will have a right of use in the other partner's passive infrastructure following termination of the agreement;
|
●
|
Additional principles relating to the execution of such sharing and its termination.
|
6.
|
In July 2014, the Israeli Ministry of Communications published an 1800MHz frequencies tender, for 4G technologies (such as LTE, LTE Advanced). Participation in the tender was open for all current MNOs, MVNOs and other entities meeting certain condition and bands were awarded to the highest bidders. All existing MNOs and Marathon won bands in the tender and Marathon is expected to be awarded an MNO license. Under the tender terms, Marathon, Golan and Hot Mobile are eligible for up to 50% discount, 10% discount for each 1% addition to their market share, obtained over the next 5 years. See also Note 30(2).
|
7.
|
Under the Communications Law, in the event that an MVNO and the cellular operator, will not have reached an agreement as to the provision of service by way of MVNO within six months from the date the MVNO has approached the cellular operator, and if the Ministry of Communications together with the Ministry of Finance determine that the failure to reach an agreement is due to unreasonable conditions imposed by the cellular operator, the Ministry of Communications may intervene in the terms of the agreement, including by setting the price of the service. In November 2014 the Ministry of Communications published the principles for reviewing the reasonability of MVNO hosting agreements, including existing agreements which the MVNO request to update if the existing agreement hinders its ability to compete and the parties fail to reach an agreement as to its update, to be carried out in light of the best offer made by the cellular operator to a business customer.
|
A.
|
Balance sheet
|
December 31,
|
December 31,
|
|||||||
2013
|
2014
|
|||||||
NIS millions
|
NIS millions
|
|||||||
Current assets
|
190 | 5 | ||||||
Current liabilities
|
2 | 1 | ||||||
Long-term liability - debentures (including current maturity)*
|
157 | 136 |
*
|
Debentures balance held by related parties, which includes debentures held for the benefit of the public, through, among others, provident funds, mutual funds and pension funds, as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, is NIS 179 million par value linked to the CPI and NIS 184 million par value linked to the CPI, respectively.
|
B.
|
Transactions with related and interested parties executed in the ordinary course of business at regular commercial terms:
|
Year ended December 31,
|
||||||||||||
2012
|
2013
|
2014
|
||||||||||
NIS millions
|
NIS millions
|
NIS millions
|
||||||||||
Income:
|
||||||||||||
Revenues
|
8 | 8 | 12 | |||||||||
Expenses:
|
||||||||||||
Cost of revenues and other
|
28 | 26 | 24 |
C.
|
Key management personnel compensation
|
Year ended December 31,
|
||||||||||||
2012
|
2013
|
2014
|
||||||||||
NIS millions
|
NIS millions
|
NIS millions
|
||||||||||
Short-term employee benefits
|
3 | 4 | 3 | |||||||||
Share-based payments
|
1 | 1 | - | |||||||||
4 | 5 | 3 |
D.
|
An agreement with DIC
|
E.
|
Agreements with Med Nautilus
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
Section
|
Subject
|
Page
|
The Indenture
|
||
1
|
Interpretation and Definitions
|
5
|
2
|
General
|
8
|
3
|
Issuance of Debentures
|
8
|
4
|
Appointment of the Trustee; Duties of the Trustee
|
10
|
5
|
Expansion of the Debenture Series and Issuance and Allocation of Additional Debentures and Securities
|
10
|
6
|
Negative Pledge Undertaking
|
13
|
7
|
Limitations on Distributions
|
16
|
8
|
Purchase of Series H Debentures and Series I Debentures by the Company and/or by a Subsidiary of the Company and/or by a Corporation Controlled by the Company
|
17
|
9.1
|
Early Redemption Initiated by TASE
|
18
|
9.2
|
Early Redemption Initiated by the Company
|
19
|
10
|
Acceleration
|
21
|
11
|
Claims and Proceedings by the Trustee
|
27
|
12
|
Trust for the Proceeds
|
29
|
13
|
Authority to Withhold Distribution of Funds
|
29
|
14
|
Notice of Distribution
|
30
|
15
|
Refrainment from Payment for a Reason Which is Beyond the Company's Control
|
30
|
16
|
Receipt from the Debenture Holders
|
32
|
17
|
Application of the Securities Law
|
32
|
18
|
Investment of Funds
|
32
|
19
|
The Company’s Undertakings vis-à-vis the Trustee
|
33
|
20
|
Additional Undertakings
|
34
|
21
|
Other Agreements
|
34
|
22
|
Trustee’s Fees
|
35
|
23
|
Special Authorities
|
36
|
24
|
Trustee’s Authority to Engage Proxies
|
37
|
25
|
Indemnification of the Trustee
|
38
|
26
|
Reports and Notices
|
42
|
27
|
Waivers, Compromises and/or Changes in the Indenture
|
43
|
28
|
The Debenture Holders’ Register
|
45
|
29
|
Appointment of a New Trustee and Expiration of the Trustee’s Office
|
45
|
30
|
Holders’ Meetings
|
46
|
31
|
Reporting to the Trustee
|
46
|
32
|
Rating
|
48
|
33
|
Applicable Law and Jurisdiction
|
48
|
34
|
Authorization for MAGNA
|
49
|
First Schedule of the Indenture – Series __ Debenture Certificate
|
50
|
|
The Terms and Conditions Overleaf
|
51
|
|
1
|
General
|
51
|
2
|
The Debentures
|
54
|
3
|
Payments of the Principal and Interest of the Debentures
|
59
|
4
|
Refrainment from Payment for a Reason which is Beyond the Company's Control
|
60
|
5
|
The Debenture Holders' Register
|
60
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
6
|
Transfer and Split of Debentures
|
61
|
7
|
Early Redemption
|
62
|
8
|
Waivers, Compromises and/or Changes in the Indenture
|
62
|
9
|
Debenture Holders’ Meetings
|
62
|
10
|
Replacement of Debenture Certificates
|
62
|
11
|
Applicable law and Jurisdiction
|
62
|
12
|
Notices
|
62
|
13
|
Urgent Representative Body of the Debenture Holders
|
63
|
Second Schedule of the Indenture – Debenture Holders’ Meetings
|
67
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
Between:
|
|||
Cellcom Israel Ltd.
|
|||
of 10 HaGavish St., Netanya
|
|||
Telephone: 052-9989595
|
|||
Fax: 09-8607986
|
|||
(the “
Company
” or “
Cellcom
”)
|
of the First Part;
|
||
And
:
|
|||
Mishmeret Trust Company Ltd.
|
|||
of 48 Menahem Begin St., Tel Aviv
|
|||
Telephone: 03-6374351
|
|||
Fax: 03-6374344
|
|||
(the “
Trustee
”)
|
|||
of the Second Part;
|
Whereas
|
On June 22, 2014,
the Company’s board of directors approved the publication of a shelf prospectus (the “
Prospectus
” or the “
Shelf
Prospectus
”) according to which the Company might issue, in the framework of Shelf Offering Reports,
inter alia
, series of debentures that are not convertible into shares of the Company; and
|
Whereas
|
The Trustee represents that it is a private company that is limited in shares, incorporated in Israel, the main purpose of which is to engage in trusts, and that it complies with all of the requirements and terms of qualification under any law, including under the Securities Law, 5728-1968, to act as a trustee for the Debentures contemplated by this Indenture; and
|
Whereas
|
The Trustee declares that it is under no impediment according to any law or agreement by which it is bound against in its engagement with the Company in this Indenture, including in respect to conflicts of interests which prevent its engagement with the Company as aforesaid; and the Company represents that there is no impediment under any law or agreement against effecting an issuance of the Debentures and/or against its engagement with the Trustee in this Indenture; and
|
Whereas
|
The Trustee has agreed to operate as a trustee of the Holders of the Debentures contemplated by this Indenture, according to the terms and conditions of the trust specified in this Indenture below;
|
1.
|
Interpretation and Definitions
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
|
1.1.
|
The preamble of this Indenture and the schedules thereto constitute an integral part hereof.
|
|
1.2.
|
The division of this Indenture into sections as well as the provision of headings to sections, were done for purposes of convenience and as reference only, and may not be used for interpretation.
|
|
1.3.
|
Anywhere in this Indenture stating “subject to any law” (or a similar expression), the intention is it being subject to any mandatory law.
|
|
1.4.
|
Anything stated in this Indenture in the plural shall also imply the singular and vice versa, and anything stated in the masculine shall also imply the feminine and vice versa, and anything referring to a person, shall also imply to a corporation, and all when there is no other explicit or implicit provision herein or if the content of matters or context thereof does not mandate otherwise.
|
|
1.5.
|
The Company undertakes that the Series H and Series I Debentures which shall be initially issued by virtue of the shelf offering report pursuant to which the Series H and I Debentures shall be initially offered, shall be registered for trade on TASE.
|
|
1.6.
|
The terms specified below shall have in this Indenture the meaning stated alongside them, unless another intention is implicated from the content of matters or the context thereof, or if explicitly stated otherwise:
|
This or the “
Indenture
” -
|
This Indenture, including the schedules attached thereto, constituting an integral part thereof, in their form as amended from time to time.
|
|
The “
Debentures
” or the “
Relevant Series
” -
|
Series H Debentures or Series I Debentures, as applicable.
|
|
The “
Series H Debentures
” -
|
Registered Series H Debentures of the Company, the terms of which will be according to the Debenture Certificate (the form of which is attached in the First Schedule hereof), which shall be issued from time to time by the Company, according to its sole discretion.
|
|
The “
Series I Debentures
” -
|
Registered Series I Debentures of the Company, the terms of which will be according to the Debenture Certificate (the form of which is attached in the First Schedule hereof), which shall be issued from time to time by the Company, according to its sole discretion.
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
The “
Trustee
” -
|
Mishmeret Trust Company Ltd. and/or anyone who shall serve from time to time as a trustee of the Debenture Holders pursuant to this Indenture.
|
|
The “
Register
” -
|
The register of the Debenture Holders, as set forth in Section 28 of this Indenture.
|
|
“
Debenture Certificate
” -
|
A debenture certificate, the form of which appears in the First Schedule of this Indenture and which shall be issued according to the terms of this Indenture.
|
|
The “
Law
” or the “
Securities Law
” -
|
The Securities Law, 5728-1968 and the regulations promulgated thereunder, as in effect from time to time.
|
|
“
TASE
” -
|
The Tel Aviv Stock Exchange Ltd.
|
|
“
TASE Clearinghouse
” -
|
The Tel Aviv Stock Exchange Clearing House Ltd.
|
|
The “
Debenture Holders
” and/or the “
Debenture Owners
” and/or the “
Holders
” -
|
Shall bear the meaning ascribed to the terms “Holder” and “Holder of Certificates of Indebtedness” in Section 35A of the Securities Law.
|
|
“
Business Day
” -
|
Any day on which the TASE Clearinghouse and most of the banks in Israel are open for the performance of transactions.
|
|
“
Trading Day
” -
|
Any day on which trade is carried out on the Tel Aviv Stock Exchange Ltd.
|
|
“
Special Resolution
” -
|
A resolution adopted at a general meeting of the Debenture Holders, in which a legal quorum was present as specified in Section 14 of the Second Schedule of the Indenture, and which was adopted (whether in the original meeting or the adjourned meeting) by a majority of at least seventy five percent (75%) of the overall votes of the participants counted in the vote, not including abstainers.
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
“
TASE Directives
”
|
The provisions of the TASE rules, the regulations thereunder and bylaws of the TASE Clearinghouse (as applicable).
It is clarified, that the Debentures, their terms and the terms of this Indenture, shall be subject to the TASE Directives in their form as in effect from time to time, for as long as the Debentures are traded on TASE.
|
|
The “
Companies Law
”
|
The Companies Law, 5759-1999, in its form as in effect from time to time.
|
|
The “
Transfer Agent
”
|
Israel Discount Bank Nominees Ltd. or any other nominee company with which the Company shall engage, at its sole direction, provided that all of the Company’s series of securities shall be registered in the name of the same nominee company
|
|
“
Rating
Agency
”
|
Means as such term is defined in the Securities Regulations (Details of the Prospectus and Draft Prospectus – Structure and Form), 5729-1969, and which was approved by the Capital Market Commissioner.
|
2.
|
General
|
|
2.1.
|
The provisions of this Indenture shall apply only to the Debentures of the Relevant Series.
|
|
2.2.
|
The Trustee’s execution of this Indenture shall not constitute an expression of its opinion as to the quality of the Debentures of the Relevant Series or the advisability of investment therein.
|
|
2.3.
|
The Series H Debentures shall equally rank,
pari passu
, among themselves in respect of the Company’s undertakings pursuant to the Series H Debentures, and without any preference or priority of one over the other.
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
|
2.4.
|
The Series I Debentures shall equally rank,
pari passu
, among themselves in respect of the Company’s undertakings pursuant to the Series I Debentures, and without any preference or priority of one over the other.
|
3.
|
Issuance of the Debentures
|
|
3.1.
|
An aggregate nominal value of up to NIS 5,000,000,000 of registered Series H Debentures, of NIS 1 par value each, linked (principal and interest) to the Consumer Price Index (pursuant to the linkage terms specified in Section 2 of the Terms and Conditions Overleaf), which shall mature (principal) in 7 (seven) unequal annual payments which shall be paid on the 5
th
of July of each of the years 2018 to 2024 (inclusive), as follows: (1) 3 (three) equal payments of 12% of the amount of the principal of the Series H Debentures on the 5
th
of July of each of the years 2018 to 2020; and (2) 4 (four) equal payments of 16% of the amount of the principal of the Series H Debentures on the 5
th
of July of each of the years 2021 to 2024. The principal of the Series H Debentures shall bear an annual interest at a rate which shall be determined in a tender that shall be held in connection with their initial offering. The interest on the unpaid balance of the principal of the Series H Debentures shall be paid in semiannual payments on the 5
th
of January and the 5
th
of July of each of the years 2015 to 2024 (inclusive) for the interest period ending on the payment date. The first interest payment shall be paid for the period commencing on the Trading Day transpiring after the day of the tender and ending on the first interest payment date transpiring after the day of the tender (inclusive), calculated on the basis of 365 a year according to the number of days in the aforesaid period.
|
|
3.2.
|
An aggregate nominal value of up to NIS 5,000,000,000 of registered Series I Debentures, of NIS 1 par value each, which shall mature (principal) in 8 (eight) unequal annual payments which shall be paid on the 5
th
of July of each of the years 2018 to 2025 (inclusive), as follows: (1) 3 (three) equal payments of 10% of the amount of the principal of the Series I Debentures on the 5
th
of July of each of the years 2018 to 2020; and (2) 5 (five) equal payments of 14% of the amount of the principal of the Series I Debentures on the 5
th
of July of each of the years 2021 to 2025. The Series I Debentures shall not be linked (principal and interest) to any index or currency whatsoever. The principal of the Series I Debentures shall bear an annual interest at a rate which shall be determined in a tender that shall be held in connection with their initial offering. The interest on the unpaid balance of principal of the Series I Debentures shall be paid in semiannual payments on the 5
th
of January and the 5
th
of July of each of the years 2015 to 2025 (inclusive) for the interest period ending on the payment date. The first interest payment shall be paid for the period commencing on the Trading Day transpiring after the day of the tender and ending on the first interest payment date transpiring after the day of the tender (inclusive), calculated on the basis of 365 a year according to the number of days in the aforesaid period.
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
|
3.3.
|
For additional details, including in respect of an adjustment mechanism of the interest rate as a result of a change in rating of the Debentures of the Relevant Series, see Sections 2 and 3 of the Terms and Conditions Overleaf. For details regarding the Company’s entitlement to effect an early redemption and regarding an early redemption initiated by TASE of the Debentures of the Relevant Series, see Section 9 below.
|
|
If after the date of the initial issuance of the Debentures of the Relevant Series by the Company, the Relevant Series shall be expanded by the Company, the Holders of Debentures of the Relevant Series which will be issued within the framework of the expansion of such series, shall not be entitled to receive payment on account of principal and/or interest and/or linkage differentials, to the extent applicable, for the Debentures of the Relevant Series in respect of which the effective date for payment shall occur prior to their date of issuance as aforesaid.
|
|
3.4.
|
The Company hereby undertakes to pay all of the amounts of the principal, interest (including arrears interest, and adjusted interest in the event of a downgrade beyond the Downgraded Rating as defined in Section 2.7 of the First Schedule – the Terms and Conditions Overleaf, to the extent applicable, and including the arrears interest, to the extent applicable) and including the linkage differentials pursuant to the terms of the Debentures and to comply with all of the other conditions and undertakings imposed thereon pursuant to the terms of the Debentures and this Indenture.
|
4.
|
Appointment of the Trustee;
Duties of the Trustee
|
|
4.1.
|
The Company hereby appoints the Trustee as a first trustee for the Holders of the Debentures of the Relevant Series, in accordance with the provisions of Section 35B of the Securities Law.
|
|
4.2.
|
The term of appointment of the first trustee and its reappointment or the appointment of another trustee upon its termination thereof, shall be in accordance with the provisions of the law. Should the first trustee be replaced, the provisions of Sections 29.2 to 29.4 below shall apply; all – subject to the provisions of any law.
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
|
4.3.
|
The duties of the Trustee shall be in accordance with any law and this Indenture.
|
5.
|
Expansion of the Debenture Series and Issuance and Allocation of Additional Debentures and Securities
|
|
5.1.
|
The Company shall be entitled, from time to time, without requiring an approval from the Trustee and/or the Holders of the Debentures of the Relevant Series existing at the time, to expand the Debenture Series of the Relevant Series and to issue additional Debentures of the Relevant Series (whether through a private offering, through the framework of a Prospectus, according to a Shelf Offering Report or otherwise), including to an Affiliated Holder as defined in Section 8 below, at any price and in any manner that the Company shall deem fit, including at a discount or a premium rate (including with no discount or premium) different than those that prevailed (if any) in other issuances which were carried out for Debentures of the Relevant Series, if any were made, provided that it shall provide prior notice to the Trustee in respect thereof. The Trustee shall serve, subject to the provisions of any law and the Indenture, as a trustee for the Debentures of the Relevant Series, as they shall be from time to time in circulation, also in the case of an expansion of a series and the consent of the Trustee to the service as aforesaid for the expanded series, will not be required. Series H Debentures which will be in circulation and additional Series H Debentures, which will be issued (if any) as stated in this Section above, shall constitute (commencing on the date of issuance thereof) one series for all intents and purposes, and this Indenture shall apply also in respect of all of such additional Series H Debentures. The Series I Debentures which will be in circulation and additional Series I Debentures, which will be issued (if any) as stated in this Section above, shall constitute (commencing on the date of issuance thereof) one series for all intents and purposes, and this Indenture shall apply also in respect of all of such additional Series I Debentures. It shall be clarified that in any event of an expansion of a Debenture Series, should the discount rate that shall be determined in the context of a Debenture issuance be higher than the series’ discount rate immediately prior to the expansion thereof (including without discount), there may be cases where tax shall be withheld for discount fees at a rate that is higher than the discount fees determined for the Debenture Holder prior to the expansion of the Series, whether or not the approval of the Tax Authority for the determination of a uniform discount rate for the series shall have been obtained.
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
|
5.2.
|
In addition and without derogating from the aforesaid, the Company reserves the right to issue at any time additional series of debentures and/or other securities, of any type and kind whatsoever, without requiring the approval from the Trustee and/or the Holders existing at the time, whether or not they shall confer a conversion right in the Company’s securities, and under terms of maturity, interest, linkage, collateral and other terms as it shall deem fit, whether they are preferable to the terms of the Debentures of any Relevant Series in circulation, equal thereto or inferior thereof.
|
|
5.3.
|
The Company undertakes not to issue series of new debentures having a preferred maturity rank to that of the Series H and I Debentures, other than debentures which shall be secured by way of a specific pledge or as specified in Section 6.1 and 6.2 below.
|
|
5.4.
|
Nothing stated in this Section above shall derogate from any rights of the Trustee and/or the Holders of the Debentures of the Relevant Series pursuant to this Indenture, if any.
|
6.
|
Negative
Pledge
Undertaking
|
|
6.1.
|
Subject to Section 6.2 below, as long as the Debentures of the Relevant Series are yet to be fully discharged, the Company shall not create and shall not agree to create in favor of any third party whatsoever, any pledges of any type and kind whatsoever at any rank, on its assets and rights, for securing any debt or undertaking whatsoever, unless it shall address the Trustee in writing prior to the creation of the pledge and inform it thereof, and in addition to such notice: (1) shall obtain the prior consent of the Debenture Holders, by Special Resolution, permitting the Company to create the pledge in favor of the third party; or,
alternatively
– (2) the Company shall create, in coordination with the Trustee, in favor of the Debenture Holders, concurrently with the creation of the pledge in favor of the third party, a pledge of the same kind, on the same asset and ranking equally,
pari passu
, with the third party for securing the full debt toward the Holders, and that such pledge shall be in force and effect for as long as the Debentures of the Relevant Series are yet to be fully discharged. The Company shall provide the Trustee with an original attorney certification whereby the pledge that the Company intends to create in favor of the Debenture Holders of the Relevant Series complies with said condition. The Company’s undertaking specified in this Section above shall be referred to as the “
Negative Pledge Undertaking
”.
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
|
6.2.
|
Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is clarified, that the Negative Pledge Undertaking shall not apply to each of the following actions and pledges:
|
|
6.2.1.
|
Creation of a fixed pledge on assets that shall be purchased by the Company after the initial issuance of the Relevant Series (“
Said
Assets
”), if the undertakings which are secured by such pledges were created for the purpose of purchasing Said Assets and/or for securing loans or credit received thereby for the discharge of loans or credit received for the purpose of purchasing Said Assets, provided that no pledges on additional assets over and above Said Assets be created as a result thereof.
|
|
6.2.2.
|
Creation of a fixed pledge on those parts of the Company’s assets that shall be expanded for the purpose of securing loans or credit received for the purpose of expansion of such assets.
|
|
6.2.3.
|
Pledge of assets or rights that were purchased (or that shall be purchased) under a pledge that was created prior to the purchase thereof.
|
|
6.2.4.
|
Rights of set-off, lien, collateral provided in the context of financial assets (derivatives etc.), that are provided to banks or financial institutions in the ordinary course of business therewith, and transfers for exposure hedging regulated under the Financial Asset Agreement Law, 5766-2006.
|
|
6.2.5.
|
A symbolic pledge (such as a deposit pledged at a nominal amount for securing debentures).
|
|
6.2.6.
|
A pledge or lien created by virtue of the law.
|
|
6.2.7.
|
Pledge of assets which were sold by the Company and were fully paid for prior to the date of creation of the pledge, but the registration of the change of ownership therein in the name of the purchaser is yet to be completed.
|
|
6.3.
|
In the context of the annual report to be delivered to the Trustee as specified in Section 31.3 of the Indenture, the Company shall declare that it has complied with the undertaking set forth in Section 6.1 above, such affidavit bearing the signature of the senior financial officer at the Company, while specifying relevant explanations (to the extent necessary), and shall attach an updated pledge printout of the Company. The Trustee shall rely on the Company’s confirmation and shall not be required to perform any further examination.
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
|
6.4.
|
Whenever the Company shall create a pledge in favor of the Holders as set forth in sub-section (2) of Section 6.1 above, and such pledge requires registration in the pledge register maintained with the Registrar of Companies or any other register maintained under any law, including for the purpose of perfecting the pledge, the pledge shall be deemed duly registered only after the Company have provided the Trustee with all of the following documents: (1) a pledge document whereby the pledge was registered in favor of the Trustee, bearing the Company’s original signature and originally stamped as “received” by the official stamp of the bureau of the Registrar of Companies or any other bureau or registrar as shall be required under any law, bearing a date which is no later than twenty one (21) days of the date of execution of the pledge document; (2) details of mortgages and pledges notice (Form 10), originally stamped as “received” by the bureau of the Registrar of Companies or any other bureau or registrar as shall be required under any law, bearing a date which is no later than twenty one (21) days of the date of creation of the notice; (3) an original certificate of pledge registration from the Registrar of Companies or any other bureau or registrar as shall be required under any law; (4) a pledges printout from the Registrar of Companies or any other bureau or registrar as shall be required under any law under which the aforesaid pledge was registered; (5) an affidavit by a senior officer of the Company whereby there is no pledge contradicting or conflicting with the Company’s undertakings toward third parties, all in a form which shall be acceptable to the Trustee pursuant to its reasonable discretion; (6) a legal opinion issued by the Company’s legal advisor,
inter alia
, in respect of the nature of the rights of the pledger in the pledged asset, the manner of registration of the pledge, its validity, creditor priority, legality and the fact that it is exercisable and enforceable against the pledging entity under the law applying in Israel, in a form acceptable to the Trustee, pursuant to its reasonable discretion.
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
7.
|
Limitations on Distributions
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
8.
|
Purchase of Series H Debentures and Series I Debentures by the Company and/or by a Subsidiary of the Company and/or by a Corporation Controlled by the Company
|
|
8.1.
|
The Company reserves, subject to any provision of law, the right to purchase at any time and at any price and terms it deems fit (on TASE and/or outside thereof) Debentures of the Relevant Series that will be in circulation from time to time, without derogating from the discharge obligation by which it is bound and subject to any law, from sellers who shall be elected according to its discretion and without a duty of approaching all of the Debenture Holders of the Relevant Series. The Company shall announce any such purchase by the Company in an immediate report. Debentures of the Relevant Series that were purchased by the Company shall be cancelled and delisted from trade on TASE (to the extent they are registered for trade thereon) and the Company shall not be entitled to re-issue them. In case that the Debentures of the Relevant Series will be purchased in the framework of their trading on TASE, the Company shall apply to the TASE Clearinghouse with an application to withdraw the Debenture Certificates thereof. The foregoing shall not derogate from the Company’s right for early redemption of the Debentures of the Relevant Series in the cases stated in this Indenture.
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
|
8.2.
|
A subsidiary of the Company, a corporation controlled by the Company, a controlling shareholder of the Company, its relative (as such term is defined in the Securities Law) and/or a corporation controlled by any one of them (but other than a company to which the provisions of Section 8.1 above shall apply) (an “
Affiliated Holder
”), may purchase and/or sell from time to time on TASE or outside thereof (including in case of an issuance by the Company), Debentures of the Relevant Series according to their discretion and at any price they may deem fit (subject to any law). The Debentures which will be so held by an Affiliated Holder, will be deemed as its assets, will not be delisted from trade on TASE and will also be transferrable as the other Debentures of the Relevant Series. The Debentures of the Relevant Series that will be held by an Affiliated Holder shall not be counted for the purpose of determining the existence of a legal quorum at Holders’ meeting and shall not confer the Affiliated Holder with voting rights at such meetings.
|
|
8.3.
|
Nothing stated in this Section above shall derogate from the provisions of any law (including directives of the Israel Securities Authority) which apply to the Company, including in connection with the approvals required for effecting transactions with controlling shareholders (or in which the controlling shareholder has a personal interest) and/or in connection with the sale of securities to a subsidiary of the Company and public distribution thereof.
|
9.
|
Early Redemption of Debentures
|
|
9.1.
|
Early Redemption Initiated by TASE
|
|
(a)
|
Within forty five (45) days from the date of the resolution of the board of directors of TASE regarding the delisting from trade as aforesaid, the Company shall announce an early redemption date on which a Holder of Debentures may redeem such Debentures. The notice of the early redemption date will be published in an immediate report and in two (2) daily newspapers with a wide distribution, published in Israel in Hebrew.
|
|
(b)
|
The early redemption date shall occur no earlier than seventeen (17) days from the date of publication of the notice and no later than forty five (45) days after such date, but not in the period between the effective date for payment of interest and the date of actual payment thereof.
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
|
(c)
|
On the early redemption date the Company shall redeem the Debentures which the Holders had sought to redeem. The redemption consideration shall not be less than the nominal value of the Debentures plus linkage differentials, if any, and interest accrued until the date of actual payment, as set forth in the terms of the Debentures.
|
|
(d)
|
Determination of an early redemption date as aforesaid shall not prejudice the redemption rights prescribed in the Debentures of any of the Debenture Holders who shall not redeem them on the early redemption date as aforesaid, but such Debentures shall be delisted from the trade on TASE and,
inter alia
, the tax implications deriving therefrom shall apply to such Debentures.
|
|
(e)
|
Early redemption of the Debentures as aforesaid, shall not confer upon a Holder of Debentures which shall be so redeemed, the right to payment of principal and/or interest for the period after the redemption date.
|
|
9.2.
|
Early Redemption Initiated by the Company
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
10.
|
Acceleration
|
|
10.1.
|
Upon the occurrence of one or more of the events specified below, the provisions of Section 10.2 below shall apply:
|
|
10.1.1.
|
If a material deterioration occurred in the Company’s business compared to its condition at the issuance date of the Debentures, and there is a real concern that the Company will not be able to repay the Debentures when due.
|
|
10.1.2.
|
If the Company failed to discharge any amount due therefrom to the Debenture Holders pursuant to the terms of the Debentures or pursuant to this Indenture.
|
|
10.1.3.
|
If the Company materially breached terms of the Debentures or the Indenture or if a material undertaking in favor of the Holders was not fulfilled, provided that the Trustee notified the Company thereof and demanded its rectification and the Company failed to rectify such breach within fourteen (14) days of the provision of the notice or if it is found that a material representation of the Company in the Debenture documents or in the Indenture is false and/or partial.
|
|
10.1.4.
|
The Company failed to publish a financial report which it is obligated to publish under any law, within 30 days of the last date on which it is obligated to publish such report.
|
|
10.1.5.
|
If a temporary liquidator had been appointed to the Company by a Court or a temporary liquidation order was issued or if the Company shall adopt a resolution for dissolution of the Company (except for dissolution for reasons of merger, as defined below, with another company and/or a restructuring of the Company), and such appointment or order or resolution had not been revoked within the earlier of forty five (45) days or thirty (30) Business Days from the date of appointment or order or resolution, as the case may be and if a permanent liquidator was appointed for the Company by the Court, or if a permanent liquidation order was issued, and the appointment or order as aforesaid had not been revoked within seven (7) days of the date of the appointment or the order, as applicable. For such purpose – a “
merger
” means – a merger executed after receipt of a prior approval of the Debenture Holders, unless the Company or the surviving entity, as applicable, has declared toward the Debenture Holders, including through the Trustee, at least ten (10) Business Days prior to the merger date, that there is no reasonable concern that due to such merger the Company or the surviving company, as applicable, will be unable to fulfill its undertakings toward the Debenture Holders or in the event of a merger between companies included in the Cellcom Group, as such term is defined in Section 10.1.10 of the Indenture, including the Company, whereas in such event no such declaration or prior approval of the Debenture Holders be required. It is hereby clarified that no grace period shall be afforded in respect of motions and/or orders submitted or issued by the Company or at its consent.
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
|
10.1.6.
|
If an attachment shall be imposed, a pledge be exercised or execution actions be carried out, all on a Majority of the Company’s Assets, and such attachment or exercise had not been removed or the action have not been canceled within the earlier of forty five (45) days or thirty (30) Business Days after the attachment had been imposed or the pledge was exercised or the action was carried out. It is hereby clarified that no grace period shall be afforded in respect of motions and/or orders submitted or issued by the Company or at its consent.
|
|
10.1.7.
|
If a motion or an appointment of a temporary receiver for a Majority of the Company’s Assets, which had not been dismissed or removed within forty five (45) days from the date of their filing or issuance, as the case may be, or thirty (30) Business Days, the earlier thereof or if an order for the appointment of a permanent receiver of a Majority of the Company’s Assets was issued, which had not been not revoked within seven (7) days of the date of the appointment thereof. It is hereby clarified that no grace period shall be afforded in respect of motions and/or orders submitted or issued by the Company or at its consent.
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
|
10.1.8.
|
If the Company shall cease or shall announce its intention to cease the payment of debts thereof.
|
|
10.1.9.
|
If the Company shall cease to continue its business and/or to conduct its business as it shall be from time to time and/or shall notify the Trustee of its intention to cease from continuing to engage in the business thereof as it shall be from time to time and/or to conduct it and/or shall intend to cease from continuing in its business, as it shall be from time to time.
|
|
10.1.10.
|
If a third party that is a lender of the Company (except for a supplier of the Company) has accelerated the Company’s debts toward itself and the demand for acceleration has not been removed or delayed or settled within 35 days of the date of acceleration thereof. The foregoing in this sub-section shall not apply if the aggregate amount of debt in respect of which an acceleration right was created and triggered, is equal to NIS 150 million or less, other than Debenture Series issued by the Company and accelerated by the Trustee or by a Holders’ meeting in accordance with a resolution as specified in Section 10.2 below, in respect of which such limitation shall not apply.
|
|
10.1.11.
|
If the Cellcom Group ceased to engage in the field of cellular communication and/or ceased to hold a license for the provision of cellular communication services for a period exceeding 60 (sixty) days. For such purpose – the “
Cellcom
Group
” means – the Company and the companies held thereby.
|
|
10.1.12.
|
If trade of the Debentures of the Relevant Series was suspended by TASE pursuant to the provisions of Part Four of the TASE Rules, except for suspension in the cause of uncertainty as specified in the provisions of Part Four of the TASE Rules and forty five (45) days had passed since the suspension date, during which the cause for the suspension of trade was not rectified or removed, or if the Debentures of the Relevant Series were delisted from trade on TASE.
|
|
10.1.13.
|
If the Company shall carry out a distribution (as defined in the Companies Law) which does not comply with the conditions of Section 7 above.
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
|
10.1.14.
|
If for a period of 60 consecutive days, the Debentures of the Relevant Series are not rated by any Rating Agency, provided that at least one Rating Agency is active in Israel at such time, and that the rating was terminated due to reasons and/or circumstances that were exclusively controlled by the Company.
|
|
10.1.15.
|
If the Company shall file a motion for a stay of proceedings or if such order is issued at the Company’s request or if the Company shall file a motion for a compromise or arrangement with its creditors pursuant to Section 350 of the Companies Law, or if the Company shall otherwise propose such compromise or settlement to its creditors, on the background of the Company’s inability to fulfill its undertakings when due (other than for the purpose of a merger (as such term is defined in Section 10.1.5 above) with another company and/or a restructuring of the Company or a split that are not prohibited under the terms of this Indenture, and other than arrangements between the Company and its shareholders which are not prohibited under the terms of this Indenture and which do not affect the Company’s ability to discharge the Debentures or – if a motion pursuant to Section 350 of the Companies Law be filed against the Company (without its consent) which had not been dismissed or removed within the later of 45 days or thirty (30) Business Days from the filing date thereof.
|
|
10.1.16.
|
If a Majority of the Company’s Assets was Sold to Another, as such terms are defined below, and the prior written consent of the Trustee for such sale was not obtained, which shall be provided after receipt of the consent of the Debenture Holders; but except for a sale the consideration therefrom was used or is expected to be used by the Company (according to its notice) for the purchase of an asset or other assets having characteristics befitting the Company’s fields of activity, as being at the date of such sale.
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
|
10.1.17.
|
If the net debt to EBITDA ratio, excluding one-time effects (the “
Debt to EBITDA Ratio
”) shall exceed 5.
|
|
10.1.18.
|
If the Company shall not comply with the Debt to EBITDA Ratio (as such term is defined in Section 10.1.17 of the Indenture) which shall not exceed 4.5 during four consecutive quarters.
|
|
10.1.19.
|
If a merger was effected without receipt of the prior approval of the Debenture Holders, unless the Company or the surviving entity, as applicable, has declared toward the Debenture Holders, including through the Trustee, at least ten (10) Business Days prior to the merger date, that there is no reasonable concern that due to such merger the Company or the surviving company, as applicable, will be unable to fulfill its undertakings toward the Debenture Holders of the Relevant Series.
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
|
10.1.20.
|
If the Company breached its Negative Pledge Undertaking as set forth in Section 6.1 hereof and has not cancelled the pledges registered under such breach, within 30 days of the date of receipt of a warning thereof by the Trustee.
|
|
10.1.21.
|
There is a real concern that the Company shall not fulfill its material undertakings toward the Debenture Holders.
|
|
10.1.22.
|
A “going concern” note was recorded in the Company’s financial statements for a period of two consecutive quarters.
|
|
10.1.23.
|
If the Company issued additional Debentures through a series expansion while breaching its undertaking regarding series expansions set forth in Section 5.1 of this Indenture.
|
|
10.2.
|
Without derogating from any right of the Trustee and/or of the Holders by virtue of the provisions of the Securities Law in respect of the acceleration of the Debentures, upon the occurrence of the events specified in Section 10.1 above, the following provisions shall apply:
|
|
[a]
|
The Trustee shall be entitled to convene a meeting of the Debenture Holders, on the agenda of which shall be a resolution to accelerate the balance of the Debentures of the Relevant Series in circulation, and it shall be obligated to do so at the demand of Holders of the Debentures of the Relevant Series.
|
|
The date of convening of such meeting shall be upon the expiration of twenty one (21) days of the date of its notice, however, the Trustee will be entitled, at its discretion, to shorten such period to a reasonable period in the circumstances of the matter, if the Trustee shall be of the opinion that holding of the meeting at such date shall prejudice the possibility of accelerating the Debenture. The Trustee shall not do so unless it first provided a prior notice to the Company in which it specified the reasons for shortening such notice period;
|
|
[b]
|
The Holders’ resolution to accelerate the Debentures of the Relevant Series shall be adopted at the Holders’ meeting, in which Holders of at least fifty percent (50%) of the balance of the nominal value of the Debentures of the Relevant Series were present, by a majority of the Holders of the balance of the nominal value of the Debentures represented at the vote or by such majority at an adjourned Holders’ meeting in which Holders of at least twenty percent (20%) of such balance were present;
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
|
[c]
|
In the event that until the date of adoption of the resolution at a Holders’ meeting for the acceleration of the balance of the Debentures as aforesaid, any of the events specified in Section 10.1 above have not been cancelled or removed, and a Holders’ resolution was adopted as aforesaid, the Trustee will be obligated to accelerate all of the unpaid balance of the Debentures of the Relevant Series;
|
|
[d]
|
The Trustee or the Holders shall not accelerate the Debentures unless they first delivered a notice to the Company of their intention to do so; however the Trustee or the Holders are not obligated to provide the Company with such notice, if there is a reasonable concern that the provision of such notice shall prejudice the possibility to accelerate the indebtedness;
|
|
[e]
|
It is clarified, that upon the occurrence of any of the events and/or causes specified in Sections 10.1.4, 10.1.5 to 10.1.7 (inclusive), 10.1.10, 10.1.12 and 10.1.20 above, or if another cause for acceleration of the Debentures was
established by law, which includes a reasonable period during which the Company is permitted to take an action or adopt a resolution which may result in the removal of such cause, the right of the Trustee and/or of the Holders to accelerate the Debentures as aforesaid in this Section 10, shall arise only if the grace period prescribed in such Sections or such law (as applicable) had lapsed, and the cause was not removed in the duration thereof. Notwithstanding, the Trustee may shorten the grace period as aforesaid if it believed that it may materially prejudice the rights of the Holders.
|
|
10.3.
|
It is hereby clarified that the Trustee’s duties according to this Section 10, are subject to the actual knowledge thereof of the occurrence of the facts, cases, circumstances and events specified therein, whether by virtue of public announcements released by the Company, notifications sent to the Trustee by the Company pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, or by virtue of information which otherwise has reached it in the context of its service as Trustee of the Debenture. This is not to derogate from the duties of the Trustee according to any law.
|
11.
|
Claims and Proceedings by the Trustee
|
|
11.1.
|
At any time after the Debentures of the Relevant Series have been accelerated, as set forth in Section 10 above, the Trustee shall be entitled, according to its discretion, to initiate any such proceedings, including legal proceedings and motions for instructions, as the Trustee shall deem fit, and subject to the provisions of any law, for the enforcement of the Company’s undertakings pursuant to this Indenture and for the exercise of the rights of the Debentures Holders under this Indenture.
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
|
11.2.
|
The Trustee may, prior to initiating proceedings as aforesaid, convene a meeting of the Debenture Holders pursuant to the provisions hereof, in order for such Holders to decide by way of a Special Resolution what proceedings to initiate in order to exercise their rights pursuant to this Indenture, provided that the meeting shall be convened at the first possible date pursuant to this Indenture, and the delay of the proceedings shall not risk the rights of the said Holders. Also, the Trustee will be entitled to reconvene meetings of Holders as aforesaid, for the purpose of receiving instructions in all matters pertaining to the conduct of such proceedings according to the aforesaid.
|
|
11.3.
|
It is clarified, that nothing in the provisions of this Section 11 shall derogate from the Trustee’s authority to convene, at any time, a general meeting of the Debenture Holders in order to discuss and/or receive the instructions thereof in respect of any matter concerning the Indenture.
|
|
11.4.
|
The Trustee may, according to its sole discretion, delay the performance of any action thereby according to the Indenture, for the purpose of referring to a meeting of the Debenture Holders and/or the Court until it receives instructions from the meeting of the Debenture Holders and/or from the Court as to how to act, provided that the convening of the meeting or application to the Court shall be carried out at the first possible date pursuant to the terms of this Indenture. The convening of a meeting of Debenture Holders by the Trustee in order to receive instructions as to how to act, shall not be deemed a breach of its duty under Section 35H of the Securities Law, provided that the convening of the meeting in itself shall not materially prejudice the rights of the Holders.
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
|
11.5.
|
For avoidance of doubt it is hereby clarified that none of the provisions specified above may prejudice and/or derogate from the right of the Trustee, hereby conferred upon the Trustee, to apply, according to its sole discretion, to legal proceedings, even before the Debentures shall be accelerated, and thereafter, for the purpose of issuance of any order in respect of all matters regarding the trust.
|
|
11.6.
|
It is clarified, that the right to accelerate the Debentures shall arise only in accordance with and in the manner prescribed in Section 10 of the Indenture, and the provisions of this Section 11 shall not supplement such causes and rights of acceleration of the Debenture.
|
12.
|
Trust for the Proceeds
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
13.
|
Authority to Withhold Distribution of Funds
|
14.
|
Notice of Distribution
|
|
14.1.
|
The Trustee shall notify the Holders of the date and place on and in which any payment of the payments stated in Sections 12 and 13 above shall be made, by an advance notice of fourteen (14) days which will be delivered in the manner prescribed in Section 26 below.
|
|
14.2.
|
After the date specified in the notice, the Holders will be entitled to interest according to the rate set forth in the Debenture, only for the balance of the principal (if any) after deduction of the amount paid, or proposed to be paid to them, as aforesaid.
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
15.
|
Refrainment from Payment for a Reason which is Beyond the Company's Control
|
|
15.1.
|
Any sum payable to a Debenture Holder and which was not actually paid on the due date for the payment thereof for a reason beyond the Company’s control, even though the Company was ready and able to pay the sum in full (the “
Impediment
”), shall cease to bear interest and linkage differentials, if any, from the aforesaid date and the said Holder shall be entitled only to those sums to which he was entitled on the maturity date of that payment on account of the principal and/or linkage differentials and/or interest (as applicable).
|
|
15.2.
|
If such sum as aforesaid has not been paid within fourteen (14) days of the due date for the payment thereof, then on the first Business Day after the due date for payment of such sum, the Company shall remit such sum to the Trustee, who shall hold the sum in trust for the Debenture Holder, and the transfer of the sum to the Trustee as aforesaid shall be deemed payment of such sum to such Holder. If the aforesaid sum is the last payment – the deposit of said sum in trust in the hands of the Trustee shall be deemed a redemption of the aforesaid Debentures. The Trustee shall deposit any sum held thereby in trust for Holders in the bank in investments permitted under the Indenture. After receiving from the Holder a notice of the removal of the Impediment, the Trustee shall remit to the Holder the funds accrued on the deposit and which resulted from the liquidation of the investment of the same, net of all of the expenses and management fees of the escrow account and net of any tax under law. The payment shall be made against the presentation of such evidence as shall be acceptable to the Trustee concerning the Holder’s right to receive the same.
|
|
15.3.
|
Upon the expiration of one year after the final date for discharge of the Debentures of the Relevant Series, the Trustee shall remit the sums accrued in its hands to the Company, net of expenses incurred pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, and the Company shall hold the same in trust and invest the same as provided in Section 15.2 above, for the Holder until the expiration of three (3) years after the date of the final discharge of the Debentures of the Relevant Series, and it shall make no use of the same during such period. With respect to the sums that shall be remitted to the Company by the Trustee as aforesaid, they shall be subject to the provisions of this Section 15,
mutatis mutandis
. After remitting the sums to the Company, the Trustee shall not owe to the Holders of Debenture of the Relevant Series any payment in respect of the sums held thereby as aforesaid.
|
|
15.4.
|
The Company shall confirm to the Trustee in writing that such sums were remitted thereto and the receipt of the same in trust for the Debenture Holders as aforesaid, and it shall undertake to indemnify the Trustee for any damage of any kind that the Trustee shall suffer for the remittance of the funds as aforesaid, provided that it acted in a reasonable manner and not in bad faith and/or malice and/or negligence. Funds as aforesaid which shall not be demanded from the Company by the Debenture Holder as aforesaid upon the expiration of three (3) years after the final discharge date of the Debentures, shall become the Company’s property and it shall be entitled to use the remaining funds for any purpose whatsoever. It is clarified, that the foregoing shall not derogate from the rights of the Debenture Holders under the law.
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
16.
|
Receipt from the Debenture Holders
|
|
16.1.
|
A receipt from a Holder or evidence from the transferring bank regarding the execution of the transfer or the execution of the transfer via the TASE Clearinghouse for the amounts of principal and/or interest and/or linkage differentials (as applicable) paid to such Holder by the Trustee and/or the Company for the Debentures, shall release the Trustee and/or the Company (as the case may be) entirely in respect of anything related to the payment of the amounts stated therein.
|
|
16.2.
|
A receipt from the Trustee concerning the deposit of the amounts of principal and/or interest and/or linkage differentials (as applicable therewith in favor of the Debenture Holder shall be deemed a receipt from the Debenture Holder.
|
|
16.3.
|
The funds distributed as provided in Section 15 above shall be deemed as made on account of the discharge of the Debentures.
|
|
16.4.
|
The Trustee shall be entitled to demand that a Debenture Holder present to it, upon payment on account of the principal and/or interest and/or linkage differentials (as applicable), the Debenture Certificate for which the payments are made, or in the alternative, any other formal document signed by the Transfer Agent and/or a TASE member, attesting to the holding of the Debentures by him.
|
17.
|
Application of the Securities Law
|
|
In any matter not mentioned herein as well as in any case of conflict between the mandatory provisions of the Securities Law regarding Debentures of the Relevant Series and this Indenture, the parties shall act in accordance with the provisions of the Securities Law, with no necessity to amend the provisions of this Indenture.
|
18.
|
Investment of Funds
|
|
All of the funds which the Trustee may invest according to this Indenture shall be invested thereby solely in bank deposits with one of the five large banks in Israel or in governmental bonds, all subject to the terms of the Indenture and to the provisions of any law. If the Trustee invested funds as aforesaid, then in respect of such amounts, the Trustee shall owe the entitled parties only the consideration received from the realization of the investments, net of its fee and expenses, the commissions and expenses related to the investment as aforesaid and the management of the trust accounts, and net of the mandatory payments which apply to the trust accounts, and the Trustee shall act with respect to the balance of the funds in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture, as applicable.
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
19.
|
The Company’s Undertakings vis-à-vis the Trustee
|
|
The Company assumes, vis-à-vis the Trustee, the following undertakings, for as long as the Debentures of the Relevant Series have not yet been fully paid-up:
|
|
19.1.
|
To continue managing the Company’s businesses in an orderly and proper manner.
|
|
19.2.
|
To keep and maintain its assets (as being from time to time) in good and functioning condition.
|
|
19.3.
|
To provide and instruct its accountants to provide the Trustee and accountants, attorneys or other consultants on its behalf any information that shall be reasonably required for protecting the Holders with respect of all of the data related to the Company’s business or assets (subject to the provisions of any law and to their execution of an undertaking of confidentiality in favor of the Company as specified below). Without derogating from the generality of the foregoing, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee documents held solely by the Company within 5 Business Days of the date of the Trustee’s request. Such documents shall be delivered to consultants on behalf of the Trustee only after the Company shall have received a confidentiality undertaking signed by such consultants.
|
|
19.4.
|
To keep regular account books in accordance with acceptable accounting principles and to keep the books, including the documents serving as evidence thereof, at its offices, as required under law.
|
|
19.5.
|
To allow the Trustee to attend the general meetings of the Company’s shareholders (without a right to participate or to vote).
|
|
19.6.
|
To deliver to the Trustee the reports and notices as specified in Section 31 below.
|
|
19.7.
|
To provide to the Trustee, at its request, an affidavit and/or statements and/or details and/or information, as required by the Trustee pursuant to its sole discretion, for the purpose of implementing and exercising the authorities, powers and authorizations of the Trustee and/or its representatives under the Indenture, provided that they are reasonable. Without derogating from the generality of the foregoing, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee documents held solely by the Company within 5 Business Days of the date of the Trustee’s request. Such documents shall be delivered to consultants on behalf of the Trustee only after the Company shall receive a confidentiality undertaking signed by such consultants.
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
|
19.8.
|
To promptly report by way of an immediate report, in the Trustee’s name, any report in such language as shall be delivered thereto in writing by the Trustee with respect to the Debentures and/or the trust thereof according to this Indenture, to the extent so requested by the Trustee.
|
|
The Trustee hereby undertakes to maintain under confidentiality, and to obligate any person acting on its behalf to maintain under confidentiality, any information that it shall receive from the Company as aforesaid and that it shall receive under any law as in effect from time to time, and not to use such information unless its disclosure or use is required for the purpose of fulfilling the Trustee’s duty under the Securities Law, this Indenture or a court order, provided that such disclosure shall be limited to the minimal degree and scope required in order to comply with the requirements of the law and that the Trustee shall coordinate with the Company in advance, to the extent possible and permissible, the content and time of disclosure, in a manner affording the Company reasonable time to apply to legal proceedings to the extent necessary for the purpose of preventing such disclosure of information.
|
20.
|
Additional Undertakings
|
|
After and insofar as Debentures of the Relevant Series shall be accelerated, as set forth in Section 10 above, the Company shall perform from time to time and at any time that it shall be required to do so by the Trustee, all of the reasonable actions in order to allow the exercise of all of the authorities vested in the Trustee, and in particular, the Company shall take the following actions:
|
|
20.1.
|
It shall transfer and remit to the Trustee the consideration for the Debentures due, according to the terms thereof. In the event that the Company has remitted the full amount of the principal and/or interest and/or linkage differentials pursuant to this Section, the Company shall be deemed to have fully fulfilled its undertakings toward the Debenture Holders in relation to the relevant payment of the principal and/or interest and/or linkage differentials.
|
|
20.2.
|
It shall deliver statements and/or shall execute all of the documents and/or shall take and/or cause the taking of all of the actions necessary or required under the law for validating the exercise of the authorities, powers and authorizations of the Trustee and/or its representatives.
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
|
20.3.
|
It shall provide all of the notices, orders and instructions that the Trustee shall deem useful and shall demand.
|
21.
|
Other Agreements
|
|
Subject to the provisions of the law, neither the fulfillment of the Trustee’s duties hereunder, nor its mere status as a trustee, shall prevent the Trustee from engaging with the Company in various contracts or from performing transactions therewith in its ordinary course of business, provided that such engagement with the Company shall not prejudice the rights of the Holders of the Debentures of the Relevant Series, and provided further that such engagement shall not place the Trustee in a conflict of interests toward the Holders of the Debentures of the Relevant Series.
|
22.
|
Trustee’s Fees
|
|
The Company shall pay to the Trustee a fee for its services as a trustee for the Debentures under the Indenture, as follows:
|
|
22.1.
|
For the first year of trust, immediately after the issuance of Debentures of the Relevant Series, the Trustee shall be paid an annual fee of NIS 28,000 (per series), and for each additional year during which the Trustee shall act as a trustee for the Debentures of the Relevant Series (and for as long as the Debentures of the Relevant Series, which are yet to be paid-up, are in circulation), the sum of NIS 24,000 per each series (all linked to the Consumer Price Index known on the execution date of this Indenture but in any event shall be no less than the sum prescribed above). Such fee shall be paid at the beginning of each year of trust. In the event that collateral shall be provided in favor of the Holders of the Debentures of the Relevant Series in accordance with the Indenture, the parties shall negotiate an update of the fee. No payment shall be charged for the expansion of a Debenture Series.
|
|
22.2.
|
For the Trustee’s presence at meetings of the Company’s shareholders, the Trustee shall be paid an additional fee of NIS 1,000 per meeting (linked to the Consumer Price Index as aforesaid).
|
|
22.3.
|
If the Trustee’s term expired with respect to the Debentures of the Relevant Series as provided in the Indenture and/or if it ended in accordance with the terms of the Debentures, the Trustee shall not be entitled to payment of a fee for the period commencing on the date on which a substitute trustee has commenced its service and any overpayment made to the Trustee for such period shall be reimbursed thereby to the Company.
|
|
22.4.
|
For special actions and special works performed by the Trustee, beyond the regular activity of the Trustee, such as the performance of an action resulting from a breach of the Indenture by the Company and/or due to the need to take actions due to the non-fulfillment by the Company of its undertakings toward the Debenture Holders and/or for an acceleration of the Debentures, and including the participation in various meetings (such as meetings with the Securities Authority), the Company shall pay the Trustee a fee according to the hours actually invested thereby, in the sum of NIS 550.
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
|
22.5.
|
VAT as prescribed by law shall be added to all of the aforesaid sums payable to the Trustee and they shall be linked to the index published on May 15, 2014, but shall not be less than the nominal amount prescribed above.
|
|
22.6.
|
For actions performed by the Trustee prior to the execution of this Indenture, the Company shall pay the Trustee a one-time amount in the sum of 7,500 NIS plus VAT.
|
23.
|
Special Authorities
|
|
23.1.
|
The Trustee shall be entitled to deposit all of the notes and documents that attest to, represent and/or determine its right with respect to any asset found at that time in its hands, in a safe and/or any other place of its choice, with any banker and/or banking company and/or attorney.
|
|
23.2.
|
In the framework of performing the matters of the trust hereunder and subject to the provisions of any law and the Indenture, the Trustee may commission the opinion and/or advice of any expert, including any lawyer, accountant, assessor, appraiser, surveyor, broker or other expert, and act in accordance with the conclusions thereof, whether such opinion and/or advice were prepared at the request of the Trustee and/or of the Company, and the Trustee shall not be liable for any loss or damage suffered as a result of any act and/or omission committed thereby in reliance on such advice or opinion as aforesaid, unless it was determined in a final and conclusive judgment that the Trustee acted with malice or bad faith or negligence (in respect of which the Trustee is not exempted). The Trustee shall make available to the Company, at its request, a copy of any opinion or advice as aforesaid, provided that it shall not prejudice the rights of the Holders.
|
|
23.3.
|
Subject to the provisions below, the Company shall bear the entire cost of engaging such consultants, provided that, to the extent that the terms below shall not prejudice the rights of the Debenture Holders, the Trustee shall deliver to the Company, reasonable time in advance, a notice of its intention to receive an expert opinion or advice as aforesaid, together with a specification of the representative’s fees and the purpose of appointment thereof, and that such opinion or advice shall be not provided by a person found in a conflict of interests and/or competition with the Company’s business (including material held companies of the Company). At the Company’s request, and to the extent that it will not prejudice the rights of the Debenture Holders, the Trustee shall examine and present to the Company, prior to such engagement, a reasonable number of alternatives for such engagement. The Company shall choose one of such offers, and shall be entitled to negotiate the offer with such experts. The aggregate sums to be borne by the Company for the foregoing shall not exceed a reasonable and acceptable amount in the circumstances of the matter.
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
|
23.4.
|
Any advice and/or opinion as aforesaid may be provided, sent or received by letter, telegram, fax and/or any other electronic medium for the transfer of information in writing.
|
|
23.5.
|
Subject to the provisions hereof, the Trustee may, but is not obligated to, convene at any time, if deemed necessary thereby, a general meeting of Holders of Debenture of the Relevant Series, in order to discuss and/or receive its instructions in any matter concerning this Indenture and it may reconvene the same.
|
|
23.6.
|
The Trustee shall not be required to notify any party of the execution of this Indenture and it may not intervene in any manner whatsoever in the management of the Company’s business or affairs, other than in accordance with the authorities granted thereto herein. Nothing in this Section shall limit the Trustee in any action that it is obligated to perform in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture.
|
|
23.7.
|
The Trustee shall faithfully exercise the powers, authorizations and authorities granted thereto hereunder at its absolute discretion, in a reasonable manner and in accordance with the provisions of any law.
|
24.
|
Trustee’s Authority to Engage Proxies
|
|
The Trustee may, in the framework of managing the business of the trust under this Indenture, appoint a proxy, or proxies, to act in its place, whether an attorney or another person, in order to take or participate in taking special actions that are required in connection with the trust, and without derogating from the generality of the aforesaid, institute legal proceedings, provided that the Trustee gave notice to the Company of the appointment of a proxy as aforesaid and such representative shall have assumed a confidentiality undertaking toward the Company as set forth in Section 19 hereof. The Trustee may also pay, at the Company’s expense, the reasonable fees of any such representative for proceedings for the purpose of or after the acceleration of the Debentures, and the Company shall reimburse the Trustee, immediately at its first demand, for such expenses, provided that the Trustee acted in accordance with Section 23.3 above,
mutatis mutandis
, in connection with the appointment of such representatives. The appointment of a representative as aforesaid shall not release the Trustee from any liability that would have applied thereto if not for said appointment and/or derogate from the Trustee’s liability for its actions and the actions of its representatives. The Company may object to the appointment of a certain proxy as aforesaid on any reasonable ground, including if the proxy is a competitor or is found in a conflict of interests, whether directly or indirectly, with the Company’s businesses.
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
25.
|
Indemnification of the Trustee
|
|
25.1.
|
The Trustee and all of its officers, employees, shareholders, proxies or experts appointed and/or shall be appointed thereby pursuant to the provisions hereof (the “
Indemnitees
”) shall be entitled to receive indemnification from the Debenture Holders and/or the Company, as the case may be, for reasonable expenses that they incurred and/or shall incur and for a monetary charge under a final and conclusive judgment (in respect of which a stay of execution order was not issued) or pursuant to a settlement that has been concluded (and to the extent that the settlement pertains to the Company and/or to payments that it is to bear, subject to the Company’s consent), all - in connection with actions concerning the Debentures which they took or are to take by virtue of their duties under the terms hereof and/or under law and/or under any instruction of a competent authority and/or under any statute and/or at the demand of the Debenture Holders and/or at the demand of the Company, as specified in this Section below. Nothing in this Section 25 shall derogate from the provisions of Sections 23.2 and 24 regarding the Trustee’s mode of action in connection with the engagement of consultants and representatives thereby.
|
|
25.2.
|
Notwithstanding the aforesaid:
|
|
[a]
|
The Indemnitees shall not be entitled to demand indemnification in advance in respect of an urgent matter (without derogating from their right to retroactive indemnification for such matter, if and insofar as such right is afforded thereto).
|
|
[b]
|
The Indemnitees shall be entitled to indemnification for liability in torts in case that they shall be charged with such liability under a final and conclusive judgment or a concluded settlement vis-à-vis a third party, who is not one of the Debenture Holders, provided that they did not act in negligence and/or bad faith and/or malice.
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
|
25.3.
|
The aforesaid right of indemnification is subject to the following conditions:
|
|
[a]
|
The expenses are reasonable.
|
|
[b]
|
The Indemnitees acted in good faith and such action was taken in the framework of the performance of their duties, according to the provisions of the law and this Indenture.
|
|
[c]
|
If determined in a final and conclusive judicial decision that the Indemnities acted in negligence and/or bad faith and/or malice and/or acted in negligence that is not exempted under any law or this Indenture, the Indemnitees shall repay the Indemnification Undertaking amounts paid thereto (together with linkage differentials).
|
|
25.4.
|
Without derogating from the rights of compensation and indemnification under the law and/or the commitments of the Company and the Debenture Holders hereunder, the Indemnitees shall be entitled to receive out of the funds received by the Trustee from the proceedings instituted thereby and/or otherwise under the Indenture, indemnification with respect to the undertakings assumed by them, with respect to expenses incurred by them in the course of performing the trust or in connection with such actions, which at the Trustee’s opinion were required for the performance of the same and/or with respect to the exercise of authorities and authorizations granted by virtue of the Indenture as well as with respect to all kinds of legal proceedings, opinions and consultation with attorneys and other experts, negotiations, exchange, expenses, claims and demands with respect to any matter and/or issue which were done and/or not done in any matter, and all with respect to the Debentures, and the Trustee may withhold the funds held thereby and pay therefrom the sums required for the payment of the indemnification as aforesaid. All of said sums shall have preference over the rights of the Debenture Holders, subject to the provisions of any law, provided that the Trustee acted in good faith and in accordance with the duties imposed thereon under any law and hereunder.
|
|
25.5.
|
Whenever the Trustee shall be required under the terms of the Indenture and/or under the law and/or an instruction by a competent authority and/or any statute and/or at the demand of the Debenture Holders and/or at the demand of the Company, to take any action with respect to the Debentures, including, without limitation, instituting proceedings or filing claims at the request of the Debenture Holders, as provided in the Indenture, the Trustee may refrain from taking any such action until it receives to its satisfaction a letter of indemnification from the Company and/or from all or any of the Debenture Holders with respect to expenses and/or damage that may be suffered thereby and/or by the Indemnitees and/or by the Company (as the case may be) due to taking such action as aforesaid, for any liability for damage and/or expenses that may be suffered by any of them, due to taking such action. It is clarified that the aforesaid does not exempt the Trustee from taking an urgent action which is required in order to prevent a material breach of the rights of the Debenture Holders.
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
|
25.6.
|
Notwithstanding the aforesaid in this Section 25, whenever the Trustee deems fit, for the purpose of protecting and/or exercising the rights of the Debenture Holders and/or whenever it shall be obligated, according to the terms of the Indenture and/or under law and/or an instruction of a competent authority and/or any statute and/or at the demand of the Company and/or the Debenture Holders, to institute legal proceedings, the Company shall deposit in the Trustee’s hands a sum that shall be reasonably determined by the Trustee as the expected sum of expenses of the Trustee and/or the Indemnitees in connection with such proceedings (the “
Financing Cushion
”). In case that the Company does not deposit the Financing Cushion on the date that it was requested to do so by the Trustee, and in the Trustee’s opinion there shall be doubt as to the Company’s ability to cover the expenses involved in instituting proceedings by the Trustee and/or by the Indemnitees, the Trustee shall immediately convene a meeting of the Holders of Debenture of the Relevant Series with a request that they shall deposit in its hands the amount of the Financing Cushion, each in accordance with its Pro Rata Portion (as such term is defined below) for covering the expenses involved in the proceedings which the Trustee intend to institute. In the event that the Debenture Holders refuse to bear the expenses involved in instituting the proceedings by the Trustee, the Trustee shall be under no obligation to institute proceedings as aforesaid. It shall hereby be clarified, that the Debenture Holders’ consent as aforesaid shall not release the Company from its undertakings to bear and cover all of the reasonable expenses involved in instituting said proceedings, to the extent that such undertakings apply thereto under any law and this Indenture. In addition, all of the funds that shall be received from enforcement proceedings shall also be used for reimbursement and covering of expenses which the Debenture Holders undertook to bear as aforesaid. It is clarified that the foregoing does not exempt the Trustee from taking an urgent action required for preventing a material breach of rights of the Debenture Holders.
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
|
The indemnification undertakings under this Section 25 shall be referred to as the “
Indemnification Undertaking
”.
|
|
25.7.
|
The ‘Indemnification Undertaking’:
|
|
[a]
|
Shall apply to the Company
in any case of
(1)
actions that were taken and/or required to be taken according to the terms hereof or in order to protect the rights of the Debenture Holders (including due to a Holder’s demand which is required for such protection);
and (2)
actions that were taken and/or required to be taken at the Company’s demand.
|
|
[b]
|
Shall apply to the Holders
who held the Debentures on the effective date (as defined below) in any case of
(1)
actions that were taken and/or required to be taken at the demand of the Debenture Holders (except for such actions that were taken at demand of the Debenture Holders in order to protect the rights of the Debenture Holders);
and (2)
the Company’s failure to pay the sum of the ‘Indemnification Undertaking’ that applies thereto under subsection [a] above (subject to the provisions of Section 25.9 below).
|
|
For the purpose of such matter, the effective date for determining the liability of a Holder for the ‘Indemnification Undertaking’ is as follows: (1) in any event in which the ‘Indemnification Undertaking’ is required due to an urgent resolution or action which is necessary in order to prevent a material adverse impairment of the rights of the Debenture Holders, without a prior resolution of the meeting of the Debenture Holders – the effective date for the liability shall be the closing of the Trading Day on the day on which the action is taken or the resolution is adopted (the earlier thereof) and if that day is not a Trading Day, the preceding Trading Day; (2) in any event in which the ‘Indemnification Undertaking’ is required according to a resolution of the meeting Debenture Holders – the effective date for the liability shall be the date stated in the proof of ownership (as specified in Section 8 of the Second Schedule hereto) and it shall also apply to a Holder who did not attend or participate in the meeting.
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
|
25.8.
|
In any event where: (a) the Company fails to pay the amounts required to cover the Indemnification Undertaking and/or fails to deposit the amount of the Financing Cushion, as the case may be; and/or (b) the Indemnification Undertaking applies to the Holders under the provisions of Section 25.7[b] above and/or the Holders were called to deposit the amount of the Financing Cushion under Section 25.6 above and they have failed to deposit said amount in full, the following provisions shall apply:
|
|
25.8.1.
|
First
– the amount shall be financed out of the sums of interest and/or principal that the Company is to pay the Debenture Holders after the date of the required action, and the provisions of Section 12 of the Indenture shall apply.
|
|
25.8.2.
|
Second
– if the Trustee believes that the amounts deposited under the Financing Cushion shall not suffice to cover the Indemnification Undertaking, the Holders holding on the effective date (as defined in Section 25.7 above) shall deposit in the hands of the Trustee, each in accordance with its Pro Rata Portion (as such term is defined in Section 25.6 above) the missing amount. The sum to be deposited by each Holder shall bear an annual interest at a rate equal to the interest determined for the Debentures and shall be paid in priority as set forth in Section 12 of the Indenture.
|
|
25.9.
|
The payment by the Holders in the Company’s stead of any sum imposed on the Company pursuant to this Section 25 shall not release the Company from its obligation to bear the said payment.
|
|
25.10.
|
It is clarified, that the Company and/or the Debenture Holders shall not be required to pay under this Section 25 any funds actually paid to the Trustee and/or any of the Indemnitee, in any manner whatsoever, in the framework of insurance purchased by the Trustee and/or the Indemnitees. For the avoidance of doubt it shall be clarified, that the indemnification amount hereunder shall apply over and above (and in addition to) an amount paid in the framework of such insurance.
|
26.
|
Reports and Notices
|
|
Any notice on behalf of the Company and/or Trustee to the Debenture Holders shall be provided by way of an immediate report on the MAGNA system only, and in the following cases only, including as required under any law, the Company shall also publish an announcement in two (2) newspapers of broad circulation, which are published in Israel in Hebrew: (a) an arrangement or settlement pursuant to Section 350 of the Companies Law; (b) a merger; provided that a newspaper publication is required under law. Any notice that was provided as aforesaid shall be deemed to have been delivered to the Debenture Holders at the date of publication on the MAGNA system or newspaper, as applicable and according to the earlier thereof.
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
|
Any notice or demand on behalf of the Trustee to the Company or on behalf of the Company to the Trustee may be given by way of a letter that shall be sent by registered mail or by courier (according to the address specified in the Indenture or according to a different address of which a party shall give a written notice to the other), or – by transmitting it by fax or by e-mail. Any notice or demand that shall be sent by registered mail shall be deemed to have been received by the other party three (3) Business Days after postal dispatch thereof. Any notice or demand that shall be sent by courier shall be deemed to have been received by the other party upon its delivery by the courier to the addressee or upon the tender thereof to the addressee, as the case may be. Any notice or demand that shall be sent by fax or e-mail (in addition to telephone confirmation of receipt thereof) shall be deemed to have been received by the other party one Business Day after the transmission thereof.
|
|
Copies of notices that shall be provided by the Company to the Debenture Holders shall be sent by the Company also to the Trustee (and for such purpose – the issuance of an immediate report by the Company on the MAGNA system shall also be deemed a dispatch of a copy of such notice to the Trustee), and copies of notices that shall be provided by the Trustee to the Debenture Holders shall be sent by the Trustee also to the Company.
|
27.
|
Waivers, Compromises and/or Changes in the Indenture
|
|
27.1.
|
Subject to the provisions of any law, the Company and the Trustee may, whether before or after the principal of the Debentures of the Relevant Series is due, change the Indenture and/or the terms of the Debentures of the Relevant Series, if one of the following applies:
|
|
[a]
|
If the Trustee was convinced that the change does not prejudice the Holders of the Debentures of the Relevant Series. The provisions of this sub-section shall not apply to changes in payment terms under the Debentures (including payment dates, the interest rate and the linkage terms of the Debenture (if any)), causes for acceleration, reports that the Company is obligated to provide to the Trustee, and in respect of a change of the Trustee’s identity or its fees under the Indenture, for the purpose of appointing a Trustee in substitution of a Trustee whose service has ended.
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
|
[b]
|
Holders of Debentures of the Relevant Series have agreed to the change in a resolution adopted at a meeting of the Holders of Debentures of the Relevant Series, in which Holders of at least fifty percent (50%) of the balance of the nominal value of the Debentures of the Relevant Series in circulation were present, or an adjourned meeting of such meeting, in which Holders of at least twenty percent (20%) of such balance were present, by a majority of Holders of at least two thirds of the balance of the nominal value of Debentures of the Relevant Series represented at the vote.
|
|
27.2.
|
In addition to the provisions of sub-section 27.1 above and subject to the provisions of any law:
|
|
[a]
|
Other than in respect of the matters specified in Section 27.1[a] above, the Trustee may, from time to time and at any time, if it does not prejudice the rights of the Holders of the Relevant Series, waive any breach or non-performance of any of the terms of the Indenture by the Company.
|
|
[b]
|
The Trustee shall be entitled, with a prior approval that shall be provided by a meeting of Holders of Debenture of the Relevant Series in the manner set forth in Section 27.1[b] above, settle with the Company with respect to any of their rights or claims, and to waive any of their rights or claims vis-à-vis the Company pursuant to the Indenture and the Debentures. If the Trustee settled with the Company after it received a prior approval of the Debenture Holders as aforesaid, the Trustee shall be exempt from any liability for this action, provided it did not act in malice, bad faith or negligence or in contradiction of the provisions hereof.
|
|
27.3.
|
The Company and/or Trustee shall deliver to the Debenture Holders a notice of any change and/or waiver as aforesaid in sub-sections 27.1[a] or 27.2[a] above, promptly after the execution thereof.
|
|
27.4.
|
In any case of exercise of the Trustee’s right under this Section above with respect to the Debentures, the Trustee may demand the Debenture Holders to deliver to it or to the Company the Debenture Certificates, for the purpose of registering a note concerning any waiver, settlement, change or amendment as aforesaid, and at the Trustee’s demand the Company shall register such a note on the Debenture Certificates delivered thereto.
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
|
27.5.
|
In addition to the aforesaid, the terms of the Debentures may be changed in the framework of an arrangement or settlement that was approved by the Court, pursuant to Section 350 and the provisions of the Third Chapter of Part Nine of the Companies Law.
|
|
27.6.
|
To the extent that for the purpose of exchanging Debentures for debentures of another traded company, in the framework of a merger, split, re-organization of the Company or an exchange tender offer, the approval of the Debenture Holders shall be required under law, such approval shall be rendered by way of the adoption of a Special Resolution of the Debenture Holders, or in another manner permitted under law on the relevant date.
|
28.
|
The Debenture Holders’ Register
|
|
The Company shall keep, at is registered office, the Register (as defined in Section 1.5 of the Indenture) which shall be open to the inspection of any person (during reasonable activity hours and upon prior coordination) in which all of the registered Holders of the Debentures of the Relevant Series, as being from time to time, shall be registered, as well as additional details, as set forth in Section 35H3 of the Securities Law. In addition, the Register shall record other Holders, insofar as such Holders shall exist due to a split or a transfer of ownership of the Series H Debentures or the Series I Debentures, in the event that actions are taken in accordance with Section 6 of the Terms and Conditions Overleaf. The Company may close the Register from time to time for a period or periods of time that shall not exceed thirty (30) cumulative days per year.
|
|
The Company shall not be required to record in the Register any notice concerning a pledge or charge of any kind or any right in equity, claim or setoff or any other right with respect to the Debentures. The Company shall only acknowledge the ownership of the person in whose name the Debentures were registered. The legal heirs, administrators or executors of said Holder and any person who shall be entitled to the Debentures due to the bankruptcy of any registered Holder (and if it is a corporation – due to its dissolution) shall be entitled to be registered as the Holders thereof after providing evidence which in the Company’s opinion shall suffice to prove their right to be registered as Holders thereof. The foregoing shall not derogate from the provisions of Section 35H3(b) of the Securities Law regarding the registration of a holder of debentures in trust.
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
29.
|
Appointment of a New Trustee and Expiry of the Trustee’s Office
|
|
29.1.
|
The Trustee’s office shall terminate in the cases specified in Section 35N of the Securities Law and according to the terms thereof as well as in any event of a prevention under any other statute (including under the directives of the Israel Securities Authority), applying to its office as Trustee for the Series H Debentures and/or the Series I Debentures.
|
|
29.2.
|
In case of termination or expiry of the Trustee’s office as aforesaid, the Company shall act to appoint a new trustee which shall be a trust company of one of the six (6) large banks in Israel, or any other trustee that is a company registered in Israel, that is engaged in trusts, meets the qualification requirements prescribed by the Securities Law, and is approved at the meeting of the Debenture Holders by a
simple majority pursuant to the provisions of Section 35N of the Securities Law.
|
|
29.3.
|
Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section above, a resolution of Holders regarding the termination of office of the Trustee and its replacement by another, shall be carried out in a meeting in which at least two Holders holding at least fifty percent (50%) of the balance of the nominal value of the Debentures of the Relevant Series are present, or an adjourned meeting in which at least two Holders holding at least ten percent (10%) of such balance are present, and by such majority at the vote as required for a Special Resolution.
|
|
29.4.
|
The Trustee shall hand-over to the new trustee all of the documents and sums accrued therewith in connection with the trust bound by this Indenture, and shall execute any document required therefor. Any new Trustee shall have the same powers, obligations and authorities and it shall be able to act for all intents and purposes as if it had been initially appointed as Trustee.
|
|
29.5.
|
The Company shall issue an immediate report in any event of the Trustee’s resignation and/or appointment of another Trustee in its place.
|
30.
|
Holders’ Meetings
|
|
The meetings of the Holders shall be conducted as provided in the
Second Schedule
hereto.
|
31.
|
Reporting to the Trustee
|
|
The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, as long as the Debentures are in circulation and have not yet been paid-up in full, the following reports and notices:
|
|
31.1.
|
Audited annual financial statements of the Company and reviewed quarterly financial statements of the Company, immediately upon the publication thereof.
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
|
31.2.
|
Within fourteen (14) Business Days after making any payment to the Debenture Holders, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee a duly executed letter, confirming the performance of that payment to the Debenture Holders, specifying the manner of its calculation and the balance of the nominal value of the Debentures still in circulation as of the confirmation date.
|
|
31.3.
|
Up to fourteen (14) Business Days from the end of each calendar year, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee a written and duly executed certification, whereby, to the best of its knowledge, in the period commencing on the execution date of the Indenture and/or from the date of the last certification provided to the Trustee, the later thereof, and until the date of the delivery of the certification, the Company did not breach this Indenture, including a breach of the terms of the Debentures.
|
|
31.4.
|
No later than the lapse of ten (10) days after the issue date of Debentures, the Company shall submit to the Trustee a payment schedule for the Debentures (principal and interest), summarized in an Excel file.
|
|
31.5.
|
The Company shall notify the Trustee immediately and in writing of any reasonable concern of the Company that any or all of the events specified in Section 10.1 above is reasonably likely to occur and of the occurrence of any or all of the events specified in the aforesaid Section.
|
|
31.6.
|
The Company shall notify the Trustee of any change, to the best of its knowledge, in the rating of the Debenture, or a termination thereof.
|
|
31.7.
|
The Company shall notify the Trustee of the purchase of Debentures by the Company and/or by a subsidiary of the Company.
|
|
31.8.
|
The Company shall notify the Trustee in the event that the Company becomes aware of a breach of a material provision of the Indenture, immediately and in writing.
|
|
31.9.
|
The Company shall notify the Trustee of new pledges on the Company’s property that the Company shall register with the Registrar of Companies and/or the Registrar of Pledges, immediately and in writing.
|
|
31.10.
|
In the event that the Company is a Non-Reporting Corporation (as defined below), or became such after the date of issuance of the Debentures by virtue of this Indenture, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee, in addition to the stated in this Section 31 above, annual, quarterly and immediate reports as specified in Schedules D, E and F of the Institutional Entity Circular 2013-9-17 issued by the
Capital Market, Insurance, and Savings Department
, with the necessary changes to the Company’s reporting format prior to it becoming a Non-Reporting Corporation.
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
|
31.11.
|
The Company shall inform the Trustee, by no later than forty eight (48) hours of the Company first becoming aware thereof, of the appointment of a liquidator (temporary or permanent) for the Company and of the appointment of a receiver (temporary or permanent) for the Company.
|
|
The issuance by the Company of documents as set forth in this Section on the MAGNA system, shall be deemed a delivery of the documents required above to the Trustee (it is clarified, that the foregoing does not obligate the Company to issue such documents on such systems).
|
32.
|
Rating
|
33.
|
Applicable Law and Jurisdiction
|
|
The exclusive law governing the Indenture and the Debentures is the Israeli law. The Courts in the city of Tel Aviv-Jaffa shall have a unique and exclusive jurisdiction in any conflict regarding the Indenture and the Debentures.
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
34.
|
Authorization for MAGNA
|
Cellcom Israel Ltd.
|
Mishmeret Trust Company Ltd.
|
|
Signed by: Liat Menahemi Stadler
Vice President of Legal Affairs and Corporate Secretary
|
Ram Sabty and Giora Luftig
Managers
|
Tamar Enav, Adv.
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
1.
|
This certificate attests that Cellcom Israel Ltd. (the “
Company
”) shall pay to the Holders of the Series ____ Debentures principal, interest and linkage differential payments on such dates, pursuant to such payment terms and in accordance with such other terms and conditions as set forth in the Terms and Conditions Overleaf in the Indenture dated _________ ___, 2014 (the “
Indenture
”), between the Company, of the first part, and Mishmeret Trust Company Ltd., of the second part, by virtue of which the Debentures contemplated herein were issued, all of which constitute an integral part of this Debenture.
|
2.
|
This Debenture is issued as part of a series of Debentures pursuant to identical terms to the terms of this Debenture. The Debentures of the same series in circulation shall rank
pari passu
with each other, without any preference or priority of the one over the other.
|
3.
|
It is clarified that the provisions of the Indenture shall constitute an integral part of the provisions of this Debenture, and shall bind the Company and the Holders of the Series __ Debentures.
|
4.
|
This Debenture is issued subject to the Terms and Conditions Overleaf and the terms of the Indenture, constituting an integral part of the Debenture.
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
1.
|
General
|
The “
Company
” -
|
Cellcom Israel Ltd.
|
|
This or the “
Indenture
” -
|
The Indenture executed between the Company and the Trustee on June 23, 2014, including the schedules attached thereto, constituting an integral part thereof, in their form as in effect from time to time.
|
|
The “
Debentures
” -
|
Series H Debentures or Series I Debentures, as applicable.
|
|
The “
Series H Debentures
” -
|
Registered Series H Debentures of the Company, the terms of which will be according to the Debenture Certificate (the form of which is attached in the First Schedule of this Indenture), which shall be issued from time to time by the Company, according to its sole discretion.
|
|
The “
Series I Debentures
” -
|
Registered Series I Debentures of the Company, the terms of which will be according to the Debenture Certificate (the form of which is attached in the First Schedule of this Indenture), which shall be issued from time to time by the Company, according to its sole discretion.
|
|
The “
Trustee
” -
|
Mishmeret Trust Company Ltd. and/or anyone who shall serve from time to time as a trustee of the Debenture Holders pursuant to this Indenture.
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
The “
Register
” -
|
The register of the Debenture Holders, as set forth in Section 28 of the Indenture.
|
|
“
Debenture Certificate
” -
|
A debenture certificate, the form of which appears in the First Schedule of the Indenture and which shall be issued according to the terms of the Indenture.
|
|
The “
Law
” or the “
Securities Law
” -
|
The Securities Law, 5728-1968 and the regulations promulgated thereunder, as in effect from time to time.
|
|
“
TASE
” -
|
The Tel Aviv Stock Exchange Ltd.
|
|
“
TASE Clearinghouse
” -
|
The Tel Aviv Stock Exchange Clearing House Ltd.
|
|
The “
Consumer Price Index
” or the “
Index
”-
|
The price index which is known by the name "consumer price index" which includes vegetables and fruit and is published by the Central Bureau of Statistics and Economic Research in Israel, and including such index also if published by a different official institute or body, and including any other official index which will replace the same, whether or not it will be based on the same data on which the existing index is based. If a different index which will be published by a body or an institute as aforesaid will replace the same, and such body or institute shall not have determined the ratio between it and the replaced index, such ratio shall be determined by the Central Bureau of Statistics, and in the event that such ratio shall not have been determined as aforesaid, then it shall be determined by the Trustee, in consultation with economic experts who will be chosen thereby.
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
The “
Known Index
” on any date -
|
The last known Index which was published before such date.
|
|
The “
Base Index
” -
|
The Known Index on a specific date, which will be detailed in the first offering report of the Series H Debentures.
|
|
The “
Payment Index
” -
|
The Known Index on the date which is scheduled for any payment on account of principal and/or interest.
In the event that the Known Index on the date scheduled for the relevant payment shall be lower than the Base Index, the Payment Index shall be the Base Index.
|
|
The “
Debenture Holders
” and/or the “
Debenture Owners
” and/or the “
Holders
” -
|
Shall bear the meaning ascribed to the terms “Holder” and “Holder of Certificates of Indebtedness” in Section 35A of the Securities Law.
|
|
“
Business Day
” -
|
Any day on which the TASE Clearinghouse and most of the banks in Israel are open for the performance of transactions.
|
|
“
Trading Day
” -
|
Any day on which trade is carried out on the Tel Aviv Stock Exchange Ltd.
|
|
“
Special Resolution
” -
|
A resolution adopted at a general meeting of the Debenture Holders, in which a legal quorum was present as specified in Section 14 of the Second Schedule of the Indenture, and which was adopted (whether in the original meeting or the adjourned meeting) by a majority of at least seventy five percent (75%) of the overall votes of the participants counted in the vote, not including abstainers.
|
|
“
TASE Directives
”
|
The provisions of the TASE rules, the regulations thereunder and bylaws of the TASE Clearinghouse (as applicable).
It is clarified, that the Debentures, their terms and the terms of the Indenture, shall be subject to the TASE Directives in their form as in effect from time to time, for as long as the Debentures are traded on TASE.
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
The “
Transfer Agent
”
|
The Israel Discount Bank Nominees Ltd. or any other nominee company with which the Company shall engage, at its sole direction, provided that all of the Company’s series of securities shall be registered in the name of the same transfer agent.
|
|
“
Rating
Agency
”
|
Shall mean as such term is defined in the Securities Regulations (Details of the Prospectus and Draft Prospectus – Structure and Form), 5729-1969.
|
2.
|
The Debentures
|
|
2.1.
|
Registered Series H Debentures, of NIS 1 par value each, linked (principal and interest) to the Consumer Price Index, which shall mature (principal) in 7 (seven) unequal annual payments which shall be paid on the 5
th
of July of each of the years 2018 to 2024 (inclusive), as follows: (1) 3 (three) equal payments of 12% of the amount of the principal of the Series H Debentures on the 5
th
of July of each of the years 2018 to 2020; and (2) 4 (four) equal payments of 16% of the amount of the principal of the Series H Debentures on the 5
th
of July of each of the years 2021 to 2024. The principal of the Series H Debentures shall bear an annual interest at a rate which shall be determined in a tender that shall be held in connection with their initial offering. The interest on the unpaid balance of the Series H Debentures shall be paid in semiannual payments on the 5
th
of January and the 5
th
of July of each of the years 2015 to 2024 (inclusive) for the interest period ending on the payment date (the “
Interest Period
”). For details of an adjustment mechanism of the interest rate as a result of a change of the rating of the Debentures, see Section 2.6 below.
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
|
2.2.
|
Registered Series I Debentures, of NIS 1 par value each, which shall mature (principal) in 8 (eight) unequal annual payments which shall be paid on the 5
th
of July of each of the years 2018 to 2025 (inclusive), as follows: (1) 3 (three) equal payments of 10% of the amount of the principal of the Series I Debentures on the 5
th
of July of each of the years 2018 to 2020; and (2) 5 (five) equal payments of 14% of the amount of the principal of the Series I Debentures on the 5
th
of July of each of the years 2021 to 2025. The Series I Debentures shall not be linked (principal and interest) to any index or currency whatsoever. The principal of the Series I Debentures shall bear an annual interest at a rate which shall be determined in a tender that shall be held in connection with their initial offering. The interest on the unpaid balance of the principal of the Series H Debentures shall be paid in semiannual payments on the 5
th
of January and the 5
th
of July of each of the years 2015 to 2025 (inclusive) in respect of Interest Periods. For details of an adjustment mechanism of the interest rate as a result of a change of the rating of the Debentures, see Section 2.6 below.
|
|
2.3.
|
The first interest payment shall be paid for the period commencing on the Trading Day transpiring after the day of the tender and ending on the first interest payment date transpiring after the day of the tender (inclusive), calculated on the basis of 365 days a year according to the number of days in the aforesaid period. Each additional Interest Period of the Debentures, shall commence on the first day after the end of the preceding Interest Period, and shall conclude at the end of the Interest Period (i.e., on the next payment date after the commencement date thereof).
|
|
2.4.
|
The interest rate for the first Interest Period of Series H and Series I Debentures, the annual interest rate and the interest rate for the period on the basis of which it shall be determined, shall be specified in an immediate report to be issued by the Company in respect of the results of the tender pursuant to which the initial offering of the Series H and Series I Debenture is to be effected.
|
|
2.5.
|
The last installment of interest on the principal of the Debentures shall be paid together with the last payment on account of the principal of the Debentures, against the delivery of the Debenture Certificates to the Company, at the Company's registered office or at any other location of which the Company will inform at least five (5) Business Days before the last payment date.
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
|
2.6.
|
If after the date of the initial issuance of the Series H Debentures and/or the Series I Debentures, the series shall be expanded by the Company, the Holders of Debentures of the relevant series which will be issued within the framework of the expansion of such series, will not be entitled to receive payment on account of principal and/or interest and/or linkage differentials for the Debentures of the relevant series, the effective date for payment of which occurs prior to the date of issuance as aforesaid.
|
|
2.7.
|
Adjustment mechanism to the interest rate as a result of a change of rating
|
|
2.7.1.
|
If the rating of the Debentures by Standard and Poor’s Maalot or any other Rating Agency that shall replace it (the “
Rating Agency
”) shall be updated in the course of any Interest Period, such that the rating determined for the Debentures shall be two or more ranks lower (the “
Downgraded Rating
”) than an A+ rating (or a parallel rating in lieu thereof as shall be determined by another Rating Agency, to the extent it shall substitute the aforesaid Rating Agency) (the “
Base Rating
”), the annual interest rate borne by the unpaid balance of the Debentures shall be increased by a rate of 0.25% over and above the annual interest rate borne by the Debentures (the “
Base Interest
”) for the period commencing on the next Interest Period (i.e. the Interest Period commencing immediately after the period during which the relevant rating change transpired), and until the full discharge of the unpaid balance of the Debentures or alternatively, until the Downgraded Rating shall rise back to the Base Rating, the earlier thereof (in which case the provisions of Section 2.6.5 below shall apply). It is clarified that no additional interest shall be received for the period from the downgrading of the rating and until the end of the Interest Period during which the Debentures’ rating was updated and that the interest shall not be decreased for the period commencing as of the date on which the rating was raised back to the Base Rating (or a higher rating) and until the end of the Interest Period during which the Debentures’ rating was updated (for example, if the Interest Period commences on January 6
th
and ends on July 5
th
, and during the month of April a change of rating transpired which triggered a decrease or increase of the interest on the Debentures pursuant to the terms specified below, then no change shall be made (increase or decrease) in the interest on the Debentures until the end of the Interest Period ending on July 5
th
, but only commencing from the Interest Period beginning on July 6
th
).
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
|
2.7.2.
|
The interest rate borne by the Debentures shall be updated also in case of additional rating downgrade(s) beyond the Downgraded Rating (collectively, the “
Additionally Downgraded Rating
”) such that: (a) in the event that the rating determined is one rank lower than the Downgraded Rating – the annual interest rate borne by the unpaid balance of the Debentures of the relevant series shall increase by an additional rate of 0.25%, such that it shall equal the Base Interest plus 0.5%; (b) in the event that the rating determined is two ranks lower than the Downgraded Rating – the annual interest rate borne by the unpaid balance of the Debentures of the relevant series shall increase by an additional rate of 0.25%, such that it shall equal the Base Interest plus 0.75%; (c) in the event that the rating determined is three ranks or more lower than the Downgraded Rating – the annual interest rate borne by the unpaid balance of the Debentures of the Relevant Series shall increase by an additional rate of 0.25%, such that it shall equal the Base Interest plus 1.00%.
|
|
2.7.3.
|
By no later than one Business Day of receipt of the notice of the Rating Agency regarding the downgrading of the Debentures’ rating to the Downgraded Rating, as defined in Section 2.6.1 above, or to the Additionally Downgraded Rating, the Company shall issue an immediate report in which it shall state: (a) the fact that the rating was downgraded, the Downgraded Rating (or the Additionally Downgraded Rating) and the commencement date of rating the Debentures pursuant to such rating (the “
Rating Downgrading Date
”); (b) the updated annual interest rate that shall be borne by the principal of the Debentures of the Relevant Series for the period commencing on the next interest date (i.e. that commencing immediately after the period during which the relevant change of rating occurred).
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
|
2.7.4.
|
It is clarified that the replacement of the Rating Agency (if and to the extent that the Company decides to replace it, as set forth in Section 32 of the Indenture), shall not affect the interest rate as provided in Sections 2.6.1 and/or 2.6.2 above and the provisions of this Section 2.6 shall not apply in any event, provided that the rating by the new Rating Agency shall be parallel to the rating of the current Rating Agency at the replacement date.
|
|
2.7.5.
|
It shall be clarified, that in the event that after the downgrading of the rating in a manner affecting the interest rate borne by the Debentures as aforesaid, the Rating Agency shall upgrade the Debentures’ rating, to a rating that is higher than the Downgraded Rating (and respectively, to a rating higher than the Additionally Downgraded Rating) (the “
Upgraded Rating
”), then the annual interest rate payable by the Company to the Debenture Holders shall be decreased by an annual rate of 0.25% for each rank up to a rating exceeding the Downgraded Rating, in which case the annual interest rate borne by the unpaid balance of the principal of the Debentures shall be the Base Index rate without any addition, for the period commencing on the beginning of the next Interest Period (i.e. the period commencing immediately after the period during which the relevant rating change transpired), and until the full discharge of the unpaid balance of the principal of the Debentures or until a change in the rating of such Debentures in accordance with and subject to the provisions of this Section 2.6.
|
|
2.7.6.
|
For the avoidance of doubt, it is clarified that a change in the rating outlook of the Debentures shall not cause a change in the interest borne by the Debentures as set forth in this Section above.
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
|
2.7.7.
|
The Company undertook, in Section 32 of the Indenture, that insofar under its control, it shall act to cause the Debentures to be subject to a rating coverage by at least one Rating Agency, for as long as Debentures of that series are in circulation.
|
3.
|
Payments of the Principal and Interest of the Debentures
|
|
[a]
|
The payments on account of the interest and/or principal of the Series H Debentures shall be made to the persons whose names will be registered on the Register (as defined in Section 1 above) on the 23
rd
day of June, for payments that will be made on July 5
th
, as applicable, and on the 24
th
day of December for payments that will be made on January 5
th
, as applicable, and the payments on account of the interest and/or principal of the Series I Debentures shall be made to the persons whose names will be registered on the Register (as defined in Section1 above) on the 23
rd
day of June for payments that will be made on July 5
th
, as applicable, and on the 24
th
day of December for payment that will be made on January 5
th
, as applicable (the “
Effective Date
”), other than the final installment of the principal and interest which will be paid against the delivery of the Debenture Certificates to the Company on the payment date, at the Company's registered office or at any other location of which the Company will inform at least five (5) Business Days before the last payment date.
|
|
[b]
|
It is clarified that anyone who is not registered on the Register on the Effective Date shall not be entitled to an interest payment for the Interest Period which commenced prior to such date.
|
|
[c]
|
In any event that the date of payment of the installment on account of the principal and/or interest will fall on a day which is not a Business Day, the payment date shall be postponed to the first Business Day thereafter, for no added payment, and the "Effective Date" for the purpose of determination of the entitlement to redemption or interest shall not change as a result thereof.
|
|
[d]
|
All installments on account of a principal and/or interest which will be paid in an arrears of more than fourteen (14) Business Days from the date scheduled for the payment thereof pursuant to the terms of the Debentures, for reasons within the Company's control, shall bear arrears interest, commencing from the date which is scheduled for the payment thereof until the actual date of payment thereof. In this regard, arrears interest shall mean an annual interest rate of 3% which shall be added to the interest borne by the Debentures at such time. In the event of arrears as aforesaid, the Company shall notify of the exact total interest rate to be paid and the new payment date, in an immediate report, at least two (2) Trading Days prior to the actual payment of the principal and interest which were not paid as aforesaid.
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
|
[e]
|
The payment to entitled persons shall be performed by way of check or wire transfer to the credit of the bank account of the persons whose names will be registered on the Register and which will be specified in the details which will be delivered to the Company in advance, according to the provisions of sub-section [f] below. If the Company will be unable to pay any amount to those who are entitled thereto, for a reason beyond its control, the provisions of Section 15 of the Indenture shall apply.
|
|
[f]
|
A registered Debenture Holder shall inform the Company of the details of the bank account to be credited with the payments pursuant to the Debentures as aforesaid, or of a change in the details of such account or his address, as the case may be, in a written notice which he will dispatch via registered mail to the Company. The Company shall be obligated to act according to the notice of a registered Holder pertaining to such change after the lapse of fifteen (15) Business Days from the date on which his notice shall have reached the Company.
|
|
[g]
|
If a registered Holder of the Debentures who is entitled to payment as aforesaid shall not have delivered details pertaining to his bank account to the Company in advance, each payment on account of the principal and interest shall be performed by way of check which shall be dispatched via registered mail to his last address registered on the Register. The dispatch of a check to a registered Holder via registered mail as aforesaid shall be deemed, for all intents and purposes, as payment of the amount which is stated therein on the date of dispatch thereof via mail, unless it shall not have been cleared at the time of its lawful presentation for collection.
|
|
[h]
|
The payment of the principal and interest shall be performed subject to the linkage terms as specified in Section 2.2 above.
|
|
[i]
|
Any and all mandatory payments shall be deducted from each payment due to the Debentures, to the extent required under the law.
|
4.
|
Refrainment from Payment for a Reason which is Beyond the Company's Control
|
5.
|
The Debenture Holders' Register
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
6.
|
Transfer and Split of Debentures
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
7.
|
Early Redemption
|
8.
|
Waivers, Compromises and/or Changes in the Indenture
|
9.
|
Debenture Holders’ Meetings
|
10.
|
Replacement of Debenture Certificates
|
11.
|
Applicable Law and Jurisdiction
|
12.
|
Notices
|
13.
|
Urgent Representative Body of the Debenture Holders
|
|
13.1.
|
Appointment; Term of office
|
|
13.1.1.
|
The Trustee shall be entitled, or at the Company’s written request – it shall be obligated, to appoint and convene an urgent representative body out of the Debenture Holders, as shall be specified below (the “
Urgent Representative Body
”).
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
|
13.1.2.
|
The Trustee shall appoint to the Urgent Representative Body, the three (3) Debenture Holders, who, according to data it shall have received from the Company or pursuant to its best knowledge, hold the highest nominal value out of all of the Debenture Holders, and who declared that all of the following conditions are true in respect thereof (the “
Members of the Urgent Representative Body
”). In the event that any such Holder is unable to serve as a Member of the Urgent Representative Body, as aforesaid, the Trustee shall appoint, in lieu of said Debenture Holder, the Holder holding the next highest nominal value, in respect of whom all of the conditions specified below are fulfilled. And these are the conditions:
|
|
13.1.2.1.
|
The Debenture Holder is not in a material conflict of interests due to the existence of any additional material matter which conflicts with the interest deriving from his service on the Urgent Representative Body and his holding of the Debentures. For the avoidance of doubt it shall be clarified, that a Holder who is an Affiliated Holder (as defined in Section 8.2 of the Indenture) shall be deemed to be in a material conflict of interests as aforesaid, and shall not serve as a Member of the Urgent Representative Body;
|
|
13.1.2.2.
|
In the course of the same calendar year, the Debenture Holder does not serve on similar representative bodies of other debentures, the aggregate value of which exceeds the rate out of the asset portfolio managed by such Holder, that was determined as the maximal rate allowing service on urgent representative bodies under the directives of the Antitrust Commissioner which apply to the establishment of urgent representative bodies.
|
|
13.1.3.
|
In the event that during the service of the Urgent Representative Body, one of the circumstances specified in Sections 13.1.2.1 to 13.1.2.2 above shall have ceased to exist in respect to one of its members, his office shall expire and the Trustee shall appoint one member in his stead out of the Debenture Holders as set forth in Section 13.1.2 above.
|
|
13.1.4.
|
Prior to the appointment of the Members of the Urgent Representative Body, the Trustee shall receive from the candidates for service as Members of the Urgent Representative Body, a declaration as to the existence or absence of material conflicts of interests as set forth in Section 13.1.2.1 above and as to the service on additional representative bodies as set forth in Section 13.1.2.2 above. In addition, the Trustee shall be entitled to demand such a declaration from the Members of the Urgent Representative Body at any time during the service of the Urgent Representative Body. A Holder who fails to deliver such declaration shall be deemed to be found in a material conflict of interests or to be precluded from holding such office pursuant to the directives of the Antitrust Commissioner as aforesaid, as the case may be. In respect of a declaration of conflict of interests, the Trustee shall examine the existence of conflicting interests, and to the extent required, shall decide whether the conflict of interests disqualify that Holder from serving on the Representative Body. It is clarified, that the Trustee shall rely on such declarations and shall not be required to hold an additional independent examination or investigation. The determination of the Trustee in respect of such matters shall be conclusive.
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
|
13.1.5.
|
The term of office of the Urgent Representative Body shall end on the date on which the Company shall publish the decisions of the Urgent Representative Body regarding the affordance of an extension to the Company for the purpose of its compliance with the terms of the Indenture as specified in Section 13.5 below, but in any event shall not exceed three months of the date of appointment thereof.
|
|
13.2.
|
Authority
|
|
13.2.1.
|
The Urgent Representative Body shall be authorized to afford a one-time extension to the Company in connection with the dates for complying with the financial covenant prescribed by the Indenture in a manner whereby the cause of acceleration set forth in Sections 10.1.17 and 10.1.18 of the Indenture shall be removed for the period of the extension, to the extent afforded, for a period of up to 90 days or until the date of publicity of the next financial statements, the earlier thereof. It shall be clarified, that the period of time until the appointment of the Urgent Representative Body shall be taken into account in the framework of such extension, and it shall not serve as cause to afford any additional extension to the Company over and above the aforesaid. It shall be clarified, that the actions of the Urgent Representative Body and the cooperation among its members, shall be limited to deliberating the possibility of affording an extension as aforesaid, and that no other information which does not pertain to the affordance of such extension shall be transferred between the Members of the Representative Body.
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
|
13.2.2.
|
Should an Urgent Representative Body not have been appointed in accordance with the provisions of this Section 13, or if the Urgent Representative Body has decided not to afford such extension to the Company as set forth in Section 13.2.1 above, the Trustee shall act in accordance with the provisions of Section 10.2 of the Indenture.
|
|
13.3.
|
The Company’s undertakings in respect of the Representative Body
|
|
13.3.1.
|
The Company undertakes to provide the Trustee with any information that the Company possesses or is able to obtain in connection with the identity of the Debenture Holders and the scopes of their holdings. In addition, the Trustee shall act to obtain such information in accordance with the authorities legally conferred thereon.
|
|
13.3.2.
|
The Company undertakes to act in full cooperation with the Urgent Representative Body and the Trustee to the extent necessary in order to perform the inquiries required thereby and to form the decision of the Urgent Representative Body, and to transfer to the Urgent Representative Body all of the data and documents which it may require in respect of the Company, subject to legal limitations and the execution of an appropriate confidentiality agreement. Without derogating from the generality of the foregoing and subject to the execution of said confidentiality agreement, the Company shall deliver to the Urgent Representative Body the relevant information for the purpose of forming its decision, which shall not include any misleading detail and shall not be incomplete.
|
|
13.3.3.
|
The Company shall bear the costs of the Urgent Representative Body, including the costs of engaging consultants and experts by the Urgent Representative Body or on behalf thereof, pursuant to the provisions of Section 23 of the Indenture.
|
|
13.4.
|
Liability
|
|
13.4.1.
|
The Urgent Representative Body shall act and decide on the matters under its authority, according to its sole discretion and shall not be liable, neither it nor any of its Members, the officers therein, employees or consultants thereof, and the Company and the Debenture Holders hereby relieve them of liability for any allegations, demands and claims against them for using or refraining from using the powers, authorities or discretion vested to them under the Indenture and this Schedule and in connection thereof or from any other action they performed in accordance thereof, unless they have so acted in malice and/or in bad faith.
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
|
13.4.2.
|
The indemnification provisions set forth in Section 25 of this Indenture shall apply to the actions of the Members of the Urgent Representative Body and anyone on their behalf, as if they were the Trustee.
|
|
13.5.
|
The Company shall issue an immediate report regarding the appointment of the Urgent Representative Body, the identity of its Members and its authorities, and shall issue an additional immediate report regarding the decisions of the Urgent Representative Body as aforesaid and an immediate report regarding the termination of office of the Urgent Representative Body.
|
|
13.6.
|
The appointment of the Urgent Representative Body shall not derogate from the Trustee’s right to convene a meeting of Holders of Debentures of the Relevant Series to the extent it so deems necessary. In such event, the resolutions of the Holders’ meeting shall govern the decisions of the Urgent Representative Body.
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
1.
|
The Trustee, if it deems it necessary (or if necessitated under law), or the Company, may convene a meeting of the Debenture Holders. In the event that the Company convenes such a meeting, it must immediately send written notice of the place, date and time of the meeting, as well as of the matters to be discussed therein, to the Trustee. In case the Trustee calls such meeting, it must send written notice of the place, date and time of the meeting, as well as of the matters to be discussed therein, to the Company.
|
2.
|
The Trustee shall convene a Holders’ meeting at the demand of one or more Debenture Holders, holding at least five percent (5%) of the balance of the nominal value of the Debentures. The Trustee may demand indemnification from the Holders requesting the meeting, including in advance, for the reasonable expenses involved therein. It shall be clarified, that the Trustee’s demand for indemnification shall not prejudice the calling of a meeting which was summoned for the purpose of taking an action intended for the prevention of a breach of the rights of the Debenture Holders.
|
3.
|
A Trustee required to convene a Holders meeting pursuant to Section 2 hereof, shall convene it within twenty one (21) days of the day on which the demand was submitted thereto, for a date to be determined in the notice, provided that the date of convening of the meeting shall not be earlier than seven (7) days and not be later than twenty one (21) days of the date of the notice; provided that the Trustee may convene the meeting earlier, if it believes that this is required for the protection of the Holders’ rights and subject to the provisions of Section 7 hereof. In such event, the Trustee shall provide the reasons for convening the meeting earlier in the report of the meeting’s notice.
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
4.
|
In the event that a Holders’ meeting was not held as set forth in Sections 2 and 3 hereof or as set forth in Section 35B(a1) of the Securities Law, the Court shall be entitled, at the request of a Debenture Holder, to order the convening thereof. Should the Court order as aforesaid, the Trustee shall bear the reasonable expenses incurred by the applicant in the Court proceeding, as shall be determined by the Court.
|
5.
|
The Court may, at the request of a Debenture Holder, order the revocation of a resolution adopted at a Holders’ meeting that was convened or conducted without the terms prescribed therefor under the Securities Law or the Indenture being fulfilled. In case the fault pertains to the notice regarding the place or time of convening the meeting, a Debenture Holder who appeared at the meeting, notwithstanding the fault, may not demand the revocation of the resolution.
|
6.
|
Any meeting of Debenture Holders will take place at the registered office of the Company, or at another address of which the caller of the meeting shall notify, and in any event it shall be held in Israel.
|
7.
|
The effective date for ownership of Debentures - Debenture Holders entitled to participate and vote at the Holders’ meeting are Holders of Debentures at the date prescribed in the notice of the Holders’ meeting, provided such date shall be no earlier than three (3) days prior to the date of convening of the Holders’ meeting, and shall be no later than one (1) day prior to the date of the meeting.
|
8.
|
A Debenture Holder wishing to vote at a Holders’ meeting is entitled to receive, without condition, from the TASE member through which the Debentures are held, a confirmation proving his ownership of the Debentures. The Debenture Holder shall deliver to the Company at its registered office (or to the entity calling the meeting at the address determined by such entity), by the date as determined by the caller of the meeting in the invitation to the meeting, a confirmation of ownership as aforesaid from the TASE member through which the Debentures are held, as to the number of Debentures held by the Holder as stated as of the date specified in such confirmation, together with a proxy if the confirmation of ownership is not in the name of the entity participating at the meeting.
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
9.
|
In each Holders’ meeting, the Trustee or a person appointed thereby shall reside as the chairman of such meeting.
|
10.
|
A Debenture Holders’ meeting will open after it has been proven that the legal quorum required for holding a discussion in respect of any of the issues on the agenda of the meeting is present. In a Debenture Holders’ meeting, only resolutions which were included in the meeting's agenda, and with respect to which the legal quorum required for adoption thereof is present, will be put to the vote. For the purpose of counting the Holders for determining the presence of the legal quorum required for discussing a certain matter at a Holders’ meeting, see Section 15 of this Schedule below, and the provisions of Sections 37 to 45 of this Schedule shall apply to the counting of votes at a Holders’ meeting.
|
11.
|
In meetings of Debenture Holders, but except in regards to resolutions in respect of which a different quorum is prescribed by mandatory law and/or by the Indenture, two Debenture Holders or more, present in person or by proxy at the meeting within half an hour of the time prescribed for opening the meeting, and holding or representing together twenty five percent (25%) of the voting rights by virtue of the Debentures, shall constitute a legal quorum.
|
12.
|
If, within half an hour of the time set for the beginning of the meeting, a legal quorum will have not been present at the Holders’ meeting, the meeting shall be adjourned to another date which shall not be earlier than two (2) Business days after the date prescribed for the convening of the original meeting, or not earlier than one (1) Business Day, if the Trustee believed that it is necessary for the protection of the Holders’ rights in the Debentures. In the event that the meeting was adjourned, the Trustee will specify the reasons therefor in the report of the meeting’s notice.
|
13.
|
In the event that a legal quorum will have not been present at the adjourned Holders’ meeting as aforesaid in Section 12 hereof, within half an hour of the time set for the beginning thereof, the meeting shall be held at any number of participants, unless a different requirement is prescribed by the Securities Law or the Indenture. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Holders’ meeting was convened at the demand of Holders as set forth in Section 2 hereof, the adjourned Holders’ meeting may be held only if at least such number of Debenture Holders as required in said Section for convening such a meeting are present.
|
14.
|
With respect to a meeting on the agenda of which is a proposal to approve a Special Resolution, two Debenture Holders or more, present in person or by proxy thereof at the meeting and holding or representing together at least fifty percent (50%) of the unpaid balance of the nominal value of the Debentures in circulation, will constitute a legal quorum. If, within half an hour of the time set for the beginning of the meeting, a legal quorum as aforesaid will not have been present, the meeting shall be adjourned and the provisions of Section 12 above shall apply,
mutatis mutandis
. At a meeting on the agenda of which is a proposal to approve a Special Resolution which was adjourned as aforesaid, two Debenture Holders or more, present in person or by proxy in the meeting and holding or representing together at least twenty percent (20%) of the unpaid balance of the nominal value of the Debentures in circulation, will constitute a legal quorum.
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
15.
|
The vote of a Debenture Holder that is an Affiliated Holder, shall not be counted for the purpose of determining the presence of a legal quorum required to open a Holders’ meeting (including an adjourned meeting). However, the votes of whomever the Trustee has determined, according to the provisions of this Schedule and/or any other law, to be a Holder of Conflicting Interest (as defined in Section 38 of this Schedule below), shall be counted for the purpose of determining the presence of a legal quorum (including an adjourned meeting).
|
16.
|
A Holders’ meeting in which a legal quorum is present, or the Trustee, may resolve to postpone the continuation of the meeting, the discussion or the adoption of a resolution in respect of an issue specified in the agenda, to another date and place to be determined (a “
Follow-on Meeting
”). A Follow-on Meeting of Holders, shall only deliberate such issue which was on the agenda and in respect of which a resolution was not adopted. In the event that the Holders’ meeting was adjourned as aforesaid without changing its agenda, invitations regarding the date of the new meeting shall be provided as soon as possible, and by no later than twelve (12) hours prior to the convening of the new Holders’ meeting. Such invitations shall be issued in accordance with Section 31 of this Schedule.
|
17.
|
At any meeting of Debenture Holders, any Debenture Holder, who is present therein in person or by proxy thereof, is entitled to one vote for every NIS 1 par value of the principal of the Debentures by virtue of which he is entitled to vote subject to the provisions of the Indenture. The Trustee, who shall participate in a meeting, will participate without a voting right.
|
18.
|
In the event of joint Debenture Holders, only the vote of the Holder listed first from among them in the Register for same series, seeking to vote either in person or by proxy thereof, will be counted.
|
19.
|
A resolution at a Holders’ meeting, will be decided by a count of votes.
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
20.
|
Resolutions of Holders’ meeting shall be adopted by a simple majority, unless a different majority is prescribed by the Securities Law or the Indenture or if the Trustee determined, pursuant to its authorities under the Indenture, that a resolution shall be adopted by a majority which is not a simple majority. The majority required for the adoption of a Special Resolution at a Holders’ meeting is a majority of at least seventy-five (75%) of all of the participating votes, excluding abstainers.
|
21.
|
The announcement of the chairperson with respect to the adoption or rejection of a resolution and an entry to this effect in the book of minutes, will serve as
prima facie
evidence of its adoption or rejection as aforesaid.
|
22.
|
A Debenture Holder may vote in Holders’ meetings by himself or via proxy and also by way of a voting card in which he shall state the manner of his vote, as specified in Section 28 hereof. A proxy appointment form shall be made in writing and signed by the principal or by an attorney thereof duly authorized in writing to do so. If the principal is a corporation, the appointment will be made in writing, signed by the corporate stamp together with the signature of a corporate official or an attorney of the corporation who is authorized to do so. The proxy appointment form will be drawn-up in any standard form. A proxy does not have to be a Debenture Holder himself.
|
23.
|
A proxy appointment form and the power of attorney pursuant to which the appointment form was signed, or a certified copy of such power of attorney, will be deposited with the Company's registered office (or with the entity calling the meeting at the address determined by such entity) by a date as shall be determined by the entity calling the meeting in the meeting’s notice, unless otherwise determined by the caller of the meeting in the notice calling the meeting. The appointment form will be valid for any adjourned meeting of a meeting referred to in the appointment form, provided that the appointment form does not stipulate otherwise.
|
24.
|
A vote, which was made in accordance with the conditions of the document appointing a proxy, will be valid even if prior thereto the principal will have passed away or declared legally incompetent or the appointment form will have been revoked or the Debenture with respect to which the vote was granted will have been transferred, unless a written notice of the passing, the incompetence decision, the revocation or the transfer, as applicable, will have been received at the Company's registered office (or by the entity calling the meeting at the time set by such entity), before the meeting.
|
25.
|
A Debenture Holder or his proxy may cast some of his votes in favor of a certain proposed resolution, and some against, and abstain in respect of others, all as he deems fit.
|
26.
|
A Debenture Holder shall refrain from abusing his power in voting at the Holders’ meeting.
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
27.
|
The Trustee will take minutes of the Holders’ meeting and shall keep them at its registered office for a period of seven (7) years of the date of the meeting. Minutes executed by the chairperson of the meeting shall serve as
prima facie
evidence of the stated therein. The minutes’ register of Holders’ meetings shall be maintained at the registered office of the Trustee, and shall be open for the inspection of the Debenture Holders and a copy thereof shall be sent to any Debenture Holder requesting the same.
|
28.
|
Debenture Holders may vote in a meeting of Debenture Holders by way of voting cards. A voting card shall be delivered by the Trustee to all of the Debenture Holders. A Debenture Holder may state the manner of his vote in the voting card and send it to the Trustee. The wording of the voting cards shall be delivered to the Holders by the Trustee prior to the close of the meeting, by way of an immediate report. Subject to the provisions of the Securities Law and its regulations, a Holder is entitled to receive, without condition, a voting card from the TASE member through which the Debentures are held. In order to vote by way of a voting card as stated, such should be delivered to the place, at the dates and to the entities, as shall be determined in the notice of the meeting and/or in the voting card and as shall be published in an immediate report, such voting card being filled-in, duly signed and accompanied by all of the required documents attached thereto. A voting card in which a Debenture Holder has stated the manner of his vote which has reached the Trustee by the last date prescribed therefor, shall be deemed as presence at the meeting for the purpose of the existence of a legal quorum. A voting card received by the Trustee in respect of a certain matter which was not voted on at the Holders’ meeting, shall be considered as abstaining from the vote at such meeting in respect of a resolution to hold an adjourned Holders’ meeting according to the provisions of Section 16 hereof, and it shall be counted at the adjourned Holders’ meeting that shall be held pursuant to the provisions of Section 13 or 16 of this Schedule.
|
29.
|
The Trustee may, at its discretion and subject to any law, hold voting meetings in which votes shall be held by way of voting cards without convening the Holders, provided that the votes shall be held in respect of issues deliberated at Holders’ meetings.
|
30.
|
A person or persons appointed by the Trustee, may be present but shall not be entitled to vote at meetings of Debenture Holders. At meetings of Debenture Holders called by the Trustee, the Company's representatives and any other person or persons permitted therefor by the Trustee, may be present, with no voting right. In the event that, pursuant to the Trustee’s discretion, part of the meeting calls for a discussion without the presence of a certain person, including the Company’s representatives, such person shall not participate in such part of the discussion.
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
31.
|
A notice of a meeting of Debenture Holders shall be published and delivered to the Company pursuant to the provisions of Chapter G1 and Sections 35H(1)(d) and (e) of the Securities Law and in accordance with the provisions of Section 26 of the Indenture, and shall include the agenda, the proposed resolutions and the arrangements pertaining to written votes.
|
32.
|
The Trustee shall determine the agenda for a meeting of Debenture Holders and shall include therein issues in respect of which the convening of the Holders’ meeting was required according to Section 2 hereof and any issue requested by a Holder as specified in Section 33 of this Schedule below. The Holders’ meeting shall only adopt resolutions in respect of issues specified on the agenda. Notwithstanding the aforesaid, to the extent that regulations be promulgated by virtue of Section 35L8 of the Securities Law, the meeting may adopt resolutions that differ from the wording of the resolutions on the agenda, according to the provisions of the law.
|
33.
|
One Debenture Holder or more, holding at least five percent (5%) of the balance of the nominal value of a series of Debentures, may request that the Trustee include an issue on the agenda of a Holders’ meeting that shall be convened in the future, provided that such issue is fit to be discussed at such meeting, all subject to the provisions of the Securities Law and its regulations.
|
34.
|
Nothing stated in Sections 2, 32 and 33 of this Schedule shall derogate from the Trustee’s authority to convene a Holders’ meeting, if it sees a need to consult therewith. The notice of such meeting shall not specify issues on its agenda and the date of its convening shall be at least one day after the date of the notice. No vote shall be held and no resolutions shall be adopted at such meeting and the provisions of the Securities Law shall apply thereto, other than the provisions specified in Section 35L26(b) of the Securities Law.
|
35.
|
Where there is no practical possibility to convene a Holders’ meeting or to hold it in the manner prescribed therefor by the Indenture or by the Securities Law, the Court may, at the request of the Company, a Debenture Holder entitled to vote at the meeting or the Trustee, order that a meeting be convened and held in a manner to be determined by the Court, and it is entitled to render supplementary instructions for such purpose to the extent deemed fit thereby.
|
36.
|
No resolution duly adopted at a meeting convened as set forth in this Schedule above shall be revoked, even if due to an error, notice thereof was not provided to all Debenture Holders, or if such notice was not received by all of the Debenture Holders. The foregoing in this Section shall apply if the meeting’s notice (or the adjourned meeting’s notice, as applicable) was issued on the MAGNA system.
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
37.
|
In the event that a Holders’ meeting was convened, the Trustee shall examine the existence of conflicts of interest of the Holders, be it an interest deriving from their holding of the Debentures or another interest thereof, as shall be determined by the Trustee (“
Another Interest
”). The Trustee may demand of a Debenture Holder participating in a Holders’ meeting to inform it, including in writing, prior to the vote, of Another Interest it has and whether it is in a conflict of interests as aforesaid. The Trustee shall exclusively rely on the declarations delivered to it by the Holders as aforesaid and shall not hold an additional investigation or examination.
|
38.
|
In counting the votes at a vote held in a Holders’ meeting, the Trustee shall not count the votes of Holders who failed to respond to the Trustee’s demand as set forth in Section 37 above or of Holders in respect of whom the Trustee found that a conflict of interests exists as set forth in such Section (“
Holders of a Conflicting Interest
”) and of Affiliated Holders. An Affiliated Holder shall notify the Trustee in writing prior to the convening of a meeting of the Debenture Holders that he is an Affiliated Holder.
|
39.
|
Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the total holdings of participants at the vote, who are not Holders of a Conflicting Interest, constituted less than five percent (5%) of the balance of the nominal value of the Debentures, the Trustee will count the votes of Holders of a Conflicting Interest in the tally of votes.
|
40.
|
In the context of the votes held at all meetings of Debenture Holders, the Trustee shall be permitted, at its sole discretion, to determine that a certain resolution shall be subject to the approval of the required majority only out of votes of Holders who are not Affiliated Holders and are not Holders of a Conflicting Interest.
|
41.
|
The Trustee shall examine whether a Holder is a Holder of a Conflicting Interest also considering such Holder’s holdings in other securities of the Company and/or of securities of any other corporation that is relevant to the resolution brought to the approval of the meeting (as shall be specified in the voting card), according to the declaration of such Holder.
|
42.
|
The determination of the existence of a Conflicting Interest may also be made on the basis of a general test of conflict of interests to be applied by the Trustee. For such purpose, the Trustee may rely on a legal opinion that it shall receive (in accordance with and subject to the provisions of the Indenture in such context). In addition, for the avoidance of doubt it is clarified, that none of the definitions above shall derogate from the provisions of the law, case law and the binding directives of the Israel Securities Authority which pertain to the definition of debenture holders having a “conflicting interest”, as shall apply at the date of the examination.
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
43.
|
The Trustee shall examine the manner of appropriate treatment of the votes of Holders who sought to participate at the vote in accordance with all of the above, and in the event necessary, shall apply to the Court to seek instructions in respect thereof.
|
44.
|
No separate meeting of those Holders classified as Holders of a Conflicting Interest shall be held, and the adoption of a resolution at a meeting of all of the Holders or of Holders of a Conflicting Interests shall not be required for the purpose of adopting a binding resolution.
|
45.
|
It shall be clarified, that the examination of a Conflicting Interest as aforesaid, shall be performed separately in respect of each resolution on the agenda of the meeting, and separately in respect of each meeting. It shall be clarified further, that the declaration of a Holder as a Holder of a Conflicting Interest in a certain resolution or meeting, shall not, in itself, indicate a Conflicting Interest of such Holder in another resolution on the agenda of the meeting or of a Conflicting Interest of such Holder in other meetings.
|
46.
|
For the purpose of this Schedule, an “
Affiliated Holder
” shall mean as defined term in Section 8.2 of the Indenture.
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
1.
|
Definitions
|
1.1
|
In this License, the words and expressions below will have the meaning listed next to them, unless another meaning is evident from the written language or its context.
|
" Type Approval"
|
-
|
Approval given by the Minister pursuant to the Law and the Ordinance to a cellular end-equipment model.
|
|
"Means of Control"
|
-
|
In a corporation – any one of the following:
(1) the right to vote at a general meeting of a company or in an entity corresponding thereto in another corporation;
(2) the right to appoint a director or CEO;
(3) the right to participate in the profits of the corporation;
(4) the right to a share in the balance of the assets of the corporation after payment of its debts on liquidation.
|
|
"Telecommunications"
|
-
|
Broadcast, transfer or reception of marks, signals, written material, visual forms, sound or information, via wire, wireless, optical system or other electromagnetic systems;
|
|
"Franchisee"
A16
|
-
|
As defined in Section 6(12)(1) of the Law;
|
|
"Interested Party"
|
-
|
Anyone holding, directly or indirectly, 5% of a certain type of the Means of Control;
|
|
"Licensee"
|
-
|
Anyone to whom the Minster granted, pursuant to the Law, a general or special license;
A16
|
|
"General Licensee"
A16
|
-
|
Anyone who has received a general license for implementing the Telecommunications operations and providing Telecommunications services;
|
|
"
Roaming Licensee
"
A60
|
-
|
The person who one Tender 12/2010 – Combined License for the Provision of Mobile Radio Telephone Services by the Cellular Method (Cellular) in Israel – Extension of Existing License and Grant of a New License.
|
|
"Broadcasting Licensee"
A16
|
-
|
As defined in the Law;
|
|
"Accessibility Fees"
|
-
|
Payment for the use of another Telecommunications system, including for connection, transmission and collection;
|
|
"Technical Requirements and Service Quality"
|
-
|
Standards of availability and service quality, standards for Telecommunications facilities and instructions for installation, operation and maintenance, all according to the engineering plan as the Director will order from time to time relating to the services of the Licensee
|
|
“Contract”
A43
|
-
|
Contract between the Licensee and a Subscriber, for the provision of all or any of the services of the Licensee;
|
|
the "Proposal"
|
-
|
The Licensee’s Proposal in the Tender;
|
|
the "Bezeq Corp."
|
-
|
Bezeq Israel Telecommunication Corp. Ltd.;
|
|
the “Law"
|
-
|
The Communications Law (Telecommunications and Broadcasts), 5742 – 1982;
A16
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
"Holding"
A16
|
-
|
For the purpose of Means of Control – directly or indirectly, whether alone or in concert with others, including through another, including a trustee or agent, or through a right granted under an agreement, including an option for a Holding that does not derive from convertible securities, or in any other way;
|
|
"Transfer"
A16
|
-
|
For the purpose of the Means of Control, whether directly or indirectly, whether for consideration or without consideration, whether in perpetuity or for a period, all at once or in parts;
|
|
"In Concert With Others"
A16
|
-
|
Permanent collaboration and, with regard to an individual, permanent collaborators will be deemed – the individual, his Relative, and a corporation that one of them controls and, with regard to a corporation – the corporation, anyone controlling it and anyone who is controlled by one of them;
|
|
"Security Forces"
|
-
|
The Israel Defence Forces, the Israel Police, the General Security Service and the Mossad Institute for Intelligence and Special Operations;
|
|
"Index"
|
-
|
The Consumer Price Index published by the Central Bureau of Statistics from time to time, or any other index that may replace it;
|
|
“Cellular Radio Center"
|
-
|
A wireless facility functioning on the operating frequencies and used for creating a radio connection between cellular end-equipment units in the possession of the subscribers in its coverage area and the cellular switchboard;
|
|
"Interface"
|
-
|
The physical meeting between various functional Telecommunications units, including by optical or wireless means;
A16
|
|
"Telecommunications Facility"
|
-
|
A facility or device intended mainly for telecommunication purposes, including end-equipment;
A16
|
|
"Tender No. 1/01"
A16
|
-
|
A tender published by the Ministry on 4 Nissan 5761 (March 28, 2001), including the clarifications given by the Ministry in the course of the Tender, as a result of which this License was amended;
|
|
the "Tender"
|
-
|
Tender No. 10/93 published by the Ministry on November 11, 1993, including clarifications given by the Ministry in the course of the Tender, as a result of which this License is granted;
|
|
the "Director"
|
-
|
The Director General of the Ministry of Communications or anyone authorized by him for the purposes of this License, in whole or in part;
|
|
"Subscriber"
A43
|
-
|
Anyone who enters into an agreement with the Licensee for the purpose of receiving cellular services as an end user;
|
|
"Dormant subscriber"
T
48)
|
A subscriber in respect of which all of the conditions set out below are fulfilled:
(a)He did not receive or use cellular services during a minimum of one year, starting from January 1, 2008;
(b)He does not pay the Licensee any fixed payment;
(c)He is not bound with the Licensee by any plan that includes a commitment period.
|
||
"Business subscriber"
T
47
)
|
- A subscriber who is any of the following:
(a)A corporation, as defined in the Interpretation Law, 5741-1981;
(b)Government offices and auxiliary government bodies;
(c)A licensed dealer excluding an exempt dealer;
(d)An entity established by or pursuant to a law.
|
||
“Private Subscriber”
T
52
|
Non-Business Subscriber
|
||
"International Telecommunications System"
|
-
|
A system of Telecommunications facilities, connected or designated for connection to the Public Telecommunications Network through an International NEP, which is used or designated for use in the transfer of Telecommunications messages between an international switch situated in Israel and a Telecommunications Facility located abroad, including a satellite ground station and other Telecommunications facilities (hereinafter – the
System Components
) and including transmission facilities among the System Components;
A16
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
"Mobile Radio Telephone System" (Cellular System)
|
-
|
A system of wireless facilities built by the cellular method and other installations, through which mobile radio telephone services are provided to the public, including a cellular coordinator, cellular radio centers and wireless or cable transmission arteries between cellular radio centers, a cellular radio center and a cellular coordinator, between Cellular coordinators, or between a cellular switchboard and a Public Telecommunications Network.
|
|
"NDO (National Domestic Operator)"
A16
|
-
|
A General Licensee for the provision of landline domestic Telecommunications services
|
|
"Cellular Operator"
|
-
|
A General Licensee for the provision of mobile radio telephone services
A16
|
|
"Another Cellular Operator"
|
-
|
A Cellular Operator that is not the Licensee.
|
|
"Switchboard"
|
-
|
A Telecommunications Facility in which are situated and operated switching and transmission means, enabling contact between various end-equipment units that are connected or linked thereto, and the transfer of Telecommunications messages between them, including control and monitoring facilities and other facilities that enable the provision of various services to Subscribers of the Licensee or to subscribers of another Licensee;
|
|
"The Ministry"
|
-
|
The Ministry of Communications
|
|
"Transit Switch"
A16
|
-
|
A Telecommunications Facility in which are situated and operated the means of switching, routing and transmission enabling contact between various switchboards that are connected or linked thereto and the transfer of Telecommunications messages between them, including control and monitoring facilities;
|
|
"
Domestic Roaming
"
A60
|
-
|
Expansion of the services of another cellular licensee (hereinafter – "
cellular licensee
") to the coverage areas of the Licensee by means of the Licensee's cellular system, as set forth in section 67E.
|
|
"Officer"
A16
|
-
|
Anyone acting as a director, CEO, chief business officer, deputy CEO, someone who fills such a position in a company even if the title is different, as well as any other manager who is directly subordinate to the CEO of the company;
|
|
"Appendices"
A16
|
-
|
The first addendum and the Appendices set forth in the second addendum to the License
A16
|
|
"NEP (Network End-Point)"
|
-
|
An Interface to which is connected on one side a Public Telecommunications Network and on the other side, end-user equipment, a private network, a mobile telephone network or other public network, as applicable;
|
|
"International NEP"
|
-
|
A connections device to which are linked a Public Telecommunications Network on one side and an International Telecommunications System on the other;
|
|
"Telecommunications operation"
|
-
|
The operation, installation, construction or maintenance of a Telecommunications Facility, all for the purpose of Telecommunications;
|
|
the "Ordinance"
|
-
|
The Wireless Telegraph Ordinance [New Version]. 5732 – 1972;
|
|
"End-User Equipment"
|
-
|
Telecommunications equipment, which is connected or is designated for connection to a public Telecommunications network through an NEP or through a private network, including a telephone, modem, facsimile or private switchboard;
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
"Cellular End-User Equipment"
|
-
|
Portable or movable Telecommunications equipment, connected or designated for connection to a Cellular System by means of a cellular radio center.
|
|
"Interconnection"
A16
|
-
|
Connection between a Public Telecommunications Network of one Licensee to a Public Telecommunications Network of another Licensee, physically or logically, that facilitates the transfer of Telecommunications messages between Subscribers of the Licensees or the provision of services by one Licensee to the subscribers of the other Licensee;
|
|
"Relative"
|
-
|
Spouse, parent, son, daughter, brother, sister or their spouses;
|
|
the "License"
|
-
|
This License, with all its Appendices and any other document or condition stipulated in the License that will constitute an integral part of the License or its conditions;
|
|
the “Network"
A16
|
-
|
The Cellular System of the Licensee;
|
|
the “Minister"
|
-
|
The Minister of Communications, including anyone to whom he has delegated his authority with regard to this License, in whole or in part;
|
|
"Public Telecommunications Network"
|
-
|
A system of Telecommunications facilities, used or designated for the provision of Telecommunications services to the general public throughout Israel or at least in the area of service, including Coordinators or Transit Switches, transmission equipment and an access Network, including a Cellular System and an international Telecommunications system, except for a private network, End-Equipment and Cellular End-Equipment;
|
|
"Public Telecommunications Landline Network"
|
-
|
A domestic Public Telecommunications Network, except for a Cellular System and an international Telecommunications network;
|
|
"Access Network"
A16
|
-
|
Components of a Public Telecommunications Network, which are used for connection between Coordinators and an NEP by means of a landline infrastructure, wireless infrastructure or a combination of the two;
|
|
"Bezeq Network"
|
-
|
The Public Telecommunications Network used by Bezeq for provision of its services under the general license granted to it and the other Telecommunications services provided under the Law, whether by Bezeq or by any other person;
|
|
"Use"
A16
|
-
|
Access to a Telecommunications Facility of the Licensee, including to the public Telecommunications network or its Access Network, in whole or in part, and the possibility of using them for the purpose of conducting Telecommunications operations and providing Telecommunications services by means thereof, including the installation of a Telecommunications Facility of another Licensee in a Telecommunications Facility or courtyards of the Licensee
|
|
"Telecommunications Service"
|
-
|
The performance of Telecommunications operations for others;
|
|
"Basic Telephone Service"
|
-
|
Two-way switched or routed transfer, including via modem, of speech or of speech-like Telecommunications messages, for example, facsimile signals;
|
|
"Telephony Service"
A16
|
-
|
Basic telephone service and services related to this service;
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
"International Telephone Service (ITMS)"
|
-
|
A telephone service by means of the international system of a Licensee for the provision of international services;
|
|
"International Roaming Service"
A16
A66
|
-
|
A cellular service provided abroad and in the areas of civilian control of the Palestinian Council via the Cellular System of a foreign Cellular operator (hereinafter – Foreign Operator), whereby the Subscriber pays the Licensee for the service; and, similarly, a cellular service provided in Israel via the Cellular System of the Licensee, whereby the Licensee provides service to a Foreign Operator for the subscribers of that operator; in this regard,
the "Palestinian Council
" – as defined in the Law for Implementation of the Interim Agreement Regarding the West Bank and Gaza Strip (Jurisdictional Powers and Other Provisions) (Legislative Amendments), 5756 – 1998 [sic];
|
|
"Related Service"
|
-
|
A service set forth in the first addendum to the License, provided on the basis of the Basic Telephone Service and which, by its nature, can only be provided by the supplier of the basic service;
|
|
"
Value Added Service"
A16
|
-
|
A service provided on the basis of the Basic Telephone Service, which, by its nature, can be provided by another, including another Licensee that is not the supplier of the basic service; with regard to the services of the Licensee, a service as stated, which is set forth in the first addendum to the License;
|
|
"infrastructure Service"
|
-
|
An Interconnection, or possibility of Use given to another Licensee, to a Franchisee or to a broadcast Licensee;
A16
|
|
"Domestic Telecommunications Landline Service"
A16
|
-
|
Infrastructure, transmissions, communication of data and landline telephony;
|
|
"Licensee Services"
|
-
|
Cellular services, Telecommunications Services and other services which the Licensee is entitled to provide pursuant to this License, to its Subscribers, to other Licensees, to broadcast licensees, to Franchisees and to the Security Forces;
A16
|
|
"Cellular Services"
|
-
|
Telecommunications services provided by means of the Cellular System;
|
|
"Control"
|
-
|
The ability to direct a corporation's activity, directly or indirectly, including ability deriving from the articles of incorporation, by virtue of an agreement, either written or oral, by virtue of a Holding in the Means of Control in another corporation - or from any other source, except for ability deriving solely from fulfilling the position of director or other position in the corporation;
|
|
"the Minister"
|
-
|
The Minister of Communications, including anyone to whom he has delegated his authority with regard to this License, in whole or in part;
|
|
"Engineering Plan"
|
-
|
An engineering plan submitted by the Licensee in the Tender, including any change introduced therein with the approval of the Director and attached to the license as Appendix B;
|
|
"Numbering Plan"
A16
|
-
|
As defined in Section 5A(B) of the Law;
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
1.2
|
Other words and expressions in the License, insofar as they are not defined in Clause 1.1, will have the meaning they have in the Law, in the Ordinance, in the regulations enacted thereunder, in the Interpretation Law, 5741 – 1981, or as set forth in the relevant places in the License, unless another meaning is implied by the written language or its context.
|
2.
|
Clause headings
|
3.
|
Blue pencil principle
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
4.1
|
In everything pertaining to the setup, existence, operation, and maintenance of the Cellular System and the provision of Cellular Services thereby, the Licensee will act in accordance with the provisions of any law and, without derogating from the aforesaid generality, will ensure compliance with the following:
|
|
(1)
|
the provisions of the Telecommunication Law and the regulations promulgated thereunder;
|
|
(2)
|
the provisions of the Wireless Telegraph Ordinance and the regulations promulgated thereunder;
|
|
(3)
|
administrative provisions;
|
|
(4)
|
international Telecommunications and radio treaties to which Israel is a party;
|
|
(5)
|
any other law or treaty that will apply to Telecommunications and radio, even if they go into effect after the License is granted.
|
4.2
|
The Licensee will act pursuant to laws and provisions as stated in Clause 4.1 as these will be in force from time to time during the license period, including the remedies for the breach thereof, and they will be deemed an integral part of the License conditions.
|
5.
|
Permit obligation pursuant to any other law
|
5.1
|
The granting of this License will not exempt the Licensee from the obligation to obtain, with regard to execution of the License, any license, permit, approval, or consent pursuant to any other law.
|
6.
|
Contradiction in the License provisions
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
7.
|
Scope of the License
|
7.1
|
Pursuant to this License and subject to all the provisions and conditions hereof, the Licensee is entitled to set up, implement, maintain and operate a Cellular System and, through it, to provide cellular Services to the Israeli public; without derogating from the aforementioned generality, the Licensee is entitled to do the following:
|
|
(1)
|
to set up, implement, maintain and operate cellular radio centers and to connect them to cellular switchboards, and to connect between cellular switchboards, by means of cable and wireless transmission channels;
|
(2)
|
To connect the mobile phone system to another public communication network in Israel;
|
(3)
|
To engage with the subscribers for the purpose of provision of mobile phone services;
|
(4)
|
To supply mobile phone terminal equipment to subscribers;
|
(5)
|
To provide its subscribers with mobile phone services as specified in the first addendum to the license;
|
(6)
|
To provide its subscribers with services for which it has received approval in accordance with Section 67C of the license.
A66
|
7.2
|
The Licensee will not be entitled to provide any cellular service or other Telecommunications Service that is not explicitly permitted within the context of this License.
|
8.
|
Absence of exclusivity
A16
|
8.1
|
The Licensee will not have any exclusivity in the provision of its services.
|
8.2
|
The Minister is entitled, at any time, to grant a license to additional operators for the provision of cellular Services..
|
8.3
|
Should the Minister publish a tender for the provision of cellular services, the Licensee will be entitled to submit its bid in the tender, however, the Minister will be entitled to determine as part of the conditions of such a tender that if the Licensee wins the tender, the receipt of a license will be contingent on the fact that the Licensee transfer its cellular System to another as instructed by the Minister and under conditions determined thereby, and it will cease to provide cellular Services by means thereof.
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
9.
|
The License period
|
9.1
|
This License is valid for a period of 10 years, commencing on the date of the granting of the License (hereinafter – the License Period).
|
9.2
|
The License Period may be extended by additional six years in accordance with that stated in Clause 10 (hereinafter – the Additional Period).
|
9.3
|
This License may be renewed for one or more Additional Periods of six years, in accordance with that stated in Clause 11.
|
9.4
|
During the License Period and the Additional Period or on renewal of the License, the License will be subject to the authority of the Minister pursuant to Clauses 13 to 15 with regard to change, restriction, suspension or cancellation of the License.
|
9.5
A15
|
Notwithstanding the aforesaid
A16
, in the context of expansion of the License, as a result of the Licensee winning Tender No. 1/01, this License will be valid for a period of twenty (20) years, commencing on 19 Shevat 5762 (February 1, 2002).
|
10.1
|
The Minister is entitled, at the request of the Licensee, to extend the License Period for additional six years, if, after he has examined the following:
|
|
(A)
|
The Licensee has complied with the provisions of the Law, the Ordinance, the regulations thereunder and the provisions of the License;
|
|
(B)
|
The Licensee has continually acted to improve the scope, availability and quality of the cellular Services and to update the technology of the cellular System and its activities did not include an act or omission that would impair or restrict competition in the cellular sector;
|
|
(C)
|
The Licensee is capable of continuing to provide cellular Services at a high level and that it is able to make the investments required for the technological updating of the cellular System and for improving the scope, availability and quality of the cellular Services.
|
10.2
|
The Licensee must submit its request for an extension of the License Period during the forty-five days prior to the period of eighteen months preceding the end of the License Period.
|
10.3
|
The Licensee must attach the following to its request:
|
|
(A)
|
A report summarizing the annual statements that the Licensee has submitted pursuant to this License between the date of commencement of the License and the date of submission of its request;
|
|
(B)
|
Comparison of the data in the report for each year with the data for the preceding year and explanations of unusual changes in the data;
|
|
(C)
|
Review of the means, actions and investments taken or made by the Licensee to improve the quality, scope and availability of the Cellular Services and to develop and update the Cellular System technology.
|
10.4
|
The summary report pursuant to Clause 10.3 must contain up-to-date and precise details and be prepared in the form of an affidavit.
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
10.5
|
For the purpose of examining the Licensee’s request to extend the License Period, the Minister is entitled to require the Licensee to furnish, during the period and in the manner that he will determine, any information or document and, without derogating from the generality of that stated, the Minister is entitled -
|
|
(A)
|
To require the Licensee to attach any document to the summary report for the purpose of verifying the details therein, to complete the report or to furnish any additional detail that is not included therein;
|
|
(B)
|
To summon the Licensee to appear before him to respond to questions or to present documents that are in its possession or under its control, relating to the data in the report;
|
|
(C)
|
To require the Licensee to submit to him an Engineering Plan outlining its plans for the technological update of the Cellular System during the Additional Period;
|
10.6
|
The Licensee must fulfil every requirement or summons as stated in Clause 10.5; if the Licensee is required to appear before the Minister, the chairman of the board of directors of the company holding the License or the CEO of the company or anyone authorized to do so in writing, will appear;
|
10.7
|
If the Licensee fails at least twice to respond to the request or summons as stated in Clause 10.5, the Minister is entitled to reject its request to extend the validity of the License.
|
10.8
|
The Minister will inform the Licensee of his decision regarding the request for extending the validity of the License no later than a year before the end of the License Period.
|
10.9
|
The Additional Period will be subject to the terms of this License, including any change therein.
|
10.10
|
The provisions of Clause 100 regarding confidentiality will apply,
mutatis mutandis
, to data furnished by the Licensee to the Minister or anyone acting on his behalf, pursuant to the provisions of Clause 10.
|
11.1
|
At the end of the License Period or the Additional Period, the Minister is entitled, at the request of the Licensee, to renew the License for one or more Additional Periods of six years, as will be determined.
|
11.2
|
The Licensee will submit its request for the renewal of the License during the forty-five days prior to the eighteen months preceding of the end of the License Period or the Additional Period.
|
11.3
|
The Minister will inform the Licensee in writing, within 30 days of the date of receiving its request for renewal of the License, whether he intends to take the measures and institute the proceedings required to renew the License, or a tender will be conducted for the services under this License.
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
12.1
|
If the License Period pursuant to Clause 9.5
A16
or the Additional Period pursuant to Clause 10.1 or the License Period after its renewal pursuant to Clause 11.1 ends and the License is not extended or not renewed, the Minister is entitled to instruct the Licensee to continue to operate the Cellular System for a period to be determined (hereinafter - the Period for Terminating the Service) until a license is duly granted to another for the provision of services pursuant to this License (hereinafter – Alternate Licensee), and the procedures for transferring the system thereunder are completed, or until a license is duly granted to another for alternate services. In any case, the Period for Terminating the Service will not exceed two years from the date on which the License expires.
|
12.2
|
During the Period for Terminating the Service and no later than ten months from the date on which a license is granted to an Alternate Licensee, the Licensee and the Alternate Licensee will negotiate for the purpose of purchasing the Cellular system at its economic value and assigning the rights and obligations of Subscribers to the Alternate Licensee; if said Licensees do not reach an agreement within said ten months, the price will be determined by an arbitrator, whose decision will be final, to be appointed by the Chairman of the Institute of Certified Public Accountants.
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
13.1
|
The Minister is entitled to change, add to or subtract from the License conditions if he is convinced that one of the following exists:
|
|
(A)
|
A change has occurred in the extent of the License applicant’s suitability to perform the actions and services that are the subject of the License;
|
|
(B)
|
Subject to that stated in Clause 8, a change is required in the License to ensure competition in the telecommunications area;
|
|
(C)
|
A change is required in the License to ensure the level of services provided thereunder;
|
|
(D)
|
Changes that have occurred in telecommunications technology require a change in the license;
|
13.2
|
The Minister is entitled to change, increase or reduce the rates for services, if he is convinced that a change has occurred in one or more of the components of the costs, which represent a basis for calculating the rates.
|
13.3
|
The Minister will act pursuant to his authority as stated in Clauses 13.1 and 13.2 after the Licensee has been given a reasonable opportunity to voice its claims.
|
14.1
|
The Minister is entitled to cancel the License before the end of its period, if one or more of the causes set forth in Section 6 to the Law exist, or in one of the following cases:
|
|
(A)
|
The Licensee did not disclose to the tenders committee information that must be disclosed or it furnished inaccurate information;
|
|
(B)
A2
|
If the Licensee refuses to furnish the Minister or anyone acting on his behalf with information in its possession that must be disclosed and which it was obligated to disclose by virtue of the provisions of this license or pursuant to law, or the Licensee furnished the Minister or someone acting on his behalf with false information;
|
|
(C)
|
The Licensee did not comply with the provision of the Law, the Ordinance or the regulations thereunder;
|
|
(D)
|
The Licensee committed a material breach of the License conditions and, without derogating from the generality of that stated, including the following:
|
|
(1)
|
The Licensee is demanding for its services payments that are higher than the maximum rates prescribed in this License or pursuant thereto, or pursuant to any law;
|
|
(2)
|
The Licensee is not complying with the coverage or quality requirements prescribed in this license;
|
|
(3)
|
The Licensee did not comply with the provisions of this license with regard to the operation of digital technology in the cellular System;
|
|
(E)
|
The Licensee did not commence provision of the services pursuant to that set forth in the License or unlawfully discontinued, restricted or delayed one of the services;
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
|
(1)
|
The Licensee has ceased to be a company registered in Israel;
|
|
(2)
|
Residents and citizens of Israel no longer hold, directly or indirectly, at least 20% of all of the Means of Control in the Franchisee; in this clause – "Citizen of Israel" – as defined in the Citizenship Law, 5712 – 1952; "Resident" – as defined in the Population Registry Law, 5735 – 1965;
|
|
(3)
|
A majority of the directors in the Licensee company are not citizens and residents of Israel;
|
|
(4)
|
The manager or a director of the Licensee company was convicted of an infamous crime and continues to serve in his position;
|
|
(5)
|
The joint equity, including surpluses, of all of the shareholders in the Licensee company, together with the equity of the Licensee, has declined to under US $200 million; in this matter, a shareholder holding less than 10% of the right to the company's earnings will not be taken into account.
|
|
(6)
|
Before 5 years have elapsed from the date of granting the License, the share of the cellular operator has fallen to less than 25% of the voting rights in the general meeting or of the right to appoint a director or CEO in the Licensee company;
|
|
(7)
|
Subject to that stated in paragraph (8), the Licensee, or an officer in the Licensee company or anyone who holds more than 5% of the Means of Control in the Licensee company, holds, directly or indirectly, more than one per cent (5%) of the Means of Control in Bezeq
A2
, Another cellular Operator, or one of them acts as an Officer in a competing corporation.
|
|
(8)
|
If one of the following occurs in an Interested Party in the Licensee company, which is a mutual fund, insurance company, investment company or pension fund;
|
|
-
|
it holds, directly or indirectly, more than 5% of any Means of Control in a competing corporation, without receiving a permit therefor from the Minister;
|
|
-
|
it holds, directly or indirectly, more than 5% of any Means of Control in a competing company pursuant to a permit from the Minister and, additionally, it is a controlling shareholder and exercises actual Control in a competing corporation or it has a representative or appointee on its behalf among the Officers in the competing corporation, unless it is required to do so under law;
|
|
-
|
it holds, directly or indirectly, more than 10% of any Means of Control in a competing corporation, even though it has received permission to hold up to 10% of said Means of Control;
|
|
(G)
|
Void
A2
|
|
(H)
|
If an act or omission in the Licensee’s operations impaired or restricted competition in the cellular sector;
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
|
(I)
|
A receiver or temporary liquidator was appointed to the Licensee company and an order was given for its liquidation or it decided on voluntary liquidation;
|
|
(J)
|
Void
A2)
|
(K)
|
The Licensee requested cancellation of the License;
|
14.1.1
A2
|
For the purposes of sub-clause 14.1(E
A2
), the restriction of service for technological reasons, effected after the Director was provided with prior written notification of the reasons and approved by the Director, will not be considered deemed an improper unlawful cessation, restriction or delay of service.
|
14.2
|
If the Minister is convinced that, in the circumstances, the cause of invalidity does not necessitate cancellation of the License, the Minister will grant the Licensee a fair opportunity to rectify the act or omission constituting a cause for cancellation.
|
14.3
|
The Minister will notify the Licensee in advance of his intention to cancel the license, will state in the notice the cause in question, and will allow the Licensee to voice its claims relating to the cause for cancellation, either in writing or orally, according to the circumstances, within the period set forth in the notice.
|
14.4
|
The Minister is entitled to summon the Licensee to appear before him and may demand that it respond to questions, present documents or furnish him with whatever information and documents are required for the purposes of clarifying the cause for cancellation.
|
14.5
|
If the Licensee is required or summoned as stated, it must respond to the requirement or summons on the date set forth therein.
|
14.6
|
If the Licensee fails to respond, at least twice, to the Minister's demand or summons within the period stipulated by the Minister in his demand or summons, the Minister is entitled to cancel the License in a notice that will be sent to the Licensee (hereinafter - Cancellation Notice).
|
14.7
|
In the Cancellation Notice, the Minister will determine the date on which the cancellation of the License will take effect and he is entitled to instruct the Licensee to continue the provision of services pursuant to this License until a license is granted to another or until the appointment of a trustee or until a receiver is duly appointed for the purpose of managing and operating the cellular System – as applicable.
|
14.8
|
The Licensee will continue to provide services until the end of the period stipulated by the Minister in his notice and will comply with the provisions of this License and any instruction given by the Minister in this matter.
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
16.
|
Void.
A66
|
17.
|
Ownership of the Cellular System
|
17.1
|
The Licensee will be the owner of the Cellular System.
|
17.2
|
Notwithstanding that stated in Clause 17.1, the Director is entitled to permit the Licensee to utilize the cable or wireless transmission arteries of another for the purpose of connecting cellular radio centers, connecting a cellular radio center to a Cellular Coordinator of the Licensee or of another Licensee, connecting Cellular Coordinators of the Licensee, connecting a Cellular Coordinator of the licensee to a Cellular Coordinator of Another Cellular Operator
A16
, or connecting a Cellular Coordinator to a Public Telecommunications Network or to an International Telecommunications Network.
|
18.
|
Restrictions on transfer of the License assets
|
18.1
|
The Licensee may not sell, lease or pledge any of the assets used in performance of the License (hereinafter – the License Assets) with the Minister's prior consent and in accordance with the conditions determined by him.
|
18.2
|
Without derogating from the generality of that stated in Clauses 18.1, the Minister will give his consent for the granting of rights in the License Assets to a third party, if he is convinced to his satisfaction that the Licensee has promised that, in any event, the exercise of the rights by a third party will not cause any impairment in the provision of the services pursuant to this License, as long as the Licensee is obligated to provide these services pursuant to the provisions of this License.
|
18.3
A2
|
Notwithstanding that stated in Clause 18.1, the Licensee is entitled to encumber one of the License Assets in favour of a bank duly operating in Israel, for the purpose of receiving bank credit, provided that it has furnished notice of the encumbrance that it intends to create, whereby the encumbrance agreement includes a clause ensuring that that, in any event, the exercise of the rights by the banking corporation will not cause any impairment in the provision of the services pursuant to this license. For the purposes of this clause – "Banking Corporation" is as defined in the Banking Law (Licensing), 5741 – 1981, except for a "Foreign Corporation," as defined in the same law.
|
18.4
A2
|
The provisions of Clause 18.1 will not apply to the sale of equipment items during an upgrade, including the sale of equipment, as stated, on a "trade-in" basis.
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
19.1
|
If the Licensee wishes to provide one of the services pursuant to this license, in whole or in part, through another on its behalf, it must apply to the Director for his approval therefor; the Licensee must attach the Contract
A43)
to its application. The provisions of this clause will not apply for the purposes of the engagement between the Licensee and a marketer of Cellular End-Equipment or anyone acting on behalf of the Licensee for the purpose of marketing its services.
A2
|
19.2
|
The Director is entitled to approve or reject the application, or to condition his approval on terms that must be fulfilled, including amendment of the agreement; the Director will consider,
inter alia
, to what extent the terms of the engagement with the other guarantee compliance with the conditions of this License and the obligations of the Licensee hereunder. The Director will not approve an engagement with another that contradicts the obligations of the Licensee pursuant to this License.
|
19.3
|
Nothing in the engagement with another will derogate from the obligations and of the Licensee and its responsibility for performing any of the services pursuant to this License, in whole or in part, pursuant to the provisions of this License, nor will it serve to derogate from the powers of the Minister, the Director or anyone acting on their behalf.
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
20.1
A43)
|
Details regarding the Licensee's legal entity, incorporation, holders of the controlling interest, holders of a material influence, interested parties and officers, are attached as Addendum A to the license. The Licensee must submit to the Director, every year at the beginning of January, an updated Addendum A.
|
20.2
|
The Licensee will report to the Director in writing regarding any change in the information contained in Addendum A, including any transfer and acquisition of control or of 5% of the means of control in the Licensee company or change in the appointment of a director or general manager, within 14 days of the date of change.
|
21.1
|
There will be no transfer, directly or indirectly, of ten percent or more of any means of control in the Licensee, whether all at once or in parts, unless this received the Minister's prior consent.
|
21.2
|
There will be no kind of transfer of any means of control in the Licensee, or a part of said means of control, so that as a result of the transfer, control in the Licensee is transferred from one person to another, unless this was given the Minister's prior consent.
|
21.3
|
There will be no acquisition of control, directly or indirectly, in the Licensee, and there will be no acquisition, directly or indirectly, by a person himself or together with his relative or with another person, who operate with him regularly of 10% or more of any means of control in the Licensee, whether all at once or in parts, without the prior consent of the Minister.
|
21.4
|
Subject to the foregoing in this section, there will be no transfer, directly or indirectly, of means of control, so that the share of a cellular system operator in the Licensee drops below 25% of the voting rights in the general meeting and of the right to appoint a director or general manager, except after 5 years have elapsed since the date of the granting of the license. If 5 years have elapsed since the date of the granting of the license, the cellular system operator's share can go below 25% to the point of selling all the means of control in its possession to another, all subject to the Minister's approval for the very reduction of the cellular system operator's share in the means of control in the Licensee and also regarding the purchaser.
|
21.5
|
Notwithstanding that stated in sections 21.1 and 21.3, if traded means of control in the Licensee, not entailing the transfer of control in the Licensee, have been transferred or acquired at a rate requiring approval under sections 21.1 or 21.3, without the Minister’s approval having been requested, the Licensee shall report this to the Minister, in writing, and shall submit to the Minister an application for approval of the transfer or the acquisition, all within 21 days from when the Licensee learned of this fact, provided the Minister gave his prior written approval to the holding per se of the issue or the sale of the securities to the public. In this regard,
“traded means of control”
– means of control, including deposit certificates, Global or American Depository Shares (GDRs or ADRs), or similar certificates, in respect of securities listed on the stock exchange in Israel and/or abroad, in a non-hostile country, or means of control offered to the public pursuant to a prospectus and held by the public, in Israel and/or abroad, in a non-hostile country.
|
21.6
|
Entry into an underwriting agreement in connection with an issue or sale of securities to the public, and listing on a stock exchange in Israel or abroad, in a non-hostile country, or the deposit of securities, including deposit certificates, Global or American Depository Shares (GDRs or ADRs), or similar certificates, in respect of securities, or the registration thereof with a nominee company and/or agent, shall not in themselves be deemed as the transfer of means of control in the Licensee.
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
21.7
|
(A)
|
Irregular holdings shall be registered in the members register (shareholders register) at the Licensee, noting the fact of their irregularity, immediately when the Licensee learns of this fact, and a notice concerning the registration shall be delivered by the Licensee to the owner of the irregular holdings and to the Minister. In this regard,
“irregular holdings”
– the holding of traded means of control without the Minister’s agreement as required under section 21 or in contravention of the provisions of section 23, and the entire holdings of a holder of traded means of control who acted contrary to the provisions of section 24; the aforesaid for as long as the Minister’s agreement is required and was not given under section 21 of the license or circumstances exist involving the contravention of the provisions of sections 23 or 24 of the license.
|
|
(B)
|
Irregular holdings registered as stated in section 21.7(A), shall not confer any rights on the holder, and shall be “dormant shares” as defined in section 308 of the Companies Law, 1999, except for purposes of receiving a dividend or other distribution to the shareholders (including the right to participate in an issue of rights which are calculated on the basis of holdings in means of control in the Licensee, except that holdings added as stated shall also be deemed as irregular holdings), therefore no act or contention of exercise of a right by virtue of irregular holdings shall be valid, except for purposes of receiving a dividend or other distribution as stated.
|
|
(C)
|
Irregular holdings shall not confer voting rights in the general meeting. A shareholder participating in a vote in the shareholders meeting shall notify the Licensee prior to the vote, or where the vote is by means of a voting instrument – on the voting instrument, whether or not its holdings in the Licensee or its vote require approval under sections 21 or 23 of the License. If the shareholders did not give a notice as stated, it shall not vote and its vote shall not be counted.
|
|
(D)
|
A director may not be appointed to the Licensee, elected or dismissed by virtue of irregular holdings. If a director was appointed, elected or dismissed as stated, such appointment, election or dismissal, as the case may be, shall not be valid.
|
|
(E)
|
The provisions of sections 21.7 and 21.9 shall be included in the articles of the Licensee, mutatis mutandis.
|
21.8
|
For as long as the Licensee’s articles prescribe as stated in section 21.7 and the Licensee acts in accordance with that stated in sections 21.5 and 21.7, for as long as the holdings of founding shareholders or their substitutes are not reduced to less than 50% of each of the means of control in the Licensee, and for as long as the Licensee’s articles prescribe that a majority of the voting power in the shareholders general meeting may appoint all the directors in the Licensee, excluding outside directors in accordance with any relevant statutory requirement or stock exchange directive, irregular holdings shall not in themselves be cause for the cancellation of the license.
|
|
For purposes of this section, “
founding shareholders or their substitutes”
– Discount Investment Corporation Ltd., DEC Communications and Technology Ltd. and PEC Israel Economic Corporation, or any other body to which any of those enumerated above transferred, with the Minister’s approval, means of control, provided the Minister confirmed in writing that the transferee body shall be deemed in this regard as the substitute of the founding shareholder beginning from the date to be determined by the Minister, and including anyone who is an “Israeli entity” as defined in clause 22.2A, who acquired a means of control from the Licensee and received the Minister’s approval for being deemed a founding shareholder of its substitute starting from the date that was determined by the Minister. The grant of approval under this section shall not exempt the Licensee from the duty of receiving the Minister’s approval for every transfer of means of control in the Licensee that requires approval under any other section of the license.
|
21.9
|
The provisions of sections 21.5 and 21.8 shall not apply to founding shareholders or their substitutes.
|
|
A shareholder of the Licensee company or a shareholder of an interested party therein may not encumber his shares in such manner so that exercise of the encumbrance results in a change in ownership of 10% or more of any means of control in the Licensee, unless the encumbrance agreement contains a limitation by which the encumbrance may not be exercised without the prior consent of the Minister.
|
22A.
|
Israeli Nationality and Holdings of Founding Shareholders or Their Substitutes
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
22A.1
|
The total holdings of “founding shareholders or their substitutes” as defined in section 21.8 (including anyone being an “Israeli entity” as defined in section 22.2A below, who acquired means of control from the Licensee and received the Minister’s approval for being deemed a founding shareholder or a substitute thereof as from the date determined by the Minister), who are mutually bound by an agreement for the fulfillment of the provisions of section 22A of the license (in this section, all of the above will be deemed: “founding shareholders or their substitutes”), cumulatively, may not be less than 26% of each of the means of control in the Licensee.
|
22A.2
|
The cumulative holdings of “Israeli entities,” one or more, included among founding shareholders or their substitutes, out of the total holdings of founding shareholders or their substitutes as stated in section 22A.1 above, may not be at any time less than 20% of the total issued capital and of the means of control in the Licensee. For this purpose, the Licensee’s issued share capital will be calculated less the number of “dormant shares” held by the Licensee.
|
|
In this section –
|
|
“Israeli entity” –
With respect to an individual – anyone who is a citizen and resident of Israel; with respect to a corporation – the corporation was incorporated in Israel, and an individual who is a citizen and resident of Israel controls it, directly or indirectly, provided indirect control is solely through a corporation incorporated in Israel, one or more. However, for purposes of indirect holding, the Prime Minister and the Minister of Communications may approve holding through a corporation that was not incorporated in Israel, provided such corporation does not hold shares in the Licensee directly, where they are satisfied that this will not be detrimental to the purposes of this section. In this regard,
“Israeli citizen”
– as defined in the Citizenship Law 1952;
“resident”
– as defined in the Population Registry Law 1965;
“dormant share”
– as defined in section 308 of the Companies Law 1999.
|
22A.3
|
At least twenty percent (20%) of the Licensee’s directors will be appointed by Israeli entities as stated in clause 22A.2. Notwithstanding the above, in this regard, if the Licensee’s board of directors numbers up to 14 members – at least two directors will be appointed by Israeli entities as stated in clause 22A.2 above, if the Licensee’s board of directors numbers from 15 to 24 directors – at least three directors will be appointed by Israeli entities as stated in clause 22A.2 above, and so forth.
|
22A.4
|
The Licensee’s board of directors will appoint from among its members having a security classification and security clearance as will be determined by the General Security Service (hereinafter –
“classified directors”
), a committee called the “Committee for Security Matters.”
|
|
At least four directors will serve on the Committee for Security Matters, among them at least one outside director. Matters pertaining to security will be considered, subject to that stated in clause 22A.5 below, solely in the framework of the Committee for Security Matters.
|
|
A resolution that was adopted or an action that was performed by the Committee for Security Matters, will be deemed the same as a resolution adopted or action performed by the Company’s board of directors, and it will be considered by the board of directly only if this is required under section 22A.5 below and subject to that stated in section 22A.5 below. In this clause, “security matters” – as defined in the Telecommunications Order (Designation of an Essential Service Provided by Bezeq Israeli Telecommunications Company Ltd.) 1997.
|
22A.5
|
Security matters which the Licensee’s board of directors or Audit Committee are required to consider according to the cogent provisions in the Companies Law 1999 or according to cogent provisions of any other law applying to the Licensee, will be considered, insofar as necessary, by the board of directors or by the Audit Committee, with the participation of classified directors only. Non-classified directors may not participate in such meetings of the board of directors or the Audit Committee and may not receive information or inspect documents pertaining to the security matters considered in the meeting. The quorum in every such meeting will consist of classified directors only.
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
|
The Licensee will specify in its articles that an officer who by virtue of his position and by virtue of the provisions of the law or the articles should have received information or participated in meetings on security matters, and is prevented from doing so by reason of the provision of clause 22A.5, will be exempt from liability for breach of the duty of care towards the Licensee, if the duty of care was breached due to non-participation in a meeting or non-receipt of information.
|
22A.6
|
The general meeting may not assume, delegate, transfer or exercise powers that are vested in another organ of the Company, in security matters.
|
22A.7
|
(A)
|
The Minister will appoint an observer at meetings of the Company’s board of directors and committees, having a security classification and security clearance as will be determined by the General Security Service.
|
|
(B)
|
The observer will be a government employee qualifying as a director under Chapter C of the Government Companies Law 1975.
|
|
(C)
|
In addition, and without derogating from any duty imposed on him by law, the observer will owe the Licensee a duty of confidentiality, except as required for the fulfillment of his function as an observer. The observer may not serve as an observer or in any other position on behalf of any other entity engaging in the provision of communication services and competing directly with the Licensee, and he will avoid any conflict of interest between his function as an observer and the Licensee, except a conflict of interest stemming from his being a government employee filling the function of an observer at the Licensee. The observer will commit towards the Licensee not to serve as an observer or officer and not to hold any position or be employed, directly or indirectly, at any entity competing directly with the Licensee or being in a conflict of interest with it, except for a conflict of interest stemming, as stated, from his being a government employee filling the function of an observer at the Licensee, throughout his tenure as observer at the Licensee and during eighteen (18) after the end of such tenure.
|
|
In any case of differences of opinion as to the observer being in a conflict of interest, the Attorney General or someone on his behalf will decide in the matter.
|
|
(D)
|
An invitation to meetings of the board of directors and its committees, including the Committee for Security Matters, will be delivered to the observer as well, who may participate as an observer at any meeting as stated.
|
|
(E)
|
The observer’s right to receive information from the Licensee will be the same as a director’s right. If the Licensee is of the opinion that certain information in the nature of sensitive business information is not required by the observer for the fulfillment of his function, the Licensee may withhold delivery of such information to the observer, notifying him in this regard. If the observer is of the opinion that he should receive that information, the matter will be referred to the decision of the head of the General Security Services.
|
|
(F)
|
If the observer saw that the Licensee adopted or is about to adopt a resolution on security matters contrary to any provision of the license, contract to section 13 of the Law or contrary to section 11 of the General Security Services Law 2002, it will notify the Licensee without any delay, in writing, such notice to be delivered to the chairman of the board of directors and to the chairman of the Committee for Security Matters, and to set a proper time in the circumstances of the case for remedying the breach or modifying the resolution, should this be possible.
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
23.1
|
The Licensee, an officer therein or whoever holds more than 5% of any means of control in the Licensee, will not hold, directly or indirectly, more than one percent (5%) of the means of control in Bezeq,
A16)
another cellular system operator. Regarding this matter, "holding" – includes the holding as an agent.
|
23.2
|
Notwithstanding that stated in Section 23.1, an interested party in the Licensee that is a mutual fund, insurance company, investment company or a pension fund, may hold up to 5% of the means of control in Bezeq, another cellular system operator
A16)
, provided all the following are fulfilled:
|
|
(A)
|
It is not a controlling shareholder and does not exert, directly or indirectly, any control in Bezeq or
A16)
another cellular system operator;
|
|
(B)
|
It has no representative or person in charge on its behalf among Bezeq's or the other cellular system operator's officers, unless required to do so by law.
|
23.3
|
Pursuant to a written request, the Minister may allow an interested party in the Licensee, as stated in Section 23.2, to hold up to 10% of the means of control in Bezeq,
A16)
another cellular system operator, when the terms stated in Section 23.2(A) and (B) are fulfilled, if he saw, to his satisfaction, that such a holding will not harm competition.
|
|
The Licensee, an officer therein or an interested party in the Licensee company will not be a party to any agreement, arrangement or understanding with Bezeq,
A16)
another cellular system operator, meant or liable to reduce competition or harm it in all pertaining to cellular system services, cellphone network end-equipment and other services provided via the cellular system.
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
25.
|
Definition
|
|
In this part –
|
|
"Milestones" – Stages in the setup of the cellular system, according to the timetable detailed in the engineering plan – Addendum B to the license.
|
26.
|
Setup according to Plans and Specifications
|
26.1
|
In all pertaining to the setup and operation of the cellular system (in this section – network), including the technical quality of its various components, as well as the network's structure and manner of setup, the Licensee will comply with the terms and provisions in the engineering plan.
|
26.2
|
The Licensee will follow all the specifications of the Ministry of Communications and the network-related standards prescribed by standardization organizations in Israel and around the world, as well as other international organizations, in the telecommunications and wireless field as well as in any other field pertaining to the setup and operation of the network.
|
26.3
|
The Licensee may discontinue the operation of a cellular system that has become technologically obsolete, after received the Director's approval in that regard and subject to conditions to be set in the License
A
63
.
|
27.1
|
The setup rate of the cellular system, the setup milestones, the commencement date for providing the service in the various regions in Israel, will be in accordance with the timetable set in the engineering plan – Addendum B to the license.
|
27.2
|
The Licensee may not deviate from the timetable unless authorized to do so by the Director, provided the Licensee applies in writing to the Director to receive his permission immediately after realizing that difficulties have arisen that prevent it from meeting the original timetable.
|
|
27.2.1
|
A delay in signing agreements with a third party or obtaining approval from the planning and construction authorities will be deemed a reasonable reason for obtaining the Director's permission for deviating from the timetable, only if the Director realizes to his satisfaction that the Licensee has done its reasonable utmost in the circumstances of the matter, to come to an agreement with a third party or to receive approval from the planning and construction authorities.
|
27.3
|
The Director may approve the Licensee's request to deviate from the timetable, in whole or in part, and to stipulate conditions for its approval. The Director may also approve deviation regarding a specific milestone, provided the Licensee undertakes to catch up with the planned setup rate in the succeeding milestones.
|
28.
|
Modification of Plans during Setup
|
28.1
|
The Licensee may not deviate from the engineering plan unless it has been authorized to do so by the Director under the provisions of this section. However, the placement of a Cellular Radio Center in a different site from that set in the engineering plan will not be deemed a deviation, if done within the search region. As regards this section, a "search region" denotes a territory defined in the engineering plan in which a Cellular Radio center is planned to be set up, at a specific site within the territory, and regarding which it has been stated in the engineering plan that it might be necessary to place the center in another site found in the territory.
|
28.2
|
If in the course of setting up the cellular system, the Licensee realizes that it has become necessary to deviate or depart from the engineering plan, the Licensee must apply in writing to the Director to obtain his approval for the plan. In its application, the Licensee must describe the essence and nature of the requested modification and the reasons therefor. The Licensee must attach the amended plan it proposes, to the application.
|
28.3
|
The Director may reject or approve the request, in whole or in part, and may also stipulate conditions for its approval, insofar as these are needed for the rigorous assurance of the network's quality and performance level. The Director will make a decision in the matter of the request and notify the Licensee of his decision, all within a reasonable amount of time.
|
29.1
|
For the purpose of setting up and operating the cellular network, the Licensee may, subject to any law, set up, maintain and operate cable or wireless transmission arteries, provided such transmission arteries will be used solely for the following:
|
|
(A)
|
Connection between the Cellular Radio Centers forming part of the Licensee's cellular system;
|
|
(B)
|
Connection between the Licensee's Cellular Radio Centers and its cellular exchanges;
|
|
(C)
|
Connection between all the cellular exchanges;
|
|
(D)
|
Connection between the Licensee's cellular exchanges and a public telecommunications system, or another cellular operator's cellular network
A16)
, or other systems operating lawfully.
|
29.2
|
For the purpose of the connection described in Section 29.1, the Licensee may use also the cable or wireless transmission arteries of Bezeq or of another licensee or concessionaire lawfully authorized to provide aforesaid infrastructure services.
|
29.3
|
To remove any doubt, it is hereby clarified that use of the transmission arteries to be set up by the Licensee is solely for operating the cellular system as stated in Section 29.1, unless the Minister permitted the Licensee in the license to make other use thereof, in accordance with the terms he laid down.
|
30.
A16)
|
Obligation of Interconnection
|
30.1
|
The Licensee will act to effect interconnection of the network with every other public telecommunications network, operating in the territory subject to the law, jurisdiction and governance of the State of Israel (including settlements, military sites and military installations in Judah, Samaria and Gaza Strip), including with every public landline telecommunications network, international telecommunications network and cellular network of another cellular operator.
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
|
30.2
|
The interconnection between the network and another licensee's public telecommunications network will be effected in such manner as to enable the following:
|
|
(A)
|
Relay of telecommunication messages between end-equipment connected to the network and end-equipment connected to the other public telecommunications network;
|
|
(B)
|
Proper, regular provision of services by the Licensee to the other licensee's subscribers, and the provision of services by the other licensee to the Licensee's subscribers.
|
30.3
|
Interconnection may be effected either directly or indirectly, via a public telecommunications network of another general license holder, provided it enables that stated in Section 30.2.
|
30.4
|
As regards the interconnection between the network and public landline telecommunications network, the Licensee will act to set up interface points between the two networks, for each type of service (infrastructure, data transmission and communication, telephony), with at least three transition switches, unless the Director has decided otherwise at the written request of the Licensee. Setup of the interface points will be done under an agreement between the Licensee and the domestic operator licensee. Such an agreement will include, inter alia, the technical, operational and business details of the connection, the number of connections and their location.
|
30.5
|
As regards the interconnection between the network and an international telecommunications network, the Licensee will act in compliance with the provisions of Addendum J to the license.
|
|
The Licensee will act to implement interconnection in accordance with all the following:
|
(A)
|
The Licensee will verify that the network's technical and operational standards comply wit the requirements for linkup with the public telecommunications network of the domestic operators, the other cellphone operators, and the international operators (hereinafter –
other operator
), that the network's activities will mesh properly with the activities of the other operator's public telecommunications network, and that the interconnection will not adversely affect the proper functioning of these networks and the normal service to their subscribers;
|
(B)
|
The Licensee will provide the interconnection service under equal conditions for every other operator and avoid any discrimination in actuating the interconnection, including with regard to the following:
|
|
(1)
|
Supply of infrastructure facilities and network linkup services;
|
|
(2)
|
Availability of linkup facilities;
|
|
(3)
|
Linkup method, quality and survival;
|
|
(4)
|
Alterations and adaptations in the switching in the facilities, in the protocols and at the network interface points;
|
|
(5)
|
Payments for interconnection;
|
|
(6)
|
Debiting and collection arrangements, and the transfer of information regarding subscribers;
|
|
(7)
|
Commercial terms for effecting interconnection;
|
|
(8)
|
Submission of information regarding the network and alteration therein relating to interconnection;
|
(C)
|
The Licensee will place at the disposal of the other operator any essential information the other operator needs for providing its services via the Licensee's facilities. Said information will be given subject to any law concerning the protection of privacy or commercial confidentiality. In the event the parties fail to reach an agreement regarding the nature and scope of the essential information, the Minister will decide in the matter;
|
(D)
|
The Licensee will give the other operator information regarding alterations planned in its network, which may affect the interconnection with the other operator's public telecommunications' network, or the interconnection between the public telecommunications networks of the other operators. The Licensee will provide the aforesaid information in such manner as to enable the other operator to prepare reasonably for the implementation of said alterations;
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
|
(E)
|
As regards Subsections (C) and (D), the Licensee may stipulate the provision of information to the other operator on signing a reasonable privacy protection agreement, intended to safeguard the Licensee's rights under any law, including trade secrets, intellectual property rights and the like, pertaining to information regarding modification of the network meant to be given to the other operator;
|
(F)
|
The terms in respect of interconnection between the network and the other operator's public telecommunications network will be formalized in an agreement between the Licensee and the other operator. If the parties fail to reach an agreement, the Minister will decide in the matter.
|
(G)
|
(1)
|
The Licensee will allow its subscribers to receive all the services offered to them by another operator, The Licensee may also allow another operator's subscribers to receive services from the Licensee, provided that said receipt of services is possible under any law.
|
|
(2)
|
The Director may order the Licensee to allow the other operator's subscribers to receive services provided by the Licensee, provided that such receipt of services is possible technically and under any law.
|
|
(3)
|
Notwithstanding that stated in Subsection (1), the Director may, at the written request of the Licensee, exempt the Licensee from the obligation of allowing its subscribers the possibility of receiving services from another operator, for technical, economic reasons or for other justified reasons.
|
(H)
|
The Licensee will forward to the Director a signed copy of every agreement between it and the other operator concerning interconnection;
|
(I)
|
The Licensee will forward to the Director on demand, any information given to the other operator under Subsections (C) and (D), as well as a copy of every confidentiality agreement under Subsection (E);
|
(J)
|
The Licensee will act in compliance with additional provisions the Minister will prescribe.
|
|
In the event the Minister did not determine payment for interconnection or payment deriving from interconnection, the Licensee may demand in respect thereof reasonable and non-discriminatory payment.
|
|
The Minister will give the Licensee a reasonable opportunity to voice his position in all pertaining to the Minister's intention to order it regarding the manner of effecting interconnection and its scope, regarding the actions, services and arrangements incidental to effecting interconnection, and regarding payments in respect of interconnection. Once the Minister has instructed the Licensee on said matters, the Licensee will not delay in any way interconnection with the network, and will fulfill its obligations in accordance with the Minister's provisions, properly and in good faith, on the date set therefor and with full cooperation.
|
30.1D
|
The Minister may order the Licensee to provide the possibility of utilizing its telecommunications facility, by virtue of his authority under Section 5 of the Law.
|
30.2D
|
The Licensee will enable another licensee, by the Minister's order, to provide value added services via the Licensee's network. The Licensee will ensure reasonable and equal terms for any other licensee, in all pertaining to the provision of value added services by the latter to the Licensee's subscribers.
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
|
30.3D
|
As regards providing the possibility of utilization, the provisions of Sections 30A to 30C will apply, mutatis mutandis.
|
30.1E
|
The Licensee will not give preference, in providing infrastructure services, to a licensee that is an interested company over another licensee, whether in payment for the service, in service conditions, in service availability or in any other way.
|
30.2E
|
(A)
|
Pursuant to a written request from the Licensee, the Director may permit the Licensee limitations on the provisions of Section 30.1E, in all pertaining to another licensee or a broadcasting licensee that is an interested company, provided the following conditions are fulfilled:
|
|
(1)
|
The other licensee or the concessionaire is not a material operator:
|
|
(2)
|
The Director is of the opinion that giving such permission does not materially harm competition in the field of telecommunications.
|
|
(B)
|
As regards the limitations stated in Subsection (A), these may allow the Licensee to offer an interested company the use of its telecommunications facilities under preferred conditions, and these may be limited in time or by another condition.
|
|
(C)
|
When considering a permit under this section, the Director will take into account the existence of a valid agreement, which was signed prior to Amendment No. 16 to this license, between the Licensee and the interested company, concerning, inter alia, the restriction of the permit in time or by other conditions.
|
30.3E
|
In this section – "
interested company
," "
subsidiary
," and "
material operator
" – as these terms are defined in the Telecommunications Regulations (Procedures and Conditions for Obtaining a General License for Providing Domestic Landline Telecommunications Services), 2000.
|
30.1F
|
The Licensee will act in accordance with the numbering program, and in compliance with the Director's provisions regarding the activation and implementation of the numbering program.
|
30.2F
|
The Director ordered the activation of number portability, so that every subscriber of another cellular system licensee will be able to switch over to and be a subscriber of the Licensee or receive services from the Licensee without any change in his telephone number, and vice versa – the Licensee will incorporate into its public telecommunications network devices enabling the application of this property, on the date and using the method laid down in the Director's provision.
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
31.1
|
The Licensee will submit to the Director, throughout the cellular system setup period, quarterly reports describing the setup works carried out during the period of each report, according to the milestones and timetables in the engineering plan. As regards this section, "the setup period" denotes 15 months from the date the license was granted or until the date of the completion of the network's setup in full deployment, according to the engineering plan, whichever the earlier.
A72
In the setup period, this report shall be integrated into the engineering system report, as stated in Section 104.1(e)
|
31.2
|
The reports will include a comparison of the plans' execution versus the plan for each report's period, as well as explanations for any deviation or alteration that occurred in the execution compared with the plan.
|
31.3
|
Each report will be submitted in triplicate in a format to be instructed by the Director, and will bear a date and be signed by the Licensee or whoever it empowered especially for this purpose.
|
31.4
|
The Director may demand that the Licensee prepare special reports, and also that it draw up a new or supplement a report submitted to him.
|
|
The Licensee will furnish to the Director, on demand, any information or document regarding the execution of cellular system setup works, at the time, in the format, and in the manner instructed by the Director.
|
33.1
|
The Director may supervise, by himself or through a designee, the Licensee's actions connected with the execution of the setup works. To this end, the Director may enter at any reasonable time, the Licensee's work sites, cellular system facilities and offices, for the purpose of making measurements, performing inspections and perusing any plan or document pertaining to the execution of the setup works.
|
33.2
|
The Licensee will cooperate with the Director in all pertaining to the supervision of the setup works, and without derogating from the generality of the foregoing, will enable him to enter the work site and its facilities, enable the perusal of any document, plan and specification, and provide him with any information he requests.
|
34.1
|
The Director may notify the Licensee in writing about deficiencies, defects and deviations he found in the cellular system setup operations, based on reports submitted by the Licensee, documents and information it furnished him, or based on measurements and inspections he made.
|
34.2
|
In the event the Licensee receives a notice as stated in Section 34.1, it will notify the Director, within fourteen days of the date of receiving the notice, regarding its response to that stated therein and the measures it took or plans to take, in order to correct the deficiencies, defects or deviations.
|
35.1
|
The Licensee will execute the setup works, taking adequate safety precautions to prevent personal accidents and property damage, will prevent the causation of nuisances and hazards to the public in the work areas, and if required to do excavations at the spot, will do everything to prevent damages to underground systems, including telecommunications networks, and to this end will make sure to obtain every permit required by any law, including an excavation works permit under Section 53B of the Law.
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
|
35.2
|
Upon completion of the setup works, the Licensee will make sure to clean up the work sites and restore them to their previous condition.
|
|
In a place where there are electricity lines or electricity facilities prior to the installation of the cellular system, the Licensee is subject to the obligations imposed under the Telecommunications and Electricity Regulations (Convergence and Intersection between Telecommunications Lines and Electricity Lines), 1986.
|
38.1
|
Antiquities, as defined in the Antiquities Law, 1978, which are discovered at a setup work site, are state assets, and the Licensee will take the appropriate precautions to prevent damage thereto.
|
38.2
|
The Licensee will notify the director of the antiquities authority regarding the discovery of an antiquity within 15 days of the date of the antiquity's discovery and will follow the instructions of the authority's director in all pertaining to the manner of handling the antiquity.
|
38.3
|
In the course of the setup works, the Licensee will avoid, inasmuch as possible, damaging sites of historical or national value, tourist sites and landscape.
|
38.4
|
The Licensee will avoid, insofar as possible, damaging buildings and trees found in the places where setup works are being carried out.
|
39.1
|
The Minister may, at the Licensee's request, grant it all or some of the powers prescribed in Chapter F of the Law, subject to that stated in Section 39.2.
|
39.2
|
The Licensee will specify in its request the sites at which it requires the aforesaid powers, the scope of the required powers and the reasons therefor, including the steps it took to find alternative sites, without having to use the power under Chapter F of the Law.
|
39.3
|
In the event the Minister is convinced of the need to grant the Licensee powers under Chapter F of the Law, the Minister will publish his decision in the
Reshumot
(Official Announcements and Advertisements Gazette).
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
|
|
The Director may determine which items of equipment should not be installed in the Cellular System before undergoing a compliance check. "Compliance" as regards this section – as emerges from that stated in Section 41. If the Director has decided as aforesaid, the items will not be installed before undergoing a compliance check.
|
|
It is the responsibility of the Licensee to see to it that the equipment installed in the Cellular System is, at least, technically compliant with the properties detailed in the manufacturer's specifications relating to the specific item of equipment, and attached to the engineering plan.
|
42.1
|
The Licensee will furnish the Director, no later than 30 days before giving notice of the completion of installation under Section 43, with an up-to-date, detailed testing program for carrying out the performance check, relating to that part of the Cellular System it wishes to operate (hereinafter – detailed testing program).
|
42.2
|
The Licensee will present the detailed testing program to the Director. The Director may demand within 15 days of the aforesaid presentation that the Licensee make changes in the detailed testing program or complete it, if he deems it necessary for the full and accurate execution of the performance check, and the Licensee will carry out the checks according to the Director's request.
|
|
Once the Licensee has completed setting up a Switchboard or Cellular Radio Center in some region, so that it is possible to start providing cellular services through it, the Licensee will notify the Director in writing thereof, in the format it was instructed by the Director, along with the results of the detailed check indicating successful installation and operation.
|
44.1
|
Prior to operating the network, the Licensee must meet the requirements and conditions detailed below:
|
|
(A)
|
Entering into an Agreement with an Equipment Manufacturer
|
|
(1)
|
Know-how agreement;
|
|
(2)
|
An agreement guaranteeing the supply of parts for the network's equipment for a period of at least 7 years;
|
|
(3)
|
An agreement guaranteeing the supply of technical literature and full documentation of the network's equipment, including updates.
|
|
(B)
|
Lab and Testing Equipment
|
(C)
|
Parts
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
|
(D)
|
Maintenance System
|
|
The Licensee must maintain, on its own or through another, an efficient maintenance system, consisting of maintenance personnel, service vans and communication means, ensuring the proper, ongoing operation of the network and enabling the handling of any malfunction within the response time required under this license, and also enabling, in any case of a serious problem with the Cellular System causing radio interferences, large-scale disconnection of subscribers or posing a safety risk, repair of the malfunction within 4 hours.
|
|
(E)
|
Communication Means
|
44.2
|
The Licensee must present to the Director, seven days before setting the network in operation for the first time, certifications and documents regarding compliance with the requirements and conditions specified in Section 44.1. In the event the Director fails to respond within five days of the date of delivery of said documents, the Licensee may operate the Cellular System and connect subscribers thereto. If the Director orders the Licensee, based on the documents' findings, to alter or fix the network, the Licensee must make the required alteration or correction and present a certification of execution to the Director, and if the Director fails to respond within 3 days, the Licensee may operate the system.
|
45.1
|
The Licensee may operate the Cellular Radio centers of the Cellular System, using the frequency bands allocated for its exclusive use, as detailed below:
|
|
(A)
A35)
|
835 to 845 MHz and corresponding range 880 to 890 MHz;
|
|
That stated in this subsection in no way derogates from the Director's authority to allocate an alternative frequency band with identical bandwidth for the Licensee's use, instead of the frequency band specified in this subsection.
|
|
(B)
|
Starting from February 1, 2002 to January 1, 2004 the following bands will be allocated:
|
|
(C)
|
Starting from January 1, 2004 the following bands will be allocated:
|
|
1720 to 1730 MHz and corresponding range 1815 to 1825 MHz;
|
|
1960 to 1970 MHz and corresponding range 2150 to 2160 MHz;
|
|
as well as the frequency range 1905 to 1910 MHz.
|
|
(C1)
A2A26)
Starting from April 4, 2004 the following frequency bands will be allocated:
|
|
1715 to 1720 MHz and corresponding range 1810 to 1815 MHz.
|
|
(D)
|
Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event the Licensee asks to postpone the usage commencement date for the frequencies specified in subsections (B) and (C), or a part thereof, to a later date, the Director may suspend the allocation of frequencies to a date he decides on.
|
45.2
|
The Licensee may select a narrower frequency band than that stated above in the framework of the frequency bands specified in Section 45.1.
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
45.3
|
In the event of detection of electromagnetic interferences from other radiants that can harm the proper functioning of the Cellular System, the Director must, at the Licensee's request, take any reasonable action to find an appropriate solution or stop the aforesaid interferences.
|
|
The Licensee will make use of the frequencies allocated to it as stated in Section 45 only for providing the services under this license.
|
47.1
|
The Licensee will set up the Cellular System and operate it in such manner so that no part of its parts will emit radiation prohibited under the provisions of the Pharmacists' Regulations (Radioactive Elements and Their Products), 1980, and do everything required, if required, to obtain a permit in accordance with the aforesaid regulations.
|
47.2
|
The Licensee will coordinate the use of the frequencies with the Director, who will base his directives, inter alia, on the program derived from the preparation for a national emergency crisis.
|
47.3
|
The Licensee will submit to the Director, or anyone appointed for this purpose on its behalf, a detailed, up-to-date plan for the operation of Cellular Radio Centersand for the expected use of the frequencies at least 60 days before the operation, and will report to the Director regarding the actual execution, within 7 days of the operation date.
|
47.4
|
The Licensee will set up and operate the Cellular System in such a manner as to prevent interferences with other Bezeq and wireless systems operating lawfully. Prior to the activation of any Cellular System, the Licensee will perform tests and measurements for the purpose of preventing electromagnetic interferences. If found that electromagnetic interferences can be expected or interferences have been detected during operation, the Licensee will act to find a solution that will prevent these interferences and also prevent their recurrence, and in the absence of a solution it will turn in writing to the Director or to anyone appointed for this purpose on its behalf, in order to find a reasonable solution in this regard. The Director may demand that each of the parties make changes in the operation of the equipment or in the use of the frequencies or that they stop broadcasting over certain frequencies, throughout the country or in a certain region.
|
47.5
|
The granting of this license, including the approval of the engineering plan, in no way provides protection against harmonies from other radiants operating lawfully, or other radiants operating outside state territory; however, the Director must make every reasonable effort to find an appropriate solution providing the necessary protection.
|
48.1
|
The License Holder will appoint a functionary (including a first deputy and a second deputy) who will be responsible in emergencies for maintaining contact with the Ministry; the License Holder will provide to the Director, once a year, on January 1st, the details of the functionary and his deputies, as well as their contact details.
|
48.2
|
The License Holder will be prepared to ensure continuity of operations in emergencies, as specified in Annex D – “Preparing to Ensure Continuity of Operations in Emergencies”.
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
|
"
Periodical inspection
" – An inspection of the network or any part thereof performed according to the license's provisions, at fixed time intervals and at least once every half year;
|
|
"
Special inspection
" – An inspection of the network or any part thereof performed due to a maintenance action or repair, following electromagnetic interferences, a malfunction, clarification of a complaint, a technological modification, an alteration in the engineering plan or the like;
|
|
"
Regular inspection
" – An inspection of the network or any part thereof, done on a regular, ongoing basis.
|
50.1
|
The Licensee will carry out periodical inspections on the Cellular System and will submit the results of the inspection, at the Director’s request, within 30 days of the day of the request.
|
50.2
|
The Licensee will set up and operate a control system for continual monitoring of the performance and functionality of the network, and will perform, on an ongoing basis, regular inspections of the network or any part thereof, as necessary.
|
50.3
|
The Licensee will perform a regular inspection for quality of the service as detailed in Addendum E, including compliance with relevant ITU-T standards, and will submit the results of the inspection, at the Director’s request, within 30 days of the day of the request.
|
50.4
|
The Director may instruct the Licensee to perform a special inspection; The Licensee will perform such inspection in the format and at the time specified by the Director and will submit its results to him.
|
50.5
|
The Director or anyone so authorized by him will be allowed to carry out inspections himself, where he deems this to be necessary; The Licensee will permit the Director or anyone so authorized by him access to the installations and the equipment, subject to prior coordination, and will place at his disposal testing equipment used by it or professional manpower employed by it.
|
51.1
|
The Licensee will manage an inspections, malfunctions and maintenance log (hereinafter – maintenance log), in which details of the malfunctions in and inspections of the network are recorded.
|
51.2
|
The Licensee will keep the maintenance log and enable the Director or a representative authorized by him to peruse it at any time, to examine it or copy it in any manner, and will submit it for inspection by the Director at his request.
|
52.1
|
The Director may, after giving the Licensee sufficient opportunity in the circumstances of the case to present its case to him, notify the Licensee in writing of deficiencies and defects he found that are affecting the level of the service to Subscribers, the level of survivability and backup of the network or the safety level or interfering with other lawfully operating systems, based on a follow-up of the network’s performance, including by means of Subscribers’ complaints or inspections carried out by him or on the basis of inspection reports, documents and information provided to him by the Licensee.
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
52.2
|
The Director may instruct the Licensee regarding the times by which it must correct the deficiencies and defects.
|
52.3
|
In the event the Licensee received such a notice, it will notify the Director, within the time set for this purpose in the Director's notice, of the correction of the deficiencies and defects, at the level of detail requested by the Director.
|
53.
|
Void.
|
54.
|
Void.
|
55.1
|
The Licensee will prepare a wording for the contract that it intends to offer its subscribers, and will submit it for the Director’s perusal at his request.
|
55.2
|
The terms of the contract shall not contradict, explicitly or implicitly, the provisions of any law or the provisions of the license: The aforesaid shall not prevent the stipulation of various provisions in the contract that benefit the subscriber compared to the provisions of the law or the license.
|
55.3
|
The contract will be in writing and laid out in a clear manner conducive to reading and comprehension and specifying prominently any term or limitation on the subscriber’s right to cancel the contract or on the Licensee's liability toward the subscriber; Any stipulation in the contract shall be stated explicitly and not by way of reference.
|
|
For purposes of this section, “writing” – including an electronic document that can be saved and retrieved by the subscriber.
|
55.4
|
The contract will include,
inter alia,
in a clear manner, the following:
|
(a)
A
58
|
A first, separate, printed page, setting out the following details, in a clear and precise manner, without any handwritten additions or alterations (hereinafter –
the
Plan Summary Page
):
|
|
|
(1)
Licensee's name or logo, details of the Licensee's representative who executed the contract, date of conclusion of the transaction, subscriber's details including name, identity number, address, telephone number to which the contract relates, additional telephone number of the subscriber for sending notices concerning the rate of utilization of a surfing package as stated in section 75D and a cellular end-equipment model, if included in the contract. Notwithstanding that stated at the beginning of section (a), the details mentioned in this subsection, other than the Licensee's name or logo, can be written in handwriting.
|
|
|
(2)
The duration of the commitment period, if any, and its expiry date. For purposes of this subsection, "commitment" – as this term is defined in section 56.1A.
|
|
|
(3)
All the rates according to which the Licensee will charge the subscriber for the services the subscriber requested to receive when executing the contract, and the amount of every fixed payment, if such are included in the contract.
|
|
The service rates will be presented in a table with two columns – "Name of Service" and "Price of Service."
|
|
With respect to a surfing package, as this term is defined in section 75D – the service unit rate outside the package will be presented in the same values as in the package.
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
|
(4)
|
The inclusive price of the end-equipment and any accessory to the end-equipment purchased at the time of executing the contract (hereinafter –
the equipment
), and if the subscriber and the Licensee agreed on payment in installments for the equipment – the amount of each installment.
|
|
(5)
|
Any benefit, as this term is defined in section 64A.1, noting the value of the benefit and the exact period of time during which it will be granted.
|
|
(6)
|
The method of calculation of the amount the subscriber will be required to pay for a breach of the commitment, as this term is defined in section 56A.1.
|
|
(7)
|
With respect to a business subscriber – information on rate increases during the commitment period, if this possibility exists under the terms of the contract, including the date and amount of such increase.
|
|
(8)
|
Information on the balance of any payment and/or cancellation of any benefit for end-equipment that was purchased from the Licensee in a previous contract.
|
|
(9)
|
The Licensee's undertaking to pay to a subscriber of another cellular licensee who has become a subscriber of the Licensee, the payment such subscriber will be required to make to the other cellular licensee for the breach of his commitment to that cellular licensee, and the manner of spreading such payment.
|
|
In this regard, "
commitment
" – as this term is defined in section 56A.1.
|
(10)
|
The subscriber's declaration that he read the page and that it was provided to him at the time of executing the contract. The subscriber's original signature, as well as the details and original signature of the Licensee's representative who executed the contract, must be appended to the declaration, which will appear at the bottom of the Plan Summary Page.
|
(11)
|
Respecting subsection (a)(1) to (10) – "Subscriber" is any person who entered into an agreement with the Licensee for receipt of cellular mobile radio telephone services for up to twenty five telephone numbers, excluding a Pre-Paid Subscriber.
A
59
|
(a1)
A
58
|
(1)
|
A separate, printed page, on which the subscriber will be required to mark his choice as to the accessibility of any telephone number to which the contract relates, to services as set out in Appendix E2 (hereinafter –
the Access to Services Form
or
the form
)
and to sign by original signature alongside the mark and at the bottom of the form
A
59
;
The form will come after the Plan Summary Page.
|
(2)
|
A new Subscriber who did not mark his selection, blocked or open, on the form in the designated spot (hereinafter, the "Selection") and signed against the service appearing on the form as stated in item (1), or did not sign against the service, even if he marked the Selection, or did not mark the Selection and did not sign against the service, shall be blocked from receiving such service.
|
|
In this section, "
new Subscriber
" means a Subscriber who entered into an agreement with the Licensee after September 13, 2011 (14 Ellul, 5771).
A
59
|
(3)
|
|
A subscriber may request the Licensee at any time, orally or in writing, to change his choice regarding accessibility to services specified in the form (hereinafter in this section –
the subscriber's request
). A first change will be made free of charge. The Licensee will implement the subscriber's request only after it has identified the subscriber. The request must be kept available by the Licensee for playing or presenting (as the case may be) to the Director within five (5) work days from the day of request's receipt.
|
|
The subscriber's request must be implemented within one working day
A
59
from the date of the request.
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
|
(4)
|
The Licensee will include in the next telephone bill after the date of the subscriber's request a notice concerning the implementation of the request and the date of implementation. Said telephone bill must be kept available by the Licensee for presenting to the Director within five (5) work days from the day of preparation of the account.
|
|
(5)
|
The Licensee shall attach to the form two (2) immediate telephone statements sent after September 13, 2011 (14 Ellul, 5771) to a Subscriber who is not a new Subscriber
A
59
.
|
|
(6)
|
A Subscriber who is not a new Subscriber who failed to transfer to the Licensee his comments on the form by December 13, 2011 (17 Kislev, 5772) will be blocked from receiving the services set forth in section 3 of the form within seven (7) working days of the aforesaid date; Notwithstanding that stated, where a non-new subscriber has not used the services set out in Section 3 of the form starting November 1, 2011 (4 Heshvan 5772) and has not submitted to the Licensee a response to the form by December 1, 2011 (5 Kislev 5772), the Licensee may block his access to said services as of December 1, 2011 (5 Kislev 5772)
A
64
; A non-new subscriber who has submitted to the Licensee a response to the form, will have his access to services blocked or opened in accordance with his request in the form, within one workday of the request's receipt
A
62
; a Subscriber who transferred to the Licensee his comments on the form and failed to mark his Selection and signed alongside the service appearing on the form as stated in subsection (1) shall be blocked from receiving such service
A
59
.
|
|
The Licensee will notify the subscriber about the block in the next telephone bill after the block. Said telephone bill must be kept available by the Licensee for presenting to the Director within five (5) work days from when it was sent to the subscriber.
|
|
(7)
|
The Licensee will publish the form on its website, within seven (7) work days from September 13, 2011 (14 Ellul, 5771)
A
59
.
|
|
(8)
|
Respecting subsection (a1)(1) to (6) – "Subscriber" - excluding a Pre-Paid Subscriber. Notwithstanding the above, the Licensee shall block services at the request of a Pre-Paid Subscriber, to the extent that it comes from a telephone number to which the request refers, or such Subscriber presented before it the end-equipment serving the telephone number forming the subject matter of the request, or in any other manner to the Licensee's satisfaction
A
59
.
|
|
(a2)
|
Terms of the service to the subscriber, including quality measures for customer and subscriber service as detailed in section 2 in Addendum E;
|
|
(b)
|
Terms for disconnecting from the Licensee’s services or discontinuation of all service
A
58
terms;
|
|
(c)
|
Licensee’s rates for the services for which the subscriber registered, as of the day of the agreement, including the date and terms for termination of the rates program;
|
|
(d)
|
Limitation on the rate of arrears interest, linkage differences and collection expenses, as stated in section 80.3;
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
|
(e)
|
Condition for changing the rate for the service for which the subscriber registered, as stated in section 78.1;
|
|
(f)
|
The details set out in sections 61 and 61A regarding the public ombudsman and umpire.
|
|
(g)
|
Condition specifying that in case of a contradiction between the provisions relating to the rates and to the basket of services detailed in the contract, and the provisions of the license in this regard, the provisions of the license shall prevail;
|
|
(h)
|
Notice concerning the Director’s authority to instruct the Licensee to modify the contract, and a clarification that the subscriber’s engagement with the Licensee under the contract constitutes agreement to such modification.
|
55.5
A
58
|
Where a contract is executed in the presence of the Licensee's representative and the subscriber, the Licensee will act as follows:
|
(a)
|
Prior to executing the contract, the Licensee's representative will present to the person requesting to be a subscriber of the Licensee (hereinafter in this section –
the applicant
) a printed copy of the contract, and will allow him to peruse the contract.
|
(b)
|
When executing the contract, the applicant and the Licensee's representative must affix their original signature to the contract that was given to the applicant for perusal. Following such signature, the Licensee's representative will give the subscriber a copy of the contract bearing the original signatures of the Licensee's representative and the subscriber.
|
(c)
|
After that stated in subsections (a) and (b) has been done, the Licensee's representative may require the subscriber to sign an identical contract to the one signed with original signatures, by electronic means.
|
(d)
|
The Licensee must keep in its possession a signed copy of the contract. Said copy must be kept available by the Licensee for presenting to the Director within five (5) work days from the date of executing the contract.
|
(e)
|
Should the subscriber request to make a change in the terms of the contract, including a request to receive an additional service, to cancel a service or to join a service package – he will be given, at the time of the request for the change, a printed notice bearing the Licensee's name or logo, noting the details of the change that was made, its effective date and the full name of the Licensee's representative and the subscriber together with their original signatures. The signed notice must be kept available by the Licensee for presenting to the Director within five (5) work days from when the subscriber's request was implemented.
|
55.6
|
If the Licensee publishes on its website a tariff plan, including for purchases of cellular end-equipment, such publication will also contain the contract terms pertaining to that tariff plan, including the details appearing on the Plan Summary Page.
|
55.7
A
70
|
Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 55.5, the
Licensee
may have a subscriber sign an engagement agreement also through an Electronic Graphic Signature, in lieu of an original signature, and the provisions of appendix E shall apply in this regard in lieu of the provisions of Section 55.5.
|
|
For this purpose, "
Electronic Graphic Signature
" – A signature which is saved electronically as a graphic file."
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
|
55A.
A
58
|
Remote Sales Transaction
|
55A.1
|
In a remote sales transaction, as this term is defined in section 14C of the Consumer Protection Law, 5741-1981 (hereinafter –
remote sales transaction
), the Licensee will act as follows:
|
(a)
|
A document will be sent to the subscriber which includes all of the details specified in Subsection 55.4(a2) to 55.4(h), the "plan highlights sheet" and the "access to services form", checked in accordance with the subscriber's choices, as orally expressed to a representative of the license holder, or as entered upon performance of the engagement via the internet (the "
Terms and Conditions of Engagement Document
"). In a remote sale transaction made on the internet, the Terms and Conditions of Engagement Document may omit the full names and signatures of the subscriber and of the license holder's representative who performed the engagement
.
A69
|
|
The Contract Terms Document will be sent to the subscriber by regular post, or via email or fax if the subscriber gave his consent thereto. A copy of the Contract Terms Document must be kept available by the Licensee for presenting to the Director within five (5) work days from the day of executing the contract. If the Licensee sent the Contract Terms Document via email or fax, the sending confirmation must also be available for presenting to the Director within five (5) work days from when the document was sent as stated.
|
(b)
|
Should the subscriber request to make a change in any detail of the Contract Terms Document, including a request to receive a service or a service package (in this section – "change")
A
59
– the Licensee will send to the subscriber a printed notice bearing the Licensee's name or logo, noting the details of the change that was made, its effective date
,
service or service package tariff
A
59
and the full name of the Licensee's representative and the subscriber. In a remote sale transaction made via the internet, the notice will not include the name of the license holder's representative
A
69
. The notice must be dept available by the Licensee for presenting to the Director within five (5) work days from when the subscriber's request was implemented.
|
|
The notice will be sent to the subscriber by regular post, or via email or fax if the subscriber gave his consent thereto. If the Licensee sent the notice via email or fax, the sending confirmation must also be available for presenting to the Director within five (5) work days from when the notice was sent as stated.
|
(c)
|
Notwithstanding the above, where a Subscriber requested to make a change which does not involve an extension of the term of undertaking of the Subscriber or the creation of such a term, the Licensee shall include in the immediate telephone statement to the date of the request a notice in which the particulars specified in subsection (b) shall be noted, except for the name of the Licensee's representative. For the purpose of this subsection, "undertaking" is within the meaning in section 56.1A of the License.
|
55A.2
|
A
69
The license holder may perform a remote sale transaction via the internet, provided that all of the following conditions are fulfilled:
|
|
(a)
|
The license holder's website shall clearly include all of the details specified in Subsection 55.4(a2) to 55.4(h), as well as the "plan highlights sheet" and the "access to services form".
|
|
(b)
|
The subscriber has declared, by checking the appropriate box on thewebsite, that he has read the information included in the "plan highlights sheet.
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
56.1
|
The Director may instruct the Licensee to modify the contract, after giving the Licensee sufficient opportunity to present its case.
|
56.2
|
If the contract was amended pursuant to the Director’s instructions or pursuant to a decision of the Standard Contracts Court, in the event that the contract was submitted for its approval, the engagement between the Licensee and the subscriber will be in accordance with the amended contract, as from the date of the amendment.
|
56.3
|
The provisions of section 55 shall apply,
mutatis mutandis,
to an amendment of the wording of the contract by the Licensee.
|
56A.
T
47)
|
Period of Commitment under a Contract
|
56A.1
|
Where the Licensee entered with a subscriber who is not a business subscriber into a contract that includes a commitment, the period of the commitment may not exceed eighteen (18) months.
|
|
In this regard,
"commitment,"
– the subscriber's commitment to comply with conditions relating to the scope of consumption of services, the amount of the payment or the payment terms, during a defined period, where noncompliance with such conditions during such period entails a payment, including the return of a benefit or an exit fee.
|
56A.2
|
Where the Licensee proposed to a subscriber who is not a business subscriber to enter into a contract that includes a commitment, the Licensee will present to such subscriber a proposal to enter into a contract that does not include a commitment, as a reasonable alternative to contracts that include a commitment. In this regard, a contract containing a "prepaid" plan will not be deemed a reasonable alternative to a plan that includes a commitment. The Licensee will publish on its website the contract that does not include a commitment, including the Plan Summary Page of such contract
A
58
.
|
56A.3
|
If the Director finds that the Licensee has violated Section 56A.2, he may direct the Licensee to modify conditions in a contract that does not include a commitment, without thereby derogating from any other power established in the License or in any law. In this regard, the Director will consider,
inter alia,
the number of subscribers of the Licensee who are signed on contracts that do not include a commitment.
|
57.
A43)
|
Void.
|
58.
A43)
|
Void.
|
59.1
|
If the Licensee has met the terms for operating a Cellular System as stated in Section 44.2, the Licensee will connect any applicant to the cellular network no later than the date set in the contract with the subscriber, unless the Director has authorized the Licensee not to connect the applicant, under circumstances he deems justified.
A2)
|
59.2
|
The Licensee may not stipulate the connection of an applicant on unreasonable, discriminatory or unfair terms, and without derogating from the generality of the foregoing:
|
|
The Licensee may not require a subscriber to purchase end-user equipment from it or from its designee;
|
|
The Licensee may not require the subscriber to receive maintenance services from it for the end-user equipment in the subscriber's possession;
|
|
The Licensee may not stipulate or condition cellular services, service conditions or a rate on the purchase of cellular end-user equipment from it or from any other.
|
60.1
|
The Licensee will put at the disposal of its subscribers all the services detailed in the First Schedule, in accordance with the terms detailed in the schedule, and will maintain all its services all year round, around the clock, both in times of calm and in times of an emergency, subject to Section 48, in accordance with the technical requirements and service quality requirements, in a proper and regular fashion, and of a quality no lower than that indicated by the service quality indexes specified in the first schedule to the license and in Addendum E to the Second Schedule to the license. In the event of a contradiction between the First Schedule and Addendum E to the license's Second Schedule, the provisions of Addendum E to the Second Schedule will prevail.
|
60.2
|
Without derogating from that stated in Section 75.3, the Licensee will provide cellular services and a service package, as this term is defined in Section 73A, to every applicant, under equal and non-discriminatory terms and at a non-discriminatory rate.
|
60.3
|
If the Director has found that the service package is liable to harm competition or the consumers, he will notify the Licensee thereof, indicating the date by which the Licensee must stop offering its subscribers the service package.
|
60.4
|
If the Licensee provides any cellular service to any person or organization, for payment, the service must be available to any subscriber throughout the network coverage area, complying with the minimal requirements as regards service quality, without discrimination, within 24 months of the date of commencing provision of the service for payment.
|
60.5
|
The Director may, at the written request of the Licensee, allow the Licensee limitations on the provision of Section 60.4, after being convinced that there is a real difficulty in providing the service to anyone that requests it, and that the specific features of the service possess a unique and exceptional flavor justifying this.
|
60.6
A43)
|
(a)
A
58
|
The Licensee may not provide, with or without consideration, any of its services not explicitly requested by the subscriber, except for a service given free of charge to all the subscribers, and it may not allow the provision of a service of a service provider not explicitly requested by the subscriber.
|
|
For purposes of this section, “service provider” – anyone providing a service through the network, for which payment is made by means of the telephone bill.
|
|
(b)
|
A
58
An explicit request may be made in one of the following ways:
|
|
(1)
|
By a document signed by the subscriber and sent to the Licensee;
|
|
(2)
|
By an email message sent by the subscriber to the Licensee;
|
|
(3)
|
In a phone call between the subscriber and the Licensee's representative;
|
|
(4)
|
By an SMS message sent from the subscriber to the Licensee;
|
|
(5)
|
By ordering a service on the website of the Licensee or a service provider. Ordering of the service shall be done in accordance with the provisions of Appendix F to the License.
A
61
|
|
(c)
|
The Licensee will keep documentation on the subscriber's explicit request throughout the subscriber's commitment period, and where the subscriber is not in a commitment period, during the last eighteen (18) months at least, and also during a year after the date of sending the final bill to the subscriber, as stated in section 2.3(c)(2) in Appendix E.
A
61
The documentation must be kept available by the Licensee for presenting to the Director within five (5) work days from the day of the subscriber's explicit request.
|
|
In this regard – "
documentation
":
|
|
For purposes of subsection (b)(1) – a copy of the document;
|
|
For purposes of subsection (b)(2) – a printout of the email message;
|
|
For purposes of subsection (b)(3) – a recording of the phone call;
|
|
For purposes of subjection (b)(4) – a copy of the subscriber's telephone bill in which the details of the SMS sent by the subscriber appear in the "itemized list of calls."
|
|
For purposes of subsection (b)(5) – for purposes of subsection (b)(5) – a log printout from the Licensee's short message service center (SMSC
1
), detailing the fact of the sending of the two SMS messages from the Licensee to the subscriber during the service ordering process. If the service was ordered on the Licensee's website or on its cellular portal by means of a user code and password as stated in section 1.3 in Appendix F to the License – a log printout from the SMSC testifying to the execution of the service ordering process, and a log printout of the log-in of the user code and password by the subscriber
A
61
.
|
|
A memorandum entered by the Licensee's representative in the Licensee's information systems does not constitute documentation.
|
60.7
A
63
|
Without derogating from that stated in section 26.3, the Licensee may not discontinue the provision of cellular services through a system that has become technologically obsolete, until after that stated in Appendix K-1 is fulfilled.
|
60.7
A
58
|
The Licensee may not collect payment from a subscriber for a service, unless it has documentation on the subscriber's explicit request to receive the service.
|
60.8
A
58
|
A subscriber who was debited for a service and notifies the Licensee that he did not request to receive the service, will be refunded the full amount collected from him as payment for the service, where the Licensee has no documentation on the subscriber's explicit request to receive the service. The subscriber's contestations and the refund will be handled in accordance with the provisions on "excess charges" in section 83A of the License.
|
61.1
|
The Licensee will appoint a person to handle complaints of the public (
“the Ombudsman”
), having the following responsibilities:
|
|
(a)
|
Clarifying subscribers’ complaints in connection with the Licensee’s services, including the complaint of someone applying to receive a service.
|
|
(b)
|
Clarifying subscribers’ complaints in connection with bills that were submitted by the Licensee, and deciding in regard thereto.
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
|
The Public Ombudsman will respond in writing to complaints as stated that were submitted in writing.
|
|
The Licensee will keep a copy of the complaint and of the written response that was sent to the subscriber. Said copies must be kept available by the Licensee for presenting to the Director within five (5) work days from the day of sending the response
A
58
.
|
61.2
|
The Public Ombudsman will act according to a policy to be set by the Licensee’s management.
|
61.3
|
The Licensee will render the Public Ombudsman all the assistance required by him for filling his function.
|
61.4
|
The Licensee will notify every subscriber regarding the possibility of submitting a complaint to the Public Ombudsman, the powers of the Public Ombudsman and the ways of applying to him. The contents of this sub-section shall be included in the contract, in the bill sent to the subscriber and on the Licensee’s website.
|
61A.1
|
The contract will stipulate that any disagreements arising between the Licensee and a subscriber in connection with the interpretation or performance of the contract, shall be submitted for clarification to the Licensee’s Public Ombudsman.
|
61A.2
|
The contract will specify that an application to the Public Ombudsman under section 61A.1 shall not:
|
|
(a)
|
Prevent the subscriber
a priori
from bringing his case before a competent court;
|
|
(b)
|
Derogate from the Licensee’s authority to act in accordance with the provisions of section 72 regarding the discontinuation of all service
A
58
or disconnection of a service owing to a breach of the contract.
|
62.1
|
The Licensee is responsible for the maintenance of the Cellular System.
|
62.2
|
If a subscriber purchased cellular end-user equipment from the Licensee or from its designee, and the purchase agreement included maintenance services, the Licensee
A43)
will be responsible for the maintenance of said purchased end-user equipment, however the Licensee
A43)
will not be responsible for the maintenance of said purchased end-user equipment beyond the maintenance period undertaken by the manufacturer, unless agreed otherwise between it and the subscriber.
A2)
|
|
If, in order to receive cellular services, the subscriber used cellular end-user equipment not purchased from the Licensee or from its designee, the Licensee is not obligated to look out for the maintenance of this end-user equipment, but may enter into an agreement with the subscriber for providing maintenance services also for said equipment.
|
63.
A
56
|
Call Center
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
|
63.1
|
The Licensee will operate a manned call center for receiving calls of its subscribers. The Licensee will also operate additional means that allow its subscribers to turn to it for information and inquiries, all as set forth in Appendix E to the License.
|
|
63.2
|
The call center will be manned by skilled and professional personnel, having the appropriate competence for handling calls, and if a complaint has been received regarding a malfunction that led to termination of all cellular services to a subscriber, said personnel will act immediately to localize the malfunction and start taking steps to immediately correct it.
|
|
63.3
|
The Licensee will specify in the maintenance log the details of the malfunction, as stated in section 63.2, and the steps taken to correct it, all as stated in section 51
|
|
The Licensee may sell or rent out to its subscribers cellular end-user equipment for the purpose of linkup to the Cellular System, provided it complies with the following:
|
|
The Licensee has notified the subscriber that he may purchase cellular end-user equipment from any licensed marketer and that he does not have to buy the equipment from the Licensee in order to receive cellular services;
|
|
The Licensee will not stipulate the provision of maintenance services for cellular end-user equipment on the very receipt of cellular services from the Licensee, and will notify the subscriber that he may receive maintenance service for end-user equipment, from any person, including the end-user equipment purchased or rented from the Licensee.
|
64A.
T
53
|
Grant of Benefit to Subscriber
|
64A.1
T
53
|
The licensee shall not create any link between any benefit whatsoever for mobile radio-telephone services it granted to a subscriber, including any credit, discount, special tariff program, basket of services etc. (hereinafter referred to in this section as “
Benefit
”) and the fact that the mobile radio-telephone terminal equipment in the subscriber’s possession was purchased, hired or received from the licensee or any other marketer on its behalf. As part of this, the licensee shall offer an identical Benefit to that offered by it at the time the subscriber receives, purchases or hires from it a specific model of mobile radio-telephone terminal equipment for each subscriber using mobile radio-telephone terminal equipment with similar characteristics to the aforesaid model and which shall be granted to the subscriber in the course of a period of not less than the period in which a monetary credit was granted to the subscriber purchasing terminal equipment from the licensee, pursuant to the following rules:
|
|
(a)
|
To the extent that the model of the terminal equipment in the subscriber’s possession is identical to the model marketed by the licensee at the time the subscriber approaches the licensee, the licensee shall offer the subscriber an identical Benefit to that granted by it to any person purchasing from it the aforesaid model, in reliance on the confirmation of purchase presented to it by the subscriber;
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
|
|
(b)
|
To the extent that the model of the terminal equipment in the subscriber’s possession is not marketed by the licensee at the time the subscriber approaches the licensee, the licensee shall grant the subscriber a Benefit according to the terminal equipment classification determined in advance by the licensee and in reliance on the confirmation of purchase presented to it by the subscriber;
|
|
(c)
|
At the time of calculating the period in which the Benefit will be granted under subsections (a) or (b), the licensee may take into account the date on which the terminal equipment was purchased by the subscriber, as appears in the confirmation of purchase.
|
64A.2
T
53
|
The licensee shall present updated information on its website about the terminal equipment classification made by it.”
|
65.1
A21)
|
The Licensee will enable, anytime and at no charge, for all its subscribers, free and rapid access to public emergency services such as: Magen David Adom, the Israel Police and the Fire Station.
|
65.2
A42)
|
Starting from April 5, 2007 (“the inception day”) the Licensee will enable the call centers of the public emergency systems
b
to identify the telephone number of a subscriber calling them
c
, anytime and at no charge, including a subscriber with a confidential telephone number, a subscriber who blocked his number before the call and a subscriber calling from a private exchange.
|
|
The Licensee may do the aforesaid through a licensee that routes the call to the public emergency system.
|
|
Not later than two days before the inception day
A44)
the Licensee will notify all its subscribers, clearly, in writing, that starting from the inception day it will be possible for the call centers of the public emergency systems to identify the subscriber’s telephone number, and it will notify in writing any subscriber requesting a “confidential number” – that the number is not confidential with respect to calls to the call centers of the public emergency systems.
|
|
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
65.1A
|
Notwithstanding that stated in Section 65.1, the Licensee will block a nuisance subscriber's access to the public emergency service. If blockage of public emergency service alone is not technically possible, then the Licensee will block the nuisance subscriber's access to all the cellular services. As regards this section, a "
nuisance subscriber
" denotes a subscriber who has contacted a certain emergency center, for no justifiable reason, more than 10 times during one whole day, using the end-user equipment in his possession.
|
65.2A
|
A notice regarding a nuisance subscriber will be submitted in writing to the Licensee by a senior employee in the public emergency service (hereinafter – the employee) and will be corroborated by an affidavit signed by the employee (hereinafter – the complaint). The complaint will include, inter alia, the name of the nuisance subscriber, his telephone number, insofar as these are known to the complainant, as well as a specification of the contact times of the nuisance subscriber, and the content of the call showing that the contact was made without any justifiable reason. If the complaint does not include the telephone number of the nuisance subscriber, the Licensee will act in a reasonable fashion, to identify the nuisance subscriber based on the data provided in the complaint.
|
65.3A
|
The Licensee will block the nuisance subscriber's access to the emergency service as stated in Section 65.1A, after giving the nuisance subscriber advance warning. The notice will be given 3 workdays before the date of service blockage, in one of the following ways:
|
|
A.
|
A phone call from a service center of the Licensee to the cellphone end-equipment of the subscriber;
|
|
B.
|
An SMS message sent to the cellphone end-equipment of the subscriber;
|
|
C.
|
Delivery of a registered letter to the subscriber, except for one who is a prepaid subscriber and his address is unknown.
|
65.4A
|
Blockage of service to a nuisance subscriber who is a prepaid subscriber whose address is unknown will be done no later than one full day from the time of receiving a complaint or identification as stated in Section 65.2A.
|
65.5A
|
Notwithstanding that stated in Section 65.1A, the Licensee will not block the public emergency service to a subscriber, if the circumstances of contacting, as these emerge from the explanation given by the subscriber to the Licensee, show that the contacting was justified and that he should not be deemed a nuisance subscriber. The Licensee will forward to the Director, within 10 workdays from the date of receiving the complaint or the identification as stated in Section 65.2A, the arguments for not blocking the nuisance subscriber.
|
65.6A
|
In the event it blocked the nuisance subscriber's access to emergency calls, the Licensee may collect from the subscriber all his debts, and may also collect payment from him for removing the block.
|
65.7A
|
The Licensee may remove the block once the nuisance subscriber has given it a written undertaking not to repeat his nuisance calls in the future.
|
65.8A
|
The Licensee will keep records of how the nuisance subscriber was identified, how the notice was given to the nuisance subscriber, or, alternatively, in a case where a notice was not given the nuisance subscriber, the reasoning for not giving the notice. Likewise, a record will be kept concerning the removal of the block.
|
65.9A
|
The Licensee will specify, in the framework of the nuisance subscribers report as stated in Section 104(B)
A43)
, the number of nuisance subscribers whose access to the public emergency service or to all the cellular services was blocked under this section, and the subscribers for whom said block was removed, as well as the number of subscribers that were not blocked under this section and the reasons for this.
|
65.1B
|
The license holder will
provide
a personal message service (in this section: the “
Service
”), at any time and free of charge, to all of its subscribers, including to subscribers of another license holder, owners of end equipment which supports the Service (in this section: “
Subscribers
”), and in accordance with the “personal message” service file.
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
65.2B
|
For the purpose of performance of the provisions of Section 65.1B, the license holder shall act as stated in the First Schedule and in the service file regarding this Service and as follows:
|
(a)
|
Adaptation of the network and its components so as to support the provision of a personal message service, with the exception of the network components operating with iDEN or CDMA technology;
|
(b)
|
Assistance and allocation of resources for the performance of work to connect the Defense Agencies’ personal message system to the network;
|
(c)
|
Operation and maintenance of the components of the Service on the network, according to written instructions that shall be presented to the Defense Agencies; without derogating from the aforesaid, the Defense Agencies may instruct the license holder to modify such instructions, but the same does not derogate from the license holder’s responsibility for the repair and connection of the network;
|
(d)
|
Performance of technical trials to examine the integration between the system and the network and carrying out drills of the operation of the network and the system, in accordance with the instructions of the Ministry and the Defense Agencies.
|
65.3B
|
The license holder shall report to the Defense Agencies on any gap in the capability to provide the Service, and will act to restore capability as soon as possible, in accordance with written operation procedures that shall be formulated thereby and presented to the Defense Agencies.
|
65.4B
|
The license holder shall notify the Defense Agencies in advance of any change in the network which may affect availability to provide the Service.
|
65.5B
|
The license holder shall not make commercial use of the CB function without the Defense Agencies’ knowledge, at least 30 days in advance before operation of the Service, and the Defense Agencies may notify it, in writing, within 15 days, of its objection to provision of the Service or conditions to provision of the Service as aforesaid, in which case, the license holder will not operate the Service, or may operate the same only according to the conditions determined by the Defense Agencies, as the case may be.
|
(a)
|
By written information on the company’s website;
|
(b)
|
By direct marketing to subscribers through the monthly invoice upon the launch of the Service;
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
(c)
|
By responding to subscribers’ requests to select the definitions required in his cellular end equipment. With respect to cellular end equipment models which were not marketed by the license holder, the license holder will make a reasonable effort to provide a solution for such subscribers;
|
(d)
|
The license holder will allow the Defense Agencies to make reasonable use of its existing distribution channels for the purpose of informing the subscribers of the Service.
|
66.1
|
Without derogating from the provisions of the Law, The Wiretapping Law, 1979, The Privacy Protection Law, 1981, or any other law concerning the safeguarding of an individual's privacy, the Licensee may not wiretap the telephone or any other communication of the subscriber without the written permission of the subscriber, except for the purpose of controlling the quality and standard of the service or for preventing frauds.
|
66.2
|
Subject to that stated in Section 66A, the Licensee, its workers, agents and designees may not disclose lists or documents containing the name and address of a subscriber or any other information pertaining to him, including account details, phone call traffic, call durations and destinations, to any person whatsoever except to the subscriber or to anyone empowered by the subscriber for this purpose.
|
66.3
|
Notwithstanding that stated in Section 66.2, the Licensee may do the following:
|
|
(A)
|
To give the subscriber's details to another licensee for the purpose of collecting monies owed him by the subscriber in respect of services it provided him through the network, provided that the information relayed is necessary fro collecting monies and preparing bills, and the other licensee has undertaken to safeguard the subscribers' privacy;
|
|
(B)
|
To transfer a subscribers' details to another, insofar as the particulars are in its possession, by lawful authority.
|
|
(A)
|
The Licensee will provide special services to the security forces as detailed in the classified security addendum attached to the license as Addendum I and in the classified security addendum attached to the license as Addendum L
A12)
.
|
|
(A1)
A12)
The Licensee will enable the security forces, regarding which the Director informed in writing, to realize, subject to any law, their powers with respect to any telecommunications activity in the framework of the license, and will be responsible for the maintenance, proper functioning, and technological adaptation of the equipment and infrastructure required for realizing said execution capability, all in coordination with the security forces, as detailed in Addenda I and L. The security forces will bear the payment under the provisions of Section 13 of the Law.
|
|
(B)
|
The Licensee will see to it that Addenda I and L are guarded
A12)
in accordance with the provisions of the procedure for safeguarding records to be laid down by the Licensee in conjunction with the security officer of the "General Security Service."
|
|
(C)
|
The Licensee will be exempt from the duty of indemnification toward the State, by virtue of the provisions of Section 91.2 of the general license and/or by virtue of any law, in respect of the very execution of the special services for the security forces.
|
|
(A)
|
The Licensee will appoint a security supervisor in accordance with the provisions of the Security Arrangement in Public Bodies Law, 1998, and rigorously follow the security provisions detailed in the Addendum M to the license.
|
|
(B)
|
The Licensee will establish appropriate provisions in the incorporation documents and in its regulations, and will act in such manner so that only a person who meets the conditions set out below will be appointed and serve in a position or function enumerated in Addendum M to the license:
|
|
(1)
|
An Israeli citizen, as this term is defined in the Citizenship Law, 1952, and a resident of Israel;
|
|
(2)
|
Was given security clearance by the General Security Service, by which there is no prevention to his serving as stated.
|
|
(C)
|
The Licensee will act to safeguard the secrecy of the security forces' operations, and act according to the security directives of those same security forces, including in the matter of the appropriate security classification for officers and holders of important functions working for the Licensee, and compartmentalization of knowledge pertaining to activities involving the security forces.
|
|
(D)
|
The Licensee will take the measures necessary to protect the network, its components and the databases used for providing services, and for operating and controlling the network in the face of activities carried out by unauthorized entities, according to the provisions detailed in Addendum M to the license.
|
67.1
A16)
|
A bill that the Licensee submits to the subscriber should be clear, succinct, readable and understandable. The bill should contain an accurate breakdown of the components of the payment required according to the types of payments and the rules specified in Chapter F.
|
67.2
|
Void
A
58
.
|
67.3
|
The Licensee may collect payments for his services from the subscriber through another, including through Bezeq.
|
67.4
A34)
|
(A)
|
Without derogating from the rest of the license provisions pertaining to the manner of preparing the bill for the subscriber and to the manner of debiting, the Licensee will act in compliance with Israel Standard 5262, concerning debiting credibility and due disclosure in telephone bills (hereinafter – "the Standard").
|
|
(B)
|
Subsection (A) constitutes a "service condition," as concerns Section 37B(a)(1) of the Law.
|
|
(C)
|
Notwithstanding that stated in subsection (A) -
|
|
(1)
|
Regarding the provision in Section 2.2.2 of the Standard, the rounding off method will apply as follows:
|
|
(a)
|
An amount in the bill will be rounded off to the nearest amount ending in two digits after the decimal point of the shekel, with an amount ending in five tenths of an agora (three digits after the decimal point) to be rounded up.
|
|
(b)
|
An amount to be paid for a single call will be rounded off to the nearest amount ending in three digits after the decimal point of the shekel, with an amount ending in five hundredths of an agora (four digits after the decimal point) to be rounded up.
|
|
(2)
|
The Licensee may present any amount included in the bill with a breakdown exceeding that required by the provision in Section 2.2.2 of the Standard, provided the rounding off method stated in Subsection (C)(1) above will apply thereto.
|
|
(3)
|
The price of a phone call (voice) that includes a changing rate, will be presented in the bill submitted to the subscriber as an average price per minute, computed by dividing the payment amount for that same call by the its total number of minutes.
|
|
In this paragraph, "changing rate" denotes a rate that varies in the course of the call according to various criteria, such as a rate that diminishes with increasing consumption, or a rate that varies due to a transition from a "peak period" to a "slack period" in the course of the call or vice versa.
|
|
(4)
|
In addition to that stated in the provision of the last part of Section 2.2.4 of the Standard regarding service packages, the bill will contain a breakdown of the services included in the package, along with the overall rate paid for the package as a whole.
|
|
In this paragraph, "service package" denotes several services marketed to the subscriber as a single package, in return for an overall rate (and without a breakdown of the payment for each component separately).
|
|
(D)
|
(1)
|
Chapter B in the Standard concerning due disclosure in telephone bills will come into effect no later than Friday, October 14, 2005.
|
(2)
|
Chapter C in the Standard regarding debiting credibility will come into effect no later than Sunday, January 14, 2006.
|
67.5
T
52
|
A bill submitted to a private subscriber shall also be drawn up according to the provisions of Appendix E 1 (hereinafter referred to in this section as the “
Private Subscriber Billing Format
”).
|
67A.5
A
58
|
A bill submitted to a business subscriber will include the same details as in subsections 9b(1) to 9b(4) in Appendix E1 to the License.
|
|
In this section,
'business subscriber
' – excluding the subscribers specified in subsections (b) and (d) of the definition of 'business subscriber' in section 1 of the License.
|
|
A business subscriber may request that the licensee furnish him with a telephone bill in Private Subscriber Billing Format (hereinafter referred to in this section as a “
Request
”). Where a subscriber has requested as aforesaid, the licensee shall begin to send him the bill according to the aforesaid format by no later than the expiration of two billing periods after the date of the Request. The licensee shall publish once every six months a notice in the telephone bill submitted to the business subscriber according to which the business subscriber may demand that the licensee draw up the telephone bill submitted to him according to the Private Subscriber Billing Format. A business subscriber may also request from the Licensee a written explanation regarding the method of calculating a 'onetime debit.' The Licensee will submit to the business subscriber such written explanation regarding a 'onetime debit' within thirty (30) days from when the subscriber submitted a request in the matter to the customer service center or to the public ombudsman
A
58
.
|
|
The bill shall be sent to the address registered at the licensee or any other address delivered by the subscriber to the licensee or by any other means, if the subscriber has granted his express prior consent thereto; the licensee may demand any payment whatsoever for the issue and mailing of the bill to the subscriber. The licensee may demand reasonable payment for “Call Details” sent to the subscriber at his demand.”
|
67.8
A
58
|
If the payment specified in the telephone bill is made by standing order or credit card, the payment will not be executed before the expiry of
eight (8)
A
59
days from the day on which the telephone bill was sent to the subscriber.
|
67.1A
|
Without derogating from the provisions of Section 66, the Licensee will provide, by itself or through another on its behalf, an information service for clarifying the telephone number of anyone who is a subscriber of a NDO or of a Cellular System operator, excluding an ID-restricted subscriber (hereinafter – "information service"), as follows:
|
(A)
|
For the general public and at no charge, via a website through which the service will be provided;
|
|
(B)
|
For its subscribers, at a reasonable price, via a phone center, the access to which will be effected by means of a network access code set by the Director;
|
|
(C)
|
The information service will be given through each of the aforesaid means based on the same information characteristics to be provided by the subscriber applying to receive the service.
|
67.2A
|
Without derogating from that stated in Section 67.1A, the Licensee will provide to the general public and at no charge, by itself or through another, an information service for clarifying the telephone number of any subscriber, excluding an ID-restricted subscriber, via a phone center, the access to which will be effected by means of a national access code set by the Director.
|
67.3A
|
In addition to that stated in Sections 67.1A and 67.2A, the Licensee may offer, at a reasonable price, by itself or through another on its behalf, an information service, by any other means, including by means of a national access code or by means of an SMS.
|
67.4A
|
In order to execute that stated in Subsections 67.1A and 67.3A:
|
|
(A)
|
The Licensee may send a query on its behalf to any database of a NDO or cellular system operator (hereinafter – "another licensee"), or to receive information from the database of another licensee by any other method and with the consent of the other licensee, all subject to the duty of safeguarding the subscriber's privacy;
|
|
(B)
|
In order for an information service to be provided by another licensee under its general license, the Licensee will enable any other licensee access to the Licensee's database;
|
|
(C)
|
The Licensee will update the database on a regular basis, so that each name, address or telephone number of a subscriber that was added, altered or removed, will be updated in the database within one workday following execution of the update in the Licensee's system being used to provide telephony services.
|
|
"Database" denotes a collection of data including the name, address and telephone number of any subscriber that is not ID-restricted, including a subscriber that is a business.
|
67.5A
|
(A)
|
The Licensee will request the consent of each new subscriber for including his details in the database. If the subscriber gives his consent, the Licensee will include his details in the database.
|
|
(B)
|
The Licensee will grant the first request of any subscriber who wishes to remain ID-restricted, free of charge.
|
|
In this subsection, a "new subscriber" denotes a subscriber who has signed a contract with the Licensee after the commencement date as stated in Section 67.7A.
|
67.6A
|
(A)
|
The terms for providing an information service for clarifying telephone numbers, given under Section 67A, will be established by the Licensee, provided they are fair and non-discriminatory, including as regards the order of the data presented to the user of the service. The service will be given twenty four (24) hours a day, all year round, except for Yom Kippur. In this subsection, "order of the data presented" – Insofar as the answer to the service user's query comprises several different data, the requested data will be presented to the service user in random order.
|
|
(B)
|
The response in respect of the information service for clarifying telephone numbers as stated in Section 67.2A will be given within a reasonable time. If the Director sees that the waiting times for the service are not reasonable, he may establish response time indexes.
|
|
(C)
|
An information service for clarifying telephone numbers as stated in Section 67.1A(B) and an information service using a phone center, the access to which is effected by means of a national access code as stated in Section 67.3A, will comply with the service indexes specified below:
|
|
(1)
|
At any time, in the event of a heavy service call load
6
, the number of inquirers receiving service should not be less than 90%;
|
|
(2)
|
The average waiting period of a caller until the start of receiving service
7
should not exceed 30 seconds;
|
|
(3)
|
The maximum waiting period for a caller until the start of receiving the service should not exceed 60 seconds.
|
67.7A
|
Section 67A will go into effect on February 8, 2007, except for Subsection 67.1A(a), which will go into effect on March 15, 2007 (“the commencement date”), and except for Section 67.2A
A45)
, which will go into effect at the time of signing this amendment.
|
67.8A
|
The Licensee, by itself or through another, including together with another licensee, will advertise all the information services for clarifying telephone numbers given free of charge by the Licensee, as well as the national access codes allocated to the cellular service licensees for providing the service ("free information services"). The advertising should include at least the following:
|
|
(A)
|
The Licensee's website;
|
|
(B)
|
At least once every half year, the Licensee will attach, in the framework of the bill submitted to the subscriber, a separate information sheet
A43)
regarding the free information services, which will not include any other information, starting from the first bill submitted to the subscriber following the commencement date.
|
|
(C)
|
At least four (4) times during the first year following the commencement date, the Licensee will run large, prominent ads in at least the 3 largest Hebrew language newspapers, and in the largest newspaper in Arabic, in English and in Russian, as well as in the largest economic newspaper. These ads will include no other information. The first ad in all the aforesaid newspapers, except for the economic newspaper, will be on the first Friday after the commencement date or on the following one, and in the economic newspaper it will run on the first Tuesday after the commencement date or on the following one, regarding the free information services.
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
67C.1
|
If the Licensee wishes to operate a service included in the list of services in the First Schedule and marked “future”, it must notify the Director of this in writing not later than thirty (30) days before the date on which it plans to begin providing the service.
|
67C.2
|
If the Licensee wishes to operate a service not included in the list of services in the First Schedule which it intends to provide to any recipient of its services, it must notify the Director of this in writing not later than thirty (30) days before the intended date for commencement of provision of the new service.
|
67C.3
|
The Director will notify the Licensee within thirty (30) days of the date of receipt of the Licensee’s notice as stated in sections 67C.1 and 67C.2, whether it is allowed to commence provision of the service or whether it must submit a service dossier for the Director’s approval, as a condition for commencement of the service.
|
67C.4
|
The Licensee will submit a service dossier for the Director’s approval, at his request; If the Licensee fails to submit a service dossier as instructed by the Director, or if the Director does not approve the service dossier, the Licensee shall not commence provision of the service.
|
67C.5
|
The Director will give a decision regarding the service dossier that was submitted to him within sixty (60) days from when the Licensee has submitted to the Director all the documents and information requested by him for the purpose of approving the service dossier. In special cases, the Director may extend the times set in this section, by a written, explanatory notice to be given to the Licensee.
|
67C.6
|
The Director may require the Licensee to submit for his approval a service dossier for an existing service regarding which no service dossier was previously required, and he may require the Licensee to submit for his approval a new service dossier for a service regarding which a service dossier was approved in the past.
|
67C.7
|
The service dossier will be submitted to the Director in the format and at the time specified by the Director and will include,
inter alia,
the following: the name of the service; a detailed description of the service and the manner in which it is provided; the service rate, and an engineering description, all as set out in the First Schedule; The Director may give instructions on additional matters which are to be included in the service dossier.
|
67C.8
|
If the service dossier is approved, the Licensee will provide the service according to the terms of the approved dossier, and the approved service dossier will be deemed an integral part of the license.
|
67C.9
|
The Licensee will advertise an approved service dossier, with details and in the manner specified by the Director, and the Director may advertise it himself, provided he does not do so until after the Licensee has begun providing the service. The advertising will not include information comprising a trade secret, which was identified as such by the Licensee and attached to the service dossier as a separate addendum marked as a trade secret.
|
67C.10
|
Any new service which the Licensee begins to provide pursuant to this section will be deemed a part of the First Schedule; The Director will update the First Schedule from time to time.
|
67C.11
|
The provisions of this section will apply,
mutatis mutandis,
to a trial using the Licensee’s network.
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
|
An erotic service provided through the network, will be provided in accordance with the provisions of Addendum O in the Second Schedule.
|
|
As regards this section –
|
|
"Erotic service" – as defined in Section 1 of Addendum O in the Second Schedule.
|
67.1D1
|
The license holder may provide premium services in one of the following two ways:
|
(1)
|
A premium service, the payment for
which
is charged according to a premium tariff and is collected through the telephone bill, shall be provided according to the provisions of Annex P;
|
(2)
|
A premium service, the payment for which is charged according to a regular tariff (in this subsection: the “
Service
”), will be provided as follows:
|
(a)
|
As an inter-network service through a network access code;
|
(b)
|
By dialing a landline number, access to which will be enabled for every subscriber of a general license holder's subscriber.
|
|
67E.1
|
The Licensee provide by means of its network to a roaming licensee a domestic roaming service for the subscribers of the roaming to the network of the host operator, as set forth below.
|
|
67E.2
|
Licensee's preparations
|
(a)
|
The provisions of Appendix C, in the Second Schedule.
|
|
(b)
|
The provisions of the Law and the License concerning provision of the possibility of utilization of its network, and specifically sections 30 to 30C of the License,
mutatis mutandis
.
|
|
67E.3
|
Operating arrangement
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
|
(a)
|
If a roaming licensee notifies the Licensee, after notifying the Minister of its failure to reach agreement with any existing licensees on the conditions for the provision of roaming services as stated in section 5B(b)(1) of the Law, that it has chosen the Licensee for the receipt of domestic roaming services (in this subsection "
notice
"), the Licensee and the roaming operator shall forward to the Director the engineering and operating details agreed between them with respect to the implementation of domestic roaming ("
operating arrangement
"), within three months from the date of sending of the notice. In addition, said operators shall include engineering or operating details as required for maintaining domestic roaming, which were not included in the operating arrangement due to disagreements, should any arise.
|
|
(b)
|
Matters in disagreement as stated in paragraph (a) above, should there be any, shall be decided by the Director. The Director's instructions in this regard shall form an integral part of the operating arrangement.
|
|
67E.4
|
Starting date for implementation of domestic roaming
|
|
(a)
|
The license holder will explain to him how he is able to choose, manually, through the terminal equipment in his possession, the mobile phone network from which he shall receive the Service;
|
|
(b)
|
The license holder will allow the subscriber to choose whether to block access to receipt of a data communications service through a mobile phone network of a neighboring country.
|
|
67F.3
|
In this section,
|
"
Neighboring Country
" -
|
Jordan and Egypt;
|
"
Proper Call
" -
|
A call made according to the minimum reception definitions set forth in international standards according to which the network operates.
|
67G.
A
67
|
Offensive content and sites
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
|
67G.1
|
The license holder will notify its subscribers of offensive sites and offensive content, as defined in Section 4.i of the law, as stated in Section 4.i(b)(1) of the law; such notice shall be given in the manner set forth in Section 4.i(c) of the law.
|
|
67G.2
|
The license holder will notify its subscribers of the existence of content on the internet which is inappropriate for children and youth (for example pornographic sites), and will include a specification of the ways in which the access of children and youth to such content may be blocked; such notice shall be given in all of the ways listed in Section 4.i(c) of the law.
|
67G.3
|
The license holder will offer its subscribers, in all of the ways listed in Section 4.i(c) of the law, an effective service to filter offensive sites and offensive content, for no charge additional to the payment it collects from him for the internet access service, all as stated in Section 4.i(d) of the law, provided that such service shall be based on an analysis of the information and not according to a "black list" of sites only.
|
|
In this part –
|
|
'
Disconnection of service
' – Temporary discontinuation of cellular system service to a subscriber;
|
|
'
Termination
of all service
' – Full termination of all the Licensee's services to the subscriber
A
58
;
|
|
'
Termination of a service
' – Full termination of one of the Licensee's services to the subscriber
A
58
.
|
|
The Licensee may not terminate or disconnect cellular system services and other services, which the Licensee must provide under this license, unless that stated in this part is fulfilled, or that stated in Section 48.
|
70.1
|
A subscriber may ask the Licensee for a temporary disconnection of service for a period no less than thirty days and no longer than ninety days (hereinafter – disconnection period). The subscriber's request will be made in writing, and may be done through the cellular system end-user equipment in his possession, provided that the Licensee has verified the request's credibility by a return call to the subscriber's cellular system end-user equipment or by any other reliable way.
|
70.2
|
The Licensee will effect the disconnection of service no later than the workday following the day of the request's submittal.
|
70.3
|
The Licensee will resume the cellular system services to the cellular system end-user equipment in the subscriber's possession at the end of the disconnection period. If the subscriber requests, in a written notice, to resume the cellular system services to the cellular system end-user equipment in his possession before the end of the disconnection period, the Licensee will resume the services no later than the workday following the day on which the subscriber's notice was submitted.
|
71.
|
Discontinuation of Service at a Subscriber's Request
|
71.1
|
A subscriber may request the Licensee to discontinue service
or discontinue all service
A
58
to the cellular end-user equipment in his possession. For this purpose, a subscriber may communicate with the Licensee in writing, including by fax or by email
T
48)
.
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
71.2
|
The Licensee will discontinue a service or discontinue all service not later than the work day after the date specified by the subscriber in his notice. If the subscriber did not specify a date, the service or all service will be discontinued not later than the work day after the date of delivery of the notice to the Licensee
A
58
.
|
71.3
T
48)
|
The Licensee will publish on its website, and in the bill sent by it to the subscriber, the fax number and the email address through which the subscriber may request the Licensee to discontinue a service.
|
71.4
A
58
|
The Licensee will
send
the subscriber a written notice concerning the discontinuation of a service or the discontinuation of all service, within one work day after the discontinuation was effected. The notice will contain,
inter alia,
the date of effecting of the discontinuation, and in a notice of discontinuation of all service also the last date for sending the final bill, as stated in subsection 2.3(c)(2) in Appendix E to the License (hereinafter –
the final bill
). Such notice will be sent by regular post, or via email or fax if the subscriber gave his consent thereto. Where the subscriber submitted a request to discontinue a service or to discontinue all service at a service station of the Licensee, the Licensee's representative will give him the aforesaid written notice at the time of the submission of the request.
|
|
A copy of said notice must be kept available by the Licensee for presenting to the Director within five (5) work days from when it was sent. If the Licensee sent the notice via email or fax, the sending confirmation must also be available for presenting to the Director within five (5) work days from when the notice was sent.
|
71.5
A
58
|
Following the
collection
of the amount for payment as specified in the final bill, the Licensee will not be entitled to collect any payment via the payment means provided to it by the subscriber, without the subscriber's express prior written consent, except for the collection of payment for end-equipment that was purchased by the subscriber from the Licensee on installments, as stated in section 2.3(c)(2) in Appendix E to the License. A copy of the subscriber's said consent must be kept available by the Licensee for presenting to the Director within five (5) work days from when it was delivered to the Licensee.
|
71A.
T
48)
|
Blocking of Cellular End-User Equipment
|
71A.1
|
The Licensee will register the identification number of a subscriber's cellular end-user equipment, excluding cellular end-user equipment operating by the IDEN technology (hereinafter in this section
"cellular end-user equipment"
):
|
|
(a)
|
On the date of delivery of the cellular end-user equipment to the subscriber, on the date of contracting with the subscriber or on the date of renewal of the contract, including on the date of replacement, upgrading or repair of the cellular end-user equipment.
|
|
(b)
|
In the case of cellular end-user equipment that was not provided to the subscriber by the Licensee, the Licensee will make reasonable efforts to bring to the subscriber's attention the possibility available to him of registering with the Licensee the identification number of such aforesaid cellular end-user equipment.
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
|
(c)
|
At the subscriber's request from the Licensee; the subscriber's request may be via the telephone, after the Licensee has verified the reliability of the request.
|
71A.2
|
If a subscriber notifies the Licensee that his end-user equipment has been stolen or lost, the Licensee will block the end-user equipment of a subscriber who was registered as stated in Section 71A.1, free of charge, not later than thirty (30) days after it has verified the reliability of the subscriber's request. For purposes of this section,
"blocking"
– elimination of the possibility that the cellular end-user equipment will receive cellular services.
|
71A.3
|
The Licensee will provide details of end-user equipment that was blocked by it to any other cellular licensee, not later than the workday after implementing that stated in Section 71A.2.
|
71A.4
|
(a)
T
50)
|
The Licensee may not provide cellular services to end-user equipment that was blocked by it or by another cellular licensee.
|
|
(b)
T
50)
|
Notwithstanding that stated in Section 71A.2 and Subsection (a), if it is found that blocking the identification number will cause the discontinuation of service to other end-user equipment having the same identification number, the Licensee may abstain from implementing the block as stated.
|
71A.5
|
The Licensee will remove the block on end-user equipment that was blocked by it, after receiving a request
T
50)
from the subscriber. Removal of the block will be done not later than one workday after the Licensee has verified the reliability of the request, unless the subscriber has specified a later date in his request
T
50)
.
|
71A.6
|
The Licensee will publish to all its subscribers its obligations with respect to the possibility of blocking cellular end-user equipment, the procedure for registration of the identification number of cellular end-user equipment with the Licensee and the ways of communicating with it for the purpose of implementing the block. The publication will be made in at least the following ways:
|
|
(a)
|
In the contract;
|
|
(b)
|
On the Licensee's website;
|
|
(c)
|
In a separate information sheet to be enclosed with the bill submitted to the subscriber, by January 30, 2009
T
50)
.
|
71A.7
T
50)
|
The Licensee will detail, in a half yearly report, the number of identification numbers that were blocked and the number of identification numbers in respect of which such block was removed, as well as the number of identification numbers that were not blocked pursuant to this section and the reasons therefor.
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
72.1
|
The Licensee
A16)
may terminate or disconnect the service to a subscriber if one of the following is fulfilled:
|
|
(A)
|
The subscriber did not pay a payment he owes in respect of service he received, on the date set for its defrayal in his contract with the Licensee;
|
|
(B)
|
The subscriber breached a condition in the contract between him and the Licensee, which was established as a material condition;
|
|
(C)
|
The subscriber used unlawfully or allowed another to use as aforesaid the end-user equipment in his possession.
|
72.2
|
Service to a subscriber will not be terminated or disconnected in the cases detailed in Section 72.1(A) and (B), except after the Licensee gives the subscriber a notice in writing at least 10 days prior to the expected termination or disconnection date. The notice will state that the subscriber is being given an opportunity, within the time set in the notice, to rectify the act or default, in respect of which the service will be terminated or disconnected.
|
72.3
T
2)
|
Notwithstanding that stated in Section 72.2, the Licensee may disconnect service to a subscriber without prior notice, if one of the following is fulfilled:
|
|
(a)
|
The subscriber did not pay, for the third time during the same year, the bill in respect of the payments he was charged for cellular services, on the date set therefor in the payment notice. In this paragraph, "year" – the period from January 1 to December 31;
|
|
(b)
|
There is a reasonable suspicion of a fraudulent act being committed through the subscriber's end-user equipment or using the features of the end-user equipment;
|
|
(c)
|
The Licensee found that the subscriber used the cellular services in an unusual amount for that type of subscriber, and after the Licensee's service center contacted the subscriber in a phone call placed to the end-user equipment
|
72A.4
T
2)
|
The Licensee may disconnect service to a subscriber if it has found that the end-user equipment in the subscriber's possession, through which the subscriber receives cellular services, causes interference with the provision of cellular services to other subscribers or interference with the cellular system activity, provided that the Licensee gave the subscriber notice in writing at least 21 days prior to the expected disconnection date. The notice will specify the reason for the expected disconnection and state that the subscriber is being given an opportunity, within an amount of time to be set in the notice, to repair the end-user equipment in such manner as to prevent said interference.
|
72A.
T
48)
|
Discontinuation of Service to a Dormant Subscriber
|
72A.1
|
If the Licensee wishes to discontinue service to a dormant subscriber, it must give the dormant subscriber prior notice of such intention, in the manner set out below (hereinafter in this section
"the notice"
). The time of discontinuation of the service may not be less than thirty (30) days after the date of sending of the notice.
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
72A.2
|
The Licensee will specify in the notice the telephone number in respect of which it intends to discontinue the service.
|
72A.3
|
The sending of a notice to a dormant subscriber will be done:
|
|
(a)
|
With respect to a subscriber whose name and address are known to the Licensee, in each of the following ways:
|
|
(1)
|
By a letter via regular post;
|
|
(2)
|
By two SMS messages to be sent to the dormant subscriber at a difference of at least two weeks between the messages.
|
|
(b)
|
With respect to a subscriber whose name and address are not known to the Licensee – by four SMS messages to be sent at a difference of at least one week between the messages.
|
|
(c)
|
Notwithstanding that stated in Subsections (a)(2) and (b), if the subscriber's end-user equipment does not support the receipt of SMS messages, the Licensee will send the subscriber voice messages instead of SMS messages, insofar as the subscriber's end-user equipment supports the receipt of voice messages.
|
72A.4
|
The Licensee may not discontinue service to a dormant subscriber to whom a notice was sent, where the dormant subscriber has notified the Licensee that he does not wish the service to be discontinued. The subscriber may deliver such a message via the telephone or in writing, including by fax or by email.
|
|
Notwithstanding the aforesaid, the Licensee may discontinue service to a dormant subscriber who has notified it that he does not wish the service to be discontinued, after the subscriber was sent at least two notices, as stated in Section 72A.3 and 72A.5, and where in the second notice the Licensee has notified the subscriber that if within one year from the date of the second notice the subscriber does not make use of the cellular service, the subscription to the service will be discontinued, without delivery of further notice to the subscriber.
|
72A.5
|
The Licensee may not send the subscriber further notice concerning its wish to discontinue the service after one year has passed from the date on which the subscriber was sent the previous notice in that regard.
|
72A.6
|
The Licensee will keep the telephone number of a dormant subscriber to whom service was discontinued, during at least three months from the date of discontinuation of the service, before the number is returned to the pool of telephone numbers of the Licensee itself or to another cellular licensee who originally allocated the number to the dormant subscriber. If during this period a written request is received from the subscriber to renew the service, the Licensee will renew the service upon the same terms as those that applied prior to the discontinuation of the service, free of charge.
|
72A.7
|
Where service was discontinued to a dormant prepaid subscriber who has a balance of the payment remaining to his credit, the Licensee will refund the appropriate balance within 30 days after receiving a written request from the subscriber who has proven that he is the owner of the line to which the service was discontinued, provided such request is received by the Licensee not later than six months after the date of discontinuation of the service.
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
72B.
A
68
|
Disconnection of service due to recovery of the network in a fault event
|
72B.1
|
The license holder may temporarily disconnect or limit services that it is obligated to provide due to the need to allow speedy recovery of the networkin a material fault event.
|
|
For this purpose, "
Material Fault
" – a fault which causes disconnection of service for 10% of the subscribers, or for 100,000 subscribers at least, whichever is lower.
|
|
In this section, "
Subscriber
" – including a subscriber of a mobile phone license holder on another network and a subscriber of a roaming license holder using the network.
|
72B.2
|
The license holder will submit a detailed engineering procedure and process for recovery of the network in the event of a Material Fault (the "
Procedure
"), for the Director's approval, within 15 days from the date of signing of this Amendment.
|
72B.3
|
During a Material Fault, the license holder will act according to the Procedure that was submitted to the Director or which was approved by the Director, whichever is later.
|
72B.4
|
The Procedure will include,
inter alia
, initiated disconnection of service for subscribers who were not directly affected by the Material Fault, which shall begin two hours at most after the identification of a Material Fault, for the purpose of reduction of the load and controlled restoration of proper and regular service.
|
72B.5
|
Insofar as possible, the Procedure will allow preference to be given to the provision of proper and regular services to the armed forces, public emergency services and hospitals, as the Director shall determine."
|
73.1
|
The Licensee may temporarily disconnect or restrict services that it is obligated to provide (hereinafter – disconnection due to maintenance), if the need to carry out vital cellular system maintenance or setup operations necessitates this, provided the following are fulfilled:
|
|
(A)
|
The duration of the disconnection due to maintenance does not exceed twelve (12) consecutive hours;
|
|
(B)
|
The number of disconnections due to maintenance does not exceed two (2) during a single year;
|
|
(C)
|
Void.
A2)
|
73.2
|
The Director may ask the Licensee for a detailed explanation regarding the circumstances necessitating disconnection due to maintenance, and may ask the Licensee to postpone said disconnection if he came to the realization, after considering the Licensee's contentions, that a vital public interest necessitates such a postponement.
|
73.3
|
If due to the need to carry out vital maintenance or setup operations in the cellular system requires disconnection of service exceeding 12 hours, the Licensee will ask in advance for the Director's approval. The request will specify the maintenance operations required and the actions taken by the Licensee to speed up these operations and reduce, inasmuch as possible, the duration of the service disconnection.
|
73.4
|
Void.
A2)
|
73.5
|
If disconnection or restriction of service is required urgently for the purpose of carrying out immediate, vital operations, the Licensee will notify the Director forthwith, including by phone, cable or fax, regarding the urgent disconnection or restriction. The Licensee will notify its subscribers about the aforesaid urgent disconnection or restriction, as early as possible, including via the public address system operating through the cellular system, insofar as this is possible, as well as through the public media.
|
73.6
|
Notwithstanding that stated in Sections 73.1 and 73.4, the Licensee does not have to notify the Director or the subscribers about disconnection due to maintenance, when the following are fulfilled:
|
|
(A)
|
The duration of the disconnection due to maintenance does not exceed half an hour;
|
|
(B)
|
Disconnection due to maintenance is being done between 24:00 Saturday night and 05:00 Sunday morning the following day.
|
“Licensee”
|
- |
Anyone to whom the Minister has granted, in accordance with the Law, a general or special license;
|
|
“Airtime”
|
- |
Duration of the time in which a subscriber receives cellular services, whether the connection is initiated by the subscriber or by someone else;
|
|
“Airtime unit”
A31A31)
|
- |
Time unit of 12 seconds at the most, but starting from Thursday, 1 January 2009, a time unit of 1 second.
|
|
“Package of services”
|
- |
Several services sold to a subscriber as a package, for which a rate has been set as specified in section 75.2.
|
|
“Public telecommunications
network”
|
- |
Including an international telecommunications system.
|
|
“Payment for completion
of a call”
|
- |
Payment made by the initiator of a call which began on end-user equipment connected to one public telecommunications network and ended on another public telecommunications network, or on end-user equipment connected to such a public telecommunications network, for completing the call on the other public telecommunications network.
|
74.1
A
57
|
The Licensee may collect from its subscribers payments for Cellular services, as follows:
|
|
(a)
|
A onetime installation fee for connecting mobile or portable end-user equipment held by the subscriber to the Cellular system, including issuance of a smart (SIM) card to the subscriber, or a onetime registration fee (hereinafter – connection fee);
|
|
(b)
|
A fixed
monthly
A
57
payment;
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
|
(c)
|
Payment for airtime as specified in section 75A;
|
|
(d)
|
Payment for completion of a call as specified in section 75A;
|
|
(e)
|
Payment for basic telephone services, related services and value added services, detailed in the First Schedule to the License;
|
(a)
|
Payment for establishing a call;
|
(b)
|
A
minimum price for a call.
|
(c)
A
58
|
Any payment prior to the actual supply of the service, excluding a 'prepaid service.'
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
75.
|
Setting the Rates and Their Amount
|
75.1
|
The Licensee shall fix a rate for every service and package of services provided by it to its subscribers, and it may determine the manner of linkage of the rate to the index. The Licensee shall notify the Director of the amount of each rate, before the rate comes into effect.
|
75.2
|
The Licensee may designate packages of services according to types of services included in the package or time periods or by any other method. The Licensee may set a separate rate for each of the services included in the package or set a general rate for the package.
|
75.3
|
The Licensee shall offer each package of services at equal terms and at a uniform rate according to categories of subscribers; For purposes of this section, “category of subscribers” –
A16)
a group of subscribers whose attributes provide reasonable justification for distinguishing it from another group.
|
75.4
|
The Licensee shall allow any subscriber, without discrimination, to switch from one package of services to another that is being offered by it at the time. The Licensee shall include such a provision in the contract with its subscribers. In the framework of this provision it may set times when it is permissible to make such a switch and it may set conditions, including payment terms, for implementing the switch.
|
75.5
T
49)
|
If the Licensee contracts with the subscriber in regard to a certain service or package of services, and the contract includes a commitment as defined in Section 56A.1 (
"commitment period"
), the following provisions will apply, with the exception of a business subscriber:
|
|
(a)
|
The terms of the contract, excluding the contract rates, will be final, known and fixed in advance for the entire commitment period.
|
|
(b)
|
The rate for each service will be fixed on the date of the contract and will be uniform and specified in shekels for the entire commitment period.
|
|
For purposes of this section,
"uniform"
– any rate before VAT which the subscriber is required to pay, as determined on the date of the contract, may not be increased during the commitment period.
|
|
Notwithstanding the aforesaid, the Licensee may provide its subscriber services at lower rates than those fixed in advance in the contract, during a limited time period, to all the subscribers or to a certain type of subscriber.
|
|
(c)
|
The Licensee will include provisions as stated above in the contract with the subscriber.
|
75.6
|
The Licensee may not condition a contract with a subscriber or a subscriber’s switch from one package of service to another on the purchase of value added services or end-user equipment from the Licensee.
|
75.7
|
A package of services in which a payment in installments is set for end-user equipment or for one of the services, shall include also a payment arrangement in the event that the subscriber wishes to be released from that package or to switch from that package to another package of services, according to the outstanding balance of the payments due from the subscriber or according to the remainder of the commitment period.
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
75.8
|
(a)
|
The Licensee may not collect from a subscriber payment for a call when the call was not initiated by the subscriber (hereinafter – uninitiated call).
|
|
(b)
|
Notwithstanding that stated in subsection (a), the Licensee may collect from a subscriber payment for an uninitiated call in the following cases:
|
|
(1)
|
Call transferred to the subscriber by means of a roaming service; |
|
(2)
|
Collect call to which the subscriber has given his agreement;
|
|
(3)
|
A call created by dialing a special prefix for a toll-free service that was allocated to the subscriber under an agreement with him
A
55
;
|
|
(4)
|
Void
A
51
|
|
(c)
|
The licensee may collect from a subscriber initiating a call by dialing the following services or access codes, payment not exceeding the tariff collected by the licensee from a subscriber for a call whose destination is on a domestic operator network:
A
51
|
|
(2) Short number service for businesses
2
;
|
|
(d)
|
For a call to an international destination, the Licensee may receive only the payment imposed on the international operator, as determined in the Interconnection Regulations."
A
54
|
|
Void
A
55
|
75.10
|
The payment for airtime will be determined in the manner set out below:
|
|
(a)
|
The payment for airtime will be determined according to an airtime unit
A31)
; For the purpose of calculating the payment, a part of an airtime unit shall be deemed the same as a whole airtime unit.
|
|
(b)
|
The payment for each airtime unit, at least during the first minute of contact, will be fixed.
A
57
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
|
(c)
|
The duration of the call for payment purposes is from the moment the connection is established between the subscriber who initiated the connection (hereinafter – the calling subscriber) and the subscriber receiving the call, until the moment when the call is terminated, which is the moment when an instruction to terminate the connection is received from the calling subscriber or from the subscriber receiving the call; The duration of the connection setup time, until the moment the connection is established, and the duration of the disconnection time, from the moment the instruction to terminate the connection is received until it is actually implemented, is not included in the count of the duration of the call.
|
|
In this regard, subscriber receiving the call – including a voice mailbox.
|
|
“Voice mailbox”
– an installation or device forming part of the
cellular
system, designed to enable the calling subscriber to leave a voice message for the called subscriber
A40)
.
|
|
(d)
|
A40)
Regarding a call that is transferred to a voice mailbox, the Licensee shall play to the calling subscriber an introductory voice message, lasting at least 2 seconds (in this subsection –
“message”
), and will enable the calling subscriber, at his option, to disconnect the call without any debit, in the course of the message, or within a reasonable time being not less than one second after the end of the message (
“reasonable time”
). In such case, the moment of establishing the connection with the subscriber receiving the call, within the meaning of subsection (c) above, will be deemed to occur at the end of the reasonable time.
|
|
The wording of the message will be: “The call is being transferred to a voice mailbox,” and it will be articulated clearly and at a reasonable speed. In this subsection,
“call transferred to a voice mailbox”
– excluding a call originating in an international telecommunications system.
|
75.11(a)
(A71)
|
In this section –
"
Limited Plan
" – A minute plan which is limited to a number of minutes according to the subscriber engagement plan.
"
Unlimited Plan
" – An unlimited minute plan, for which the subscriber pays.
"
Toll-Free Number
" – A telephone number, a call to which from any network has been determined to be free of charge for the caller;
"
Special Telephone Number at a Composite Rate
" – A national or network telephone number in an Irregular Number Pattern, the rate of a call to which is a Composite Rate;
"
Special Telephone Number at a Regular Rate
" – A national
4
or network
5
telephone number in an Irregular Number Pattern, the rate of a call to which does not exceed the Regular Rate;
"
Irregular Number Pattern
" – A number pattern which is not a regular number pattern;
"
Regular Number Pattern
" – A number pattern of geographical numbers and national numbers, as defined in the number plan
6
;
"
Composite Rate
" – A rate comprising a Regular Rate plus a rate for a service that is provided by a Licensee or anyone on its behalf or a service provider;
"
Regular Rate
" – A rate per call minute to telephone numbers in a Regular Number Pattern, in accordance with the subscriber's tariff plan.
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
|
|
(b)
|
The Licensee shall not charge a subscriber calling destinations with Toll-Free Numbers and will not count the calling minutes to such destinations in a Limited Plan.
|
|
(c)
|
The Licensee may charge a subscriber calling destinations with Special Telephone Numbers at a Regular Rate, and shall count the calling minutes to the said destinations in a Limited Plan or in an Unlimited Plan. For the avoidance of doubt, the Licensee may not charge a subscriber calling destinations with Special Telephone Numbers at a Regular Rate any extra fee over the fixed payment that he pays for the minute plan, insofar as the subscriber shall not have exceeded the minute quota in the plan. If the subscriber exceeds the minute quota in the plan, the Licensee may charge him for calling the said destinations according to a rate no higher than the Regular Rate. In addition to the aforesaid, the Licensee may not make any distinction in the rate, according to which it charges the subscriber, between calling telephone numbers with a Regular Number Pattern and calling Special Telephone Numbers at a Regular Rate, including by determining separate call minute plans.
|
|
(d)
|
If the charge for calls to destinations with Special Telephone Numbers is made according to a Composite Rate, the Licensee shall count the calling minutes to the said destinations in the framework of the Limited Plan or the Unlimited Plan for which the subscriber pays.
The Licensee may charge the subscriber for the services provided in the framework of calling telephone numbers which are charged according to a Composite Rate, whether the charge is made according to a call minute or the charge is fixed per call, in addition to the fixed payment for the minute plan.
|
|
2.
|
|
Sections 75.11(a)-(c) will take effect no later than
Elul 28, 5773 (September 3, 2013)
.
Section 75.11(d) will take effect no later than
Kislev 30, 5774 (December 3, 2013)
.
|
|
The payment for completion of a call to be collected by the Licensee shall not exceed the interconnection rate specified in the Telecommunications Regulations (Payments for Interconnection), 2000.
|
|
The Licensee may collect from a subscriber for the transfer of an SMS which is being transferred from end-user equipment that is connected to the network to end-user equipment that is connected to a
cellular
system of another
cellular
licensee, a payment not exceeding the payment which the Licensee collects from the subscriber for the transfer of an SMS which is transferred from end-user equipment that is connected to the network to end-user equipment that is connected to the network, plus a payment not exceeding the rate for the transfer of an SMS specified in the Communications Regulations (Telecommunications and Transmissions) (Payments for Interconnection), 2000.
|
|
For purposes of this section –
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
|
“SMS” – telecommunications messages comprised of writing, including signs or symbols, transferred from end-user equipment that is connected to the network, to end-user equipment that is connected to the network or to a
cellular
system of another
cellular
licensee.
|
|
Notwithstanding that stated in section 75B, for the period beginning May 9, 2004 and ending February 9, 2005
A29)
, the following provisions shall apply:
|
|
(a)
|
The Licensee may collect from a subscriber for the transfer of an SMS which is destined for end-user equipment that is connected to a
cellular
system of another
cellular
licensee (hereinafter – “inter-network SMS”) a payment not exceeding the payment which the Licensee collects from the subscriber for the transfer of an SMS which is transferred from end-user equipment that is connected to the network to end-user equipment that is connected to the network, plus a payment not exceeding the rate for the transfer of an SMS specified in the Communications Regulations (Telecommunications and Transmissions) (Payments for Interconnection), 2000, less a rate of 0.7%
8
;
|
|
(b)
|
The Licensee may collect from a subscriber payment for an inter-network SMS as stated in subsection (a), even if its transfer to the called subscriber was not completed.
|
75D.1
|
The
Licensee
will
send an SMS message to a subscriber who has utilized 75% and 95% of a surfing package. The SMS message will be sent to the subscriber's telephone number and to the additional telephone number indicated by the subscriber when executing the contract, as soon as possible after the time of such utilization, and will contain at least the following: percentage of utilization of the package, time of calculation of the utilization (date and hour), and the telephone number to which the SMS message relates. In this regard, "
surfing package
" means the number of units of a cell phone Internet surfing service in Israel (hereinafter –
surfing service
) that are supplied to the subscriber at a fixed rate regardless of the actual scope of use.
|
|
This section will apply only when the rate of a surfing service unit, after full utilization of all the surfing service units included in the surfing package, is more than 1.25 times the rate of a surfing service unit in the framework of the surfing package.
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
75E.1
|
In this section –
"
Arrangement
" – A package or plan which includes internet;
"
Package Offer
" – An offer of three different packages or plans, insofar as exist at the Licensee, which include Surfing Service, which were offered to the Licensee's subscribers in the month prior to the date on which the package offer was sent to the subscriber.
"
Package
" – A limited number of service units which may be used in a limited period of time, through an international roaming service Abroad, which is sold at a fixed and predetermined price, and is valid for certain Destinations;
"
Abroad
" or "
Destination
" – A country, including a ship at sea and an aircraft;
"
MB
" – One million bytes (MByte);
"
Surfing Service
" or "
Surfing
" – Cellular surfing service Abroad;
"
Plan
" – A tariff plan for a limited period of time or for a specific trip overseas
a74
for the consumption of services through an international roaming service Abroad (such as: call service, sending and receiving text messages and internet) for the Destinations included therein, with the payment for the services being made according to consumption; the rates of the services included in the plan are different to the rate for the same services for a subscriber who did not sign up for the plan; the plan may determine a fixed fee that does not depend on consumption.
|
75E.2
|
(a) The Licensee shall send a text message to a subscriber who purchases an international roaming service package (in this section: "
Package
"); the text message shall be sent any time the subscriber uses 75%, 90% and 100% of the Package; in addition, the Licensee shall send the subscriber a text message upon expiration of the Arrangement, stating that the Arrangement has expired. The text messages shall be sent to the subscriber free of charge, as close as possible to the said usage level, and shall include at least the following: the percentage of usage of the services included in the Arrangement as specified in items (1)-(5) below, and the time (date and hour) of the usage calculation;
(1) Call minutes;
(2) Text messages;
(3) Internet (in MB);
(4) Combined call minutes and text messages;
(5) Combined call minutes, text messages and internet (in MB).
(b)
a74
Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 75.2E(a) -
(3) The license holder will be exempt from sending SMSs to a subscriber in respect of use of the package to which he subscribed, as stated in Section 75.2E(a), provided that all of the following are fulfilled:
(c) The subscriber purchased the package before Adar B 29, 5774 (March 31, 2014);
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
(d) The subscriber explicitly agreed in writing to waive receipt of SMSs as stated in Section 75.2E(a);
(e) The license holder proves, to the Director’s satisfaction, that a technological restriction beyond its control is preventing it from receiving an indication in real time or close to real time with respect to the making of direct dial calls.
(4) With respect to a subscriber who makes use of Cellular end equipment which does not support an SMS service, including a tablet with a SIM card and a cellular modem, the license holder will demand of the subscriber, at the time of subscribing to the package, a means of communication as an alternative to SMS (such as Skype, Viber, Whatsapp applications, e-mail or voicemail) (“
Alternative Means
”); if the subscriber provides Alternative Means, the license holder will send to the subscriber the messages regarding use of the package as stated in Section 75.2E(a) via the Alternative Means.
|
|
75E.3
|
If a subscriber buys an Arrangement, the Licensee shall block access to Surfing Service after the Package has been used up in full or the Arrangement has expired, as the case may be, free of charge, and the subscriber will not be required to make any payment for Surfing Service, over and above the predetermined payment for the Package that he purchased or the Plan that he joined. The Licensee shall send the subscriber a text message, free of charge, regarding such blocking, in proximity to the date of the blocking. The text message shall include a Package Offer.
|
75E.4
|
(c) The Licensee shall block, free of charge, access to Surfing Service for every subscriber, immediately upon his arriving Abroad, unless the subscriber fulfills one of the following conditions:
(1)The subscriber has an Arrangement.
(2)The subscriber actively requested to allow him permanent access to Surfing Service through the "Access to Services Form".
(d) If the subscriber does not fulfill one of the conditions stated in Subsection (a), and the Licensee does not block the subscriber's access to Surfing Service, the licensee will not charge the subscriber for Surfing Service.
(e) The Licensee shall block, free of charge, access to Surfing Service as stated in Subsection (a), and will not charge for Surfing Service as stated in Subsection (b), any time that a subscriber who purchased an Arrangement reaches a Destination which is not included in the Arrangement. The Licensee shall immediately and automatically unblock such subscriber's access to Surfing Service, without the need for the performance of any manual action by the subscriber, any time that the subscriber is in a Destination included in the Arrangement.
(f) The Licensee shall send a subscriber a text message, free of charge, regarding the blocking as stated in Subsections (a) and (c), in proximity to the date of the blocking, stating the reason for the blocking and the ways to contact the Licensee for the purpose of discontinuing the blocking. The text message shall include a Package Offer.
(g) For the ordering of Surfing Service by a subscriber, during his stay Abroad, after his access to Surfinf Service shall have been blocked, to allow him access to Surfing Service without purchasing an Arrangement, and after he confirms that he is aware of the internet price per MB without an Arrangement, Section 60.6 shall apply and the documentation shall also include the details of the subscriber's reliable identification and his confirmation as aforesaid.
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
75E.5
|
Upon the arrival Abroad of a subscriber who requested, through the "Access to Services Form", to have permanent access to Surfing Service, and who has no Arrangement or whose arrangement does not include the country in which the subscriber is located
a74
, the Licensee shall send him a text message with a warning regarding possible consumption of Surfing Service for a fee, without any active surfing action being taken, and information regarding the possibility of blocking Surfing Service by changing the end equipment's settings. The text message shall state, as relevant, that such blocking also blocks the possibility of surfing in Israel and therefore, internet blocking must be discontinued upon arriving in Israel, or by contacting the licenseer's call center. The text message shall further include a Package Offer.
|
75E.6
|
The Licensee shall inform its subscribers, in the telephone bill following the date of signing of the license amendment, of their possibility to block Surfing Service by filling out the "Access to Services Form" which is posted on the licensee's website. The subscriber may send the said form to the licensee by regular mail, e-mail, facsimile or via an online form on the Licensee's website, insofar as the Licensee's website supports such possibility.
|
75E.7
|
The Licensee shall post on its website information regarding the possibility available to the subscriber of blocking access to Surfing Service also through the end equipment, insofar as such blocking does not also block the possibility of surfing in Israel.
|
75E.8
|
The Licensee shall post on its website information whereby there are services which consume data for a fee, also without any active action being taken by the subscriber, such as: automatic synchronization of e-mail and the update of various applications.
|
75E.9
|
Billing for international roaming services according to a rate per unit, shall be made in the telephone bill retroactively, after consumption of the services, and not in advance. Insofar as a subscriber purchases an Arrangement which includes a predetermined payment, the billing for such payment shall be made in the billing period during which the transaction took effect.
|
75E.10
|
Without derogating from the provisions of Section 55A, Section 60.6 shall apply to a transaction for the "remote sale" of services via an international roaming service.
|
75E.11
|
The Licensee shall send, free of charge, a text message to any subscriber who performed a "remote sale" transaction for the purchase of services via an international roaming service, which includes a summary of the transaction, as early as possible, and no later than the end of the day on which the "remote sale" transaction was performed.
In addition, the Licensee shall state information regarding the said "remote sale" transaction in the telephone bill following the date of performance of the transaction, in accordance with the subscriber's billing period, including the telephone number in respect of which the transaction was performed, the date of performance of the transaction, the quantity and types of the services purchased via an international roaming service, the number of days allocated for use of the services, the date and time of commencement of provision of the services, the price of the services purchased, the price according to which consumption of services over and above the Package shall be charged, insofar as a Package is purchased, and the manner of rounding off of any quantity that shall be consumed (the "
Details of the Transaction
").
A copy of the telephone bill stating the Details of the Transaction will be available at the Licensee for presentation or delivery to the Director upon request, within five (5) working days from the date of sending the telephone bill
a74
.
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
75E.12
|
In an engagement for the purchase of services via an international roaming service performed in the presence of a representative of the Licensee and the subscriber, printed confirmation shall be delivered to the subscriber upon performance of the transaction, including the Details of the Transaction. A copy of the confirmation will be available at the Licensee for presentation or delivery to the Director upon request, within five (5) working days from the date of performance of the transaction.
|
75E.13
|
The Licensee shall post on its website all of the Packages and Plans marketed to private subscribers, as well as the rates of all of the international roaming services for a subscriber without an Arrangement, for all of the Destinations in respect of which the licensee has an international roaming agreement. The Licensee will not charge a subscriber for an international roaming service provided at a Destination that was not published thereby as aforesaid before the charge.
|
75E.14
|
The rate for Surfing Service shall be stated by the Licensee, wherever it is stated, in units of NIS per 1 MB.
|
75E.15
|
The internet rate per 1 MB for a subscriber who is not in an Arrangement will be lower than the price of the cheapest Package offered by the Licensee.
|
75E.16
|
The purchase of an Arrangement, in Israel or Abroad, does not change the default option stated in the updated services order form other than for the period of such Arrangement.
|
76.
|
Publication of Rates
|
76.1
|
The Licensee shall provide to anyone so requesting, at the service offices and at the call centers, free of charge, full and detailed information concerning the up-to-date rates for all its services, including the payment for completion of a call; The Director may instruct the Licensee concerning the manner and format of publication of the rates.
|
76.2
|
The Licensee shall indicate in every account sent to a subscriber the package of services according to which the subscriber is being debited.
|
76.3
|
The Director may request to receive from the Licensee at any time details of the rates charged by it.
|
77A.1
|
The Licensee shall take suitable and reasonable steps to prevent fraud and shall maintain a control and follow-up system for verifying, to the extent possible, that the calls for which the subscriber is being debited were actually made from end-user equipment connected to the Licensee’s
cellular
system in the subscriber’s name.
|
77A.2
|
The Licensee shall disconnect the service to the subscriber’s end-user equipment after receiving at the service offices the subscriber’s notification that the end-user equipment was lost or stolen, or that there is a possibility that someone else is making calls through the end-user equipment without having received permission to do so; The subscriber may give such a notification by telephone or in writing, including by fax or email; Upon receipt of a telephone notification or immediately after receipt of a written notification, the Licensee shall verify its reliability and disconnect the service.
|
77A.3
|
The Licensee shall cooperate with other licensees in locating and preventing fraud.
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
|
Subject to that stated in section 75, the Licensee may change the rate that was set by it for any service or basket of services (in this section – “service”), provided:
|
|
(a)
|
It sent the Director prior written notice at least fourteen (14) days before the effective date of the rate, stating the new rate and the rate before the change. Notwithstanding the foregoing, regarding a reduction in a rate, the Licensee may send the notice to the Director up to a month after the reduction
A
58
;
|
|
(b)
|
It sent every subscriber who joined the service prior written notice at least fourteen (14) days before the effective date, noting the new rate and the rate before the change. Notwithstanding the foregoing, regarding a reduction in a rate, the Licensee may send the notice to the subscriber up to a month after the reduction.
|
|
Said notice will be sent to the subscriber by regular post or via the telephone bill sent to the subscriber
A
58
.
|
For purposes of this section, “change” – any change in a rate resulting in an increase or reduction in the payment before VAT which a subscriber is required to pay for
the Licensee’s
services.
|
|
In case of an increase or reduction in any rate for
cellular
services according to the provisions of the license, such increase or reduction shall not apply to payments made for such a service prior to the starting date of the increase or the reduction; An increase or reduction shall apply only to
cellular
services provided to a subscriber after the date of the increase or reduction; This section shall not apply to a rate adjustment ordered by the Minister under section 83(A).
|
80.1
|
The Licensee may debit a subscriber arrears interest, linkage differences and collection costs on payments for
cellular
services which were not paid by a subscriber on their stipulated payment date, in a payment notice sent to the subscriber, according to the contract between them
A33)
(hereinafter – the payment date).
|
80.2
|
Void
A43)
|
80.3
|
The amount of the arrears interest shall not exceed the rate specified in the definition of “linkage differences and interest” in section 1 of the Adjudication of Interest and Linkage Law, 1961, plus linkage differences for the period between the stipulated payment date and the actual payment date of the specified amount.
|
80.4
|
A33)
The Licensee may debit a subscriber collection costs on a payment for a service which it provided to the subscriber, which was not paid on the payment date (hereinafter – the amount of the debt), provided at least fourteen (14) days have elapsed from the payment date, excluding a case of nonpayment due to the bank’s or the credit-card company’s refusal to pay a debit for the collection of which the Licensee received an authorization; The amount of the collection costs to be collected by the Licensee shall be reasonable and in proportion to the amount of the debt and the actions which the Licensee must take in order to collect it.: In this regard, “collection costs” – including legal handling by the Licensee or someone acting on its behalf, of the collection of the amount of the debt before application is made to the courts.
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
|
If the Licensee decides to collect a connection fee as defined in section 74(A), it may debit a subscriber a connection fee only for the connection of the subscriber for the first time to the
cellular
network and the provision of the
cellular
services, or for a connection after the termination of all
A
58
service under section 71 or the termination or disconnection of a service under section 72.
|
|
The Licensee may collect the connection fee as stated in section 81 for connection to the
cellular
system in a number of installments, at the times agreed upon with the subscriber and in the amount specified in the contract.
|
|
(a)
|
If the Minister finds that any of the Licensee’s rates or any payment required to be made to or through the Licensee is contrary to the provisions of the License, the Minister shall notify the Licensee in that regard, indicating the correction that needs to be made and that if the Licensee fails to do so, the Minister will act pursuant to his power under sections 5 and 15 of the Law; The Licensee shall send the Minister a written notification setting out the corrected rate and shall act to refund the excess amount, if any, which a subscriber was debited according to the rate prior to its correction.
|
|
(b)
|
If the Minister finds that any of the Licensee’s rates or any payment required to be made to or through the Licensee is unreasonable or is liable to harm competition or the consumers, the Minister shall notify the Licensee in that regard, indicating the correction that needs to be made and that if the Licensee fails to do so, the Minister will act pursuant to his power under sections 5 and 15 of the Law; The Licensee shall send the Minister a written notification setting out the corrected rate
|
|
(a)
|
The Licensee will document in its information systems any written or verbal contestation by a subscriber concerning an excess charge that appears in the telephone bill.
|
|
(b)
|
The Licensee will give a subscriber a written, explanatory response to his contestation, setting out the manner of calculation of the refund or the reasons for rejecting the contestation, as the case may be, within twenty one (21) days from the day of receipt of the contestation. In this regard, "day of receipt of the contestation" – With respect to a notice sent in writing – the day on which the notice was received by the Licensee;
|
|
Notwithstanding the above, where a Subscriber has submitted a verbal objection and the Licensee found that the Subscriber has been overcharged by an amount not exceeding NIS 100, the Licensee has authority not to respond in writing to the objection, to the extent that the Subscriber granted his express consent thereto
A
59
.
|
|
(c)
|
If the Licensee finds that the subscriber was overcharged, it will refund the excess charge in a single payment, without setting any conditions for the refund, with the addition of "linkage differences and interest" as this term is defined in section 1 of the Adjudication of Interest and Linkage Law, 5721-1961, for the period from the date of collection of the excess charge to the date of actual making of the refund, as set forth below:
|
|
(1)
|
If the excess charge is more than NIS 100 (including VAT and linkage differences and interest) – the amount refunded will be transferred directly to the subscriber's to the means of payment (bank account or credit card)
A
59
within three (3) work days from the date on which the Licensee sent the response, as stated in subsection (b). Notwithstanding the above, the Licensee may return the reimbursement to a business Subscriber by means of crediting the telephone statement, if the business Subscriber expressly agreed to this
A
59
.
|
|
(2)
|
If the excess charge is equal to or less than NIS 100 (including VAT and linkage differences and interest) – the amount refunded will be credited in the next telephone bill after the date of sending of the written response, as stated in subsection (b). If the refund is for a higher amount than the amount for payment in the next telephone bill, the balance will be transferred directly to the subscriber's bank account within three (3) work days from the date on which the notice was sent to the subscriber, and a note to that effect will be included in the aforesaid telephone bill.
|
|
(3)
|
Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection (c)(1) and c(2), a reimbursement to a Pre-Paid Subscriber shall be performed by means of crediting the available balance
A
59
.
|
84.1
|
The Licensee shall pay royalties as prescribed in the Telecommunications Regulations (Royalties), 2001, or in any other regulations replacing them (hereinafter –
“the Royalties Regulations”
).
|
84.2
|
To every payment of royalties under this section the Licensee shall attach two copies of an unaudited quarterly income report, signed by the Licensee and certified by an accountant; The report shall contain a detailed calculation of the liable income according to the Royalties Regulations, and any other particular on which the Licensee based the amount of the royalties.
|
84.3
|
Upon the submission of an annual income report audited and signed by the Licensee’s accountant (hereinafter:
“the audited report”
), the Licensee shall submit a report, prepared by quarters, setting out the adjustment between the income on which it paid royalties, and the income appearing in the audited report (hereinafter –
“the adjustment report”
).
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
84.4
|
If it becomes apparent that the amount of the royalties to be paid by the Licensee, according to the adjustment report, is greater than the amount paid by it for the quarter to which the audited report relates, the Licensee shall pay royalties differences, in addition to interest and linkage differences, as prescribed in the Royalties Regulations.
|
84.5
|
If it becomes apparent that the amount of the royalties paid by the Licensee is greater than the amount it was required to pay for the quarter to which the audited report relates, the Licensee shall be credited with the amount of the excess payment; The excess payments to which the Licensee is entitled shall be offset, pursuant to a written approval of the Director, from the next payment of royalties, and linkage differences and interest shall be calculated according to the last index published before the date of the offset; In this regard – interest and linkage differences, as prescribed in the Royalties Regulations.
|
|
The Licensee shall pay linkage differences, arrears interest and collection costs, as set forth in the Royalties Regulations, on royalties that were not paid at the time stipulated therefor in the regulations.
|
|
Royalties as well as linkage differences, arrears interest and collection costs in respect thereof shall be paid to the Ministry of Communication’s accountant by a bank transfer to the ministry’s account.
|
|
The royalties under this Part shall be in addition to any other fee, tax or mandatory payment which the Licensee is required to pay under any law.
|
|
In this Part, “use of the license” – setup, installation, maintenance, upkeep or operation of the cellular system, whether by the Licensee itself or through anyone acting on its behalf, including its employees, contractors, agents or representatives.
|
89.1
|
The Licensee shall be liable at law for death, damage or loss to the body or property of any person, directly or indirectly resulting from or consequent on the use of the license.
|
89.2
|
When using the license, the Licensee shall take all reasonable precautions to prevent damage or loss to the body or property of any person, and where such damage or loss was caused due to the use of the license, the Licensee shall repair the damage at its expense and compensate the aggrieved party, all subject to any law, excluding a case in respect of which the Minister granted the Licensee immunity as specified in section 90.
|
|
To avoid doubt, this section shall not impose on the Licensee liability beyond the liability in torts established in the regular law of torts.
|
90.1
|
The Minister may, at the Licensee’s request, grant it all or any of the immunities enumerated in Chapter I of the Law, subject to that stated in section 90.3.
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
90.2
|
The Licensee shall set out in its request the immunities which it is requesting and the reasons therefor.
|
90.3
|
If the Minister is persuaded of the necessity of granting the Licensee the immunities under Chapter I of the Law, he shall publish his decision in a notice in
Reshumot
.
|
91.1
|
The Licensee shall make, at its expense, an insurance contract with a licensed insurer according to the terms contained in section 92; The insurance contract shall be presented to the Director at the time of the grant of the license.
|
91.2
|
The Licensee shall indemnify the State in respect of any financial liability as stated in section 89.1, for which it may be held liable towards a third party due to the use of the license; Any indemnity under this section shall be insured by the Licensee for liability insurance.
|
91.3
|
The Licensee shall insure itself, including its employees and contractors, against any financial liability as stated in section 89.1, for which it may be held liable at law owing to damage caused to the body or property of a person from the use of the license, and against any loss or damage caused to all or a part of the cellular system from the use of the license, including against third party risks.
|
91.4
|
The Licensee shall submit to the Director an opinion of a lawyer specializing in insurance, confirming that the insurance policy covers everything required in sections 91.2 and 91.3; The Licensee shall attach to the opinion a copy of the insurance contract and its attachments; Said documents shall be submitted to the Director within 7 days of the signing of the insurance contract and shall be attached to this license as Addendum G.
|
92.1
|
The insurance contract shall specify the period of insurance and shall stipulate that at the end of the period of insurance the insurance shall be extended automatically.
|
92.2
|
The Licensee shall present to the Director, once a year, the insurer’s confirmation that the insurance contract is valid, there are no arrears in the Licensee’s payments of the premiums and there are no pending notices concerning the cancellation, suspension, limitation, amendment or termination of the insurance contract.
|
92.3
|
The insurance contract shall stipulate that in the event the insurer wishes to cancel the insurance contract, owing to nonpayment of the premium, it must give the Director prior notice in that regard not less than 90 days before the contract is actually due to be cancelled (hereinafter in this section – cancellation notice).
|
92.4
|
If a cancellation notice has been sent as stated in section 92.3, the Licensee shall act immediately to eliminate the cause of the cancellation, or shall act immediately to obtain an alternative insurance contract as stated in section 92.6, and it shall notify the Director of the actions it took for this purpose; Where the cause of cancellation was nonpayment of the premium by the Licensee, the Director may pay the premium in the Licensee’s stead, and he may exercise the bank guarantee or any part thereof to cover amounts which he expended on payment of the premium or collect them in any other manner.
|
92.5
|
If the Licensee wishes to cancel the insurance contract, it must notify the Director in that regard at least 45 days before the contract is actually due to be cancelled.
|
92.6
|
If the Licensee has agreed to the cancellation of the insurance contract by the insurer or itself wishes to cancel the insurance contract, it shall make an insurance contract with another licensed insurer, in such manner that the new insurance contract will come into effect simultaneously with the lapse of the previous contract; The new insurance contract shall be submitted for approval to the Director, together with an opinion as stated in section 91.4, 45 days before its effective date, and it shall be subject to the provisions of the sections in this Part.
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
|
If the Licensee did not make an insurance contract, or if it becomes apparent that the insurance contract which it made was cancelled or expired, the Director may effect insurance and pay the premium in the Licensee’s stead, and it may exercise the bank guarantee to cover amounts expended by it on the insurance or collect them in any other manner; All the foregoing without derogating from the authority to cancel, restrict or suspend the license owing to the Licensee’s failure to effect insurance according to the terms of this license.
|
94.1
|
A30)
The Licensee shall present to the Director an unconditional bank guarantee in favor of the State of Israel, in shekels, equivalent to ten (10) million US dollars, as security for fulfillment of the terms of the License; The guarantee is attached to this license as Addendum H to the Second Schedule.
|
94.2
|
The guarantee shall serve as security for fulfillment of the terms of the license and for compensation and indemnification of the State for any damage, payment, loss, detriment or expense caused or liable to be caused to the State – whether directly or indirectly – due to nonfulfillment of all or any of the terms of the license, fully and on time, or due to the cancellation, restriction or suspension of the license.
|
95.1
|
Without derogating from the general purport of section 94.2, the Director may exercise the guarantee, in whole or in part, if damage is caused due to nonfulfillment of the terms of the license, including in each of the cases set out below:
|
|
(a)
|
The State incurred a loss of income from royalties owing to a lack of revenues from subscribers’ payments, including by reason of:
|
|
(1)
|
Failure to operate the cellular services at a time stipulated therefore in the timetable determined by the Director, or as approved by the Director;
|
|
(2)
|
Discontinuation, suspension or restriction of services;
|
|
(3)
|
Restriction or suspension of the license;
|
|
(b)
|
No insurance contract was made according to sections 91-92, the premium was not paid, or the insurance contract was cancelled or expired;
|
|
(c)
|
The Licensee is debiting its subscribers for payments contrary to that stated in section 75;
|
|
(d)
|
The Licensee is not complying with the coverage and service quality requirements as stated in Appendix B, or the Licensee consistently stops, suspends or limits the service contrary to the provisions of the license;
|
|
(e)
|
The Licensee does not convert the cellular system to a digital technology by the date specified in Appendix B.
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
|
(f)
|
The Licensee consistently or willfully violates any of the provisions, terms or requirements of the license;
|
|
(g)
|
A claim or demand was submitted against the State for payment of compensation and damages due to a violation of a condition in the license or faulty implementation of the license or due to the cancellation of the license, and where the State incurred expenses due to such claim or demand; The exercise of the guarantee for the purpose of covering the amount of a claim as stated, shall be done only after the judgment in that claim has become absolute;
|
|
(h)
|
Royalties according to section 74 were not paid fully and on time;
|
|
(i)
|
The State incurred costs or damage due to the cancellation of the license;
|
|
(j)
|
The Licensee did not complete the guarantee fees as specified in sections 96.2 and 79.2.
|
|
(k)
|
A16)
The Licensee did not present the license fee on the required date, as stipulated in section 40.1 of the conditions of Tender No. 1/01.
|
|
(l)
|
A16)
A monetary sanction was imposed on the Licensee in accordance with the law, and the required amount was not paid on time, provided no amount above the amount of the sanction is collected.
|
95.2
|
The Director may exercise the guarantee as stated in this Part also by reason of an expected violation of the terms of the license or frustration of the terms of the license that justify, at his discretion, early exercise of the guarantee.
|
96.1
|
The Director may exercise the guarantee, in whole or in part, up to the amount specified therein, provided it warned the Licensee that if it does not correct the act or omission the subject of the warning within the period specified in the warning – the guarantee will be exercised, in whole or in part.
|
96.2
|
If the entire amount of the guarantee or a part thereof was exercised, the Licensee shall provide a new guarantee or complete the balance up to the original amount of the guarantee immediately upon the Director’s demand; Failure to complete the amount of the guarantee as stated shall constitute a material breach of the terms of the license, and the Director may – without derogating from his authority to cancel, restrict or suspend the license – exercise any remaining balance of the guarantee.
|
96.3
|
The Licensee may appeal a decision of the Director to exercise the guarantee, in whole or in part, before the Minister within 15 days of being notified of the Director’s decision.
|
97.1
|
The guarantee shall be valid throughout the term of validity of the license and for
A16)
two years after the end of the term of the license, or until the Licensee satisfies all its obligations under the license to the Director’s satisfaction – according to the later of these two dates.
|
97.2
|
If the Director determines that the Licensee did not satisfy all its obligations under the license, within 60 days before the expiry of the term of the guarantee, he may require the Licensee to extend the term of the guarantee or to present a new guarantee, within the period specified by the Director; The new guarantee shall be valid up to the date specified by the Director or until the Licensee satisfies, to the Director’s satisfaction, all its obligations under the licenses – according to the later of these two dates; If the Licensee fails to present a new guarantee as stated, the Director may exercise the guarantee.
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
97.3
|
Where the Director confirmed receipt of a guarantee the validity of which may be extended from time to time upon his demand, the Licensee shall extend the validity of the guarantee before the expected end of its term, for a year, unless the Director exempted it from this obligation; If the Director did not grant an exemption from the obligation to extend the validity of the guarantee, and the validity of the guarantee was not extended at the specified time, the Director may exercise the guarantee in its entirety without advance warning.
|
98.1
|
Exercise of the guarantee, in whole or in part, does not derogate from the authority to cancel, restrict or suspend the license.
|
98.2
|
The amount of the guarantee shall not serve to limit the scope of the Licensee’s liability towards the State for payment of the full damages caused to it, where the Licensee is obligated to make such payment under the license or by law.
|
98.3
|
The exercise of the guarantee, in whole or in part, shall not derogate from the Director’s right to demand from the Licensee in any other manner payment for damages which it is obligated to cover under this license or to exercise other reliefs that are available to him by law.
|
|
The Director or anyone authorized by him for this purpose may supervise the Licensee’s activities with respect to the implementation of the license and compliance with the provisions of the Law, the Ordinance and the Regulations pursuant thereto.
|
|
The Director and anyone engaging on his behalf in supervising the Licensee shall not disclose any information or document coming into their possession by virtue of their function, to a person who is not authorized to receive such information or document, unless it was already published in public or disclosure is necessary for the performance of their function under this license or by law.
|
|
For the purpose of exercising the supervision as stated in this Part, the Director may:
|
|
(a)
|
Enter at any reasonable time any facility or office used by the Licensee to provide its services under this license.
|
|
(b)
|
Carry out measurements and tests on the cellular system, and he may inspect any record, document, plan, account book, ledger or data base, whether regular or computerized, of the Licensee or of anyone employed by the Licensee in subjects over which the Director has supervisory power as stated; The Director may inspect them and copy them in any manner he deems fit.
|
|
The Licensee shall cooperate with the Director or with anyone authorized by him with respect to the exercise of supervision over its activities as stated, and without derogating from the general purport of the aforesaid, it shall allow them to carry out that stated in sections 100 and 101 and shall furnish to them, upon their demand, any information in its possession or control that is required by them for the exercise of the supervision.
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
103.1
|
The Licensee shall submit to the Director the reports specified in this license, in the format and at the times stipulated in this part.
|
103.2
|
Every report shall reflect the correct facts relating to the subject thereof, updated for the period of the report.
|
103.3
|
A report shall be submitted in two (2) copies, printed and prepared in an easily readable form, bearing the date of its preparation and signed by the Licensee or whoever it authorized for this purpose; The report shall be submitted in a format as directed by the Director, including with respect to its contents, structure and manner of submission.
|
103.4
|
The Director may require the Licensee to prepare anew or to complete a report which it submitted, if he found it lacking in necessary details or details which, in the Director’s opinion, should have been included by the Licensee in the report.
|
|
The Licensee shall submit to the Director, at his request and at least once a year, at the end of the calendar year and not later than ninety (90) days thereafter, annual reports describing its activity in the period from January to December of the past year:
|
|
(a)
|
Financial statement audited and signed by an accountant;
|
|
(b)
|
Subscribers report, including the following data:
|
|
(1)
|
Number of subscribers broken down according to business and private subscribers and according to post-paid and pre-paid;
|
|
(2)
|
Amount of income broken down according to subsection (1), with each type of income from interconnection appearing separately, and broken down as well according to airtime and added-value services.
|
|
(c)
|
Report on the use of frequencies according to Chapter D Part C;
|
|
(d)
|
Addendum A – “Particulars of Licensee” updated as of the beginning of January, as detailed in section 20.1.
|
|
(e)
|
A43
The engineering system report – an engineering plan for the setup, development and upgrade of the network in the format set forth in Appendix B
.
|
104.2
|
The Licensee shall submit to the Director once a quarter, not later than a month after the end of the quarter, the following reports:
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
|
(a)
|
Unaudited quarterly financial statement signed by an accountant;
|
|
(b)
|
Unaudited quarterly income report signed by an accountant, giving details of income on which royalties are payable;
|
|
(c)
|
Traffic report – in a format as directed by the Director.
|
104.3
|
The Licensee shall submit a report on any special occurrence, as set out in regulation 8 of the Control Regulations.
|
104.4
|
The Licensee shall submit to the Director the following report, at his request:
|
|
(a)
|
Void
A72)
;
|
|
(b)
|
Malfunctions report – containing a brief description and discussion of the malfunctions that occurred in the network, the number of malfunctions and the cumulative duration of malfunctions of each type, an analysis of the malfunctions and the steps taken to repair them;
|
|
(c)
|
Service quality report – Analysis of the Licensee’s compliance with the requirements of sections 49 to 51 and Addendum E – Level of Services for Subscribers, during the period of the report;
|
|
(d)
|
Complaints report – detailing the written service complaints that were submitted by subscribers, including the subject of the complaints, the dates on which they were received, the written response given, the manner in which they were dealt with and details of the activity of the Public Ombudsman;
|
|
(e)
|
List of the Licensee’s rates;
|
|
(f)
|
Void
A72)
;
|
|
(g)
|
Encumbrances report – The Licensee must report to the Director immediately any case of imposition of an attachment or encumbrance on any of the Licensee’s assets or any case of an encumbrance on means of control in the Licensee, any realization of such encumbrances or voidance of any right of the Licensee in an asset; The Licensee must also submit to the Director, at his request, a report detailing all such encumbrances.
|
|
(h)
|
Report on number of subscribers, income and minutes broken down according to private and business subscribers, and within each category – broken down according to subscribers for programs priced according to an “inclusive standard rate” and subscribers for programs priced separately for payment in respect of “airtime” and interconnection, in a format as directed by the Director;
|
|
(i)
|
Nuisance subscribers report as detailed in section 65A.9;
|
|
(j)
|
Any other data required for performance of control on the Licensee’s activities, and any information required by the Ministry for regulating the telecommunications sector.
|
104.5
|
The Director may add or remove periodical, annual or quarterly reports, and he may request the Licensee to submit special reports as directed by him.
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
105.1
|
Where the Director finds defects or deficiencies in the Licensee’s activities, he shall notify the Licensee thereof in writing.
|
105.2
|
If the Licensee received a notification as stated, it shall submit to the Director, within thirty (30) days from receipt of the notification, its written response detailing the measures taken by it to correct the defects indicated therein.
|
107.1
|
The Licensee’s rights, obligations and powers with respect to the setup, maintenance and operation of the cellular system and the provision of services by means thereof, originate in and derive exclusively from and according to this license.
|
107.2
|
Void.
A2)
|
108.1
|
The Licensee shall keep the license documents in its office and shall allow the public to inspect their true and up-to-date copies; In case the terms of the license are modified, the Licensee shall attach the modification wording to said license documents.
|
108.2
|
A16)
If the license and its documents are made available for public inspection, the public shall not be allowed to inspect the following documents, which are included in the Second Schedule to the License:
|
|
(a)
|
Appendix A – Details of the Licensee;
|
|
(b)
|
Appendix B –
A72
the engineering plan attached to
Appendix
B
;
|
|
(c)
|
Appendix D - Preparing to Ensure Continuity of Operations in Emergencies
|
|
(d)
|
Appendix G – Insurance contract;
|
|
(e)
|
Appendix H – Bank guarantee;
|
|
(f)
|
Appendix I – Special services for the security forces;
|
|
(g)
|
Appendix L – Special services for the security forces – security addendum (confidential);
|
|
(h)
|
Appendix M – Security directives;
|
|
(i)
|
Appendix N – Letters of undertaking.
|
108.3
|
The license documents are the property of the State and are entrusted to the Licensee for the term of validity of the license; Upon the cancellation or expiry of the license, the Licensee shall return the license with all its documents to the Director.
|
108.4
|
A16)
The Licensee shall allow the public to inspect the license documents via the Internet; The Licensee may do this also by way of referral to the website of the Ministry of Communications, as long as the Ministry publishes the license on its website.
|
108.5
|
A16)
The Ministry may publish the license, excluding the appendices indicated in section 108.2, at the time and in the manner deemed fit by it.
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
109.1
|
A duty imposed on the Licensee in this license, for which a performance deadline has been set, must be performed by the Licensee within the deadline.
|
109.2
|
A2)
The Director, at the Licensee’s request, may postpone a deadline set as stated, if it deems it impossible to perform the duty within such deadline for reasons of force majeure.
|
|
Any approval or supervisory authority granted under this license to the Minister or to the Director, including the exercise of such authority, shall not impose on them any liability which is imposed by this license on the Licensee, and shall not derogate or detract from or void or diminish the Licensee’s liability as stated.
|
111.1
|
A notice concerning this license or its implementation shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or dispatched by registered post with confirmation of delivery; A notice sent by registered post as stated shall be presumed to have reached its destination by the end of 48 hours from the time of its delivery for dispatch.
|
111.2
|
Any notice of the Licensee to the Minister shall be delivered or sent through the Director.
|
111.3
|
The Licensee’s address for receipt of notices under this section is: 10 Hagavish St., Poleg Industrial Area, Netanya 42140; The Licensee shall notify the Director immediately of any changes in this address.
|
112.
A
58
|
Documents and Recordings |
112.1
|
The Licensee will present and/or play to the Director, at his request, any recording and/or document relevant to the subscriber, throughout the subscriber's last commitment period, and if the subscriber is not within a commitment period – during at least the last eighteen (18) months, and for a year after the date on which the final invoice is sent to the subscriber, as stated in section 2.3(c)(2) in Appendix E.
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
1.
|
General
|
|
1.1.
|
This Schedule includes the list of services the Licensee will provide, under the conditions set out in Section B of Chapter E –
“Level of Services for Subscribers”.
|
|
1.2.
|
The services will be provided in each of the technologies operated by the Licensee, unless otherwise noted in the License or in the Schedule to the License.
|
|
1.3.
|
Wherever the term: “
Support in Various Languages”
is used, this denotes support in at least these four languages: Hebrew, Arabic, English and Russian.
|
|
1.4.
|
A43)
The Licensee must include in the service dossier at least the following details:
|
|
a.
|
Name of the service:
Name of the service, including its trade name and a general description of the service.
|
|
b.
|
Detailed description of the service: A
mong other things –
|
|
c.
|
Engineering description:
|
|
d.
|
Miscellaneous:
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
2.
|
List of Services
A
65
|
|
2.1.
|
Basic Telephone Services
|
No.
|
Name of Service
|
Description of Service
|
Date of Provision
|
Service Quality Measures
|
Comments
|
1.
|
Cellular calls
|
Telephone calls to and from subscribers ofthe license holder to any telephone or other appropriate terminal equipment on another public communication network, in Israel or globally.
|
In place
|
Availability of the service 98%
|
|
2.
|
Emergency calls
|
Free calls to the emergency services, to be determined by the Director (for example: Police, MDA, Fire Dept., others). The caller will be routed to the emergency center according to the service provider's definition in reference to the subscriber's location.
|
In place
|
Availability of the service 98%
|
According to the Director's instructions.
The caller's telephone number may be identified by the public emergency services call center.
|
|
2.2.
|
Related Services
|
No.
|
Name of Service
|
Description of Service
|
Date of Provision
|
Service Quality Measures
|
Comments
|
3.
|
Callwaiting with option for temporary suspension
|
Subscriber may receive an incoming call while on another call. The subscriber may suspend this service at will.
|
In place
|
Availability of the service 99.9%
|
|
4.
|
Call forwarding
|
Forwarding incoming calls to another telephone number, at the subscriber's choice:
Regularly, when the line is busy, when the call is notanswered or in cases of unavailability.
|
In place
|
Availability of the service 99.9%
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
5.
|
Call transfer
|
The subscriber may transfer a call to another telephone number or between 2terminal devices having the same number.
|
* 3/2007
|
Availability of the service 99.9%
|
In accordance with notice dated March 14, 2007
|
6.
|
Hunting group
|
Determination of a hunt number for the group of the subscriber's telephone numbers; dialing the hunt number will route the call to an available number in the group.
|
In the future
|
Availability of the service 99.9%
|
|
7.
|
Caller ID
|
Caller's number is displayed on the subscriber's telephonedisplay.
|
In place
|
Dependent on the caller's terminal equipment
|
|
8.
|
Calling ID restriction
|
Allows the subscriber's telephone number to be blocked from display on the call recipient's display. The blocking may be permanent or one-time.
|
In place
|
Availability of the service 99.9%
|
|
9.
|
Caller name announce-ment
|
Provides the possibility of identifying the caller by anaudiosignature.
|
In place
|
Availability of the service 99.9%
|
|
10.
|
Conference call
|
Supports a call for several subscribers simultaneously.
|
In place
|
Availability of the service 98%
|
|
11.
|
Closed user group
|
A group of telephone numbers only between which a call may be made.
|
In place
|
Availability of the service 98%
|
On GSM network only.
|
12.
|
Voice mail
|
Storage and the possibility of retrieval of voice messages of persons calling the subscriber in a personal box.
|
In place
|
Availability of the service 99%
|
|
13.
|
Advanced voice mail
|
A voicemail system as specified in Paragraph 12 above, plus additional "smart" features includinga visual or voice announcement of incoming messages, the transfer of messages to other platforms and receipt of messages from such platforms.
|
In place
|
Availability of the service 98%
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
14.
|
Voice activated service
|
Voice activation of telephone and basic services, related services and value-added services.
|
Partially in place, will be expanded in the future
|
70% probability of good identifi-cation in areas with asignal level higher than 85dbm
|
|
15.
|
Call tracking
|
Allows the subscriber, during a call, to send the applicant an announcement for the purpose ofsubsequent identification of the source of the call.
|
In the future
|
Availability of the service 99.9%
|
Subject to any law
|
16.
|
Virtual private network (VPN)
|
Allows speed dialing according to a private numbering program.
|
In place
|
Availability of the service 99.9%
|
For types of subscribers according to relevant distinctions. Currently provided to the business sector.
|
17.
|
Centrex
|
Allows the maintenance of a private network while using the network's resources.
|
In the future
|
||
18.
|
Facsimile services
|
Receipt, storage and retrieval of facsimile messages through the telephone.
|
In place
|
Availability of the service 99.9%
|
|
19.
|
Roaming
|
Provision of mobile phone services when visiting Israel (for "roamers" from overseas).
Forwarding calls to a subscriber who is overseas through a holder of a license to provide international communication services and allowing subscribers who are overseas to receive mobile phone services from operators overseas, including callscreening and call-back, and providing mobile phone services and related services to anyone visiting Israel (for roamers from overseas), all through roaming agreements with operators in other countries.
|
2002
|
Availability of the service 99.9%
|
The service was expanded in 2003 to also include data communications services.
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
20.
|
Toll free service
|
The maker of the call is not charged.
The subscriber called is charged in accordance with appropriate charge arrangements.
|
3/2010
|
According to service file
(
1800)
.
|
|
21.
|
Talk Two
|
One number for several SIM/terminal equipment units.
|
In place
|
Availability of the service 99%
|
|
22.
|
Two telephone numbers for one SIM card
|
Definition of two telephone numbers for the same SIM card.
|
*7/2005
|
Availability of the service 99%
|
* According to notice dated June 7, 2005
|
23.
|
Change of number announce-ment
|
A person calling the subscriber will receive an announcement of the subscriber's new number and be given the possibility of routing to the new number at the applicant.
|
In place
|
Availability of the service 99.9%
|
On GSM network only.
|
24.
|
Camp on busy line
|
Automatic announcement and/or making of a call to a busy line once it becomes free.
|
*3/2004
|
Availability of the service 99.9%
|
* According to notice dated Feb. 5, 2004
|
25.
|
Personal number service
|
Allows the subscriber to determine that calls to one telephone number be routed to various destinations according to parameters to be determined by the subscriber.
|
In the future
|
Availability of the service 99.9%
|
|
26.
|
Collect call
|
A call whose cost will be paid by the subscriber receiving the call, after authorization thereof.
|
In place
|
Availability of the service 99.9%
|
|
27.
|
Message distribution
|
Distribution of messages to a list of recipients through various platforms.
|
In the future
|
Availability of the service 99.9%
|
|
28.
|
Over the air services (OTA)
|
Remote update of data and applications on the SIM card/terminal equipment by the license holder. The applications will be run from the SIM card / terminal equipment by the subscriber, on the terminal equipment.
|
11/2011
|
Availability of the service 99%
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
29.
|
Account code billing
|
Code billing for one telephone number in separate bills. The subscriber's instruction regarding the account to be charged will be given by entering a code at the beginning of or during the call.
|
In the future
|
Availability of the service 99%
|
|
30.
|
Star services
|
Allows a call to be made by dialing a speed access code according to an internal numbering program of the applicant.
|
In place
|
Availability of the service 99.9%
|
|
31.
|
SMS – short messages services
|
Transmission and receipt of text, graphics, voice and image messages to and from mobile phone terminal equipmentover the license holder's network, or from terminal equipment on other networks in Israel or overseas which have reached an agreement with the license holder.
Transmission of such messagesfrom a personal computer.
Forwarding of incoming messages to a facsimile machine.
The license holder will support various languages.
|
In place
|
Availability of the service 99%
|
Dependent on the terminal equipment
|
32.
|
Packet switching data com-munication
|
Connection of the subscriber through the telephone or an independent modem to TCP/UDP/IP communications for packet switching.
|
In place
|
Availability of the service 98%
on a best effort basis
|
Dependent on terminal equipment
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
33.
|
Discon-nection of service
|
Disconnection of service at the subscriber's request.
|
In place
|
To be performed no later than the business day after the date of the subscriber's request
|
|
34.
|
POC (push to talk over cellular)
|
Making a call by pushing a button on the mobile terminal device.
The call may be private (subscriber-to-subscriber) or for a group on a data communication network.
|
In place
(commen-cement)
|
According to service file
|
Pursuant to temporary provision
|
Temporary Provision
|
The Licensee will allow operation of Push to Talk Over Cellular services (hereinafter: the Service) to any subscriber who is a legal entity (individual or corporation), provided the number of users (number of cellular end user equipment units permitted use of this service, hereinafter – end user equipments) in the possession of such subscriber does not exceed 20 during the first year starting on the date service begins. Notwithstanding the aforesaid, should there be any considerable changes in the cellular sector influencing provision of such service, the Ministry will consider a shorter period.
|
Application
|
This service will not begin before Sunday, the 29
th
day of Tamuz, 5764 (July 18, 2004)
|
*
availability of service is the percentage of time the service is available, not including availability of basic services.
|
|
2.3.
|
Value Added Services
|
No.
|
Name of Service
|
Description of Service
|
Date of Provision
|
Service Quality Measures
|
Comments
|
35.
|
Directory assistance
|
Allows receipt of information on telephone numbers and the automatic making of a call to the number in respect of which the information was received.
|
In place
|
Availability of the service 99.9%
|
Pursuant to the provisions of Section 67A of the license
|
36.
|
Connectivity to information & enter-tainment services
|
Allows the subscriber connectivity to push or pull information services, entertainment, applications and content, both interactive and non-interactive, through various means of access.
|
In place
|
Availability of the service 99.9%
|
Dependent on the terminal equipment. Subject to the Director's instructions.
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
37.
|
Access to internet provider services
|
Allows the subscriber access to an internet access provider.
|
In place
|
||
38.
|
Location based information & tracking
|
Receiving and sending information dependent on the location of the telephone, subject to any law.
|
* 3/2007
|
* In accordance with notice dated March 14, 2007
|
|
39.
|
M-commerce
|
Connectivity through terminal equipment for the performance of transactions.
|
In place
|
Dependent on the terminal equipment. Subject to the Director's instructions.
|
|
40.
|
Unified messaging
|
Allows the subscriber to receive and send voice messages, speech, fax, SMS, e-mail, applications and multimedia files to and from a unified box, with the possibility of converting the information received from one format to another, and access to information from various means of access.
|
In the future
|
Availability of the service 99.9%
|
Dependent on the terminal equipment
|
41.
|
Telemetry command and control
|
Use of a telephone or cellular modem to receive announcements and to send commands pertaining to the operation of various devices (such as: alarm systems, inventory systems, traffic lights, controls etc.)
|
In place
|
Availability of the service 99%
|
|
42.
|
Sponsored call
|
A call during which the subscriber is exposed to commercial advertising and information.
|
In the future
|
Subject to any law
|
|
43.
|
Video conference
|
Allows visual and audio communication between several users.
|
* 4/2004
|
Dependent on the terminal equipment.
* In accordance with notice dated April 4, 2004
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
44.
|
Instant messaging
|
A messaging service between members of a "community", organization, group of friends, group of persons with a common interest. The subscriber announces his being online and his readiness to receive messages. The service notifies the subscriber of the group member who is located in geographic proximity to him.
|
In the future
|
||
45.
|
Surf & talk
|
Allows the subscriber to receive notice of and answer a call waitingwhile surfing the internet.
|
In place
|
Availability of the service 99%
|
Dependent on the terminal equipment. On GSM network only
|
46.
|
Personal information management
|
Accessto and synchronization of a personal information database through the terminal equipment.
|
In place
|
Dependent on the terminal equipment.
|
|
47.
|
Memo
|
Sending of a voice message as a memo from the subscriber to any telephone on a public network.
|
* 1/2004
|
* In accordance with notice dated Jan. 8, 2004
|
|
48.
A
67
|
Filtering of offensive content and sites on the internet
|
Filtering of offensive content and sites while the subscriber is surfing the internet through his terminal equipment, in accordance with the provisions of Section 67G of the license.
|
4/12
|
The service is provided to subscribers who use the internet access service for no charge additional to the payment it collects from him for the internet access service.
|
|
49.
A
75
|
“
Personal Message
”
|
A short instruction, notification and warning of the Defense Agencies, sent immediately, selectively and in a focused manner to
subscribers with cellular end equipment which supports use of cell broadcast (“CB”) technology;
|
10/2014
|
Pursuant to the provisions of Section 65.B and the “personal message” service file
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
50.
A
81
|
Premium Service at Premium Tariff
|
A premium service provided through a designated code allocated for such purpose (1-900, 1-901, 1-902).
|
2/2015
|
The service will be provided according to the provisions of Annex P.
|
|
51
A
81
.
|
Premium Service at Regular Tariff
|
1)A premium service provided through:
2)A network access code – as an inter-network service;
3)Dialing a landline number – as a nationwide service.
|
2/2015
|
Landline number and regular tariff within the meaning thereof in Section 67D1 of the license.
|
|
·
|
The availability of the service is a percentage of the timeduring which the service is available, excluding the availability of the basic service.
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
Appendix A
|
Particulars of Licensee – not available to public;
|
Appendix B
A16
|
Engineering Plan - not available to public;
|
Appendix C
A60
|
Domestic Roaming;
|
Appendix D
A43
|
|
Appendix E
A16
|
Level of Subscriber Services;
|
Appendix F
A8
|
Ordering Of A Service On The Website Of The Licensee Or A Service Provider;
|
Appendix G
|
Insurance Contract - not available to public;
|
Appendix H
A16
|
Bank Guarantee - not available to public;
|
Appendix I
t
3t
5
|
Special Services for security forces - not available to public;
|
Appendix J
A6
|
Access to International Communications Services;
|
Appendix K
A7
|
Discontinuation of
Services
for cellular end user equipments of IS-54 type;
|
Appendix L
A12
|
Special Services for security forces - not available to public;
|
Appendix M
A12
|
Security Instructions - not available to public;
|
Appendix N
A16
|
Letters of Undertaking - not available to public;
|
Appendix O
A24
|
Erotic Services
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
"
Handover
1
"
|
Continuity of a call during its transfer by means of cellular end equipment from the coverage area of a cellular radio center of one licensee to the coverage area of a cellular radio center of another licensee, in a continuous manner, without being disconnected or disrupted.
|
|
"
Call
"
|
Including SMS messages, data communication, cellular Internet surfing, use of applications and the like.
|
|
"
Roaming Licensee's Subscriber
"
|
Including a subscriber of a cellular licensee on another network, where such licensee utilizes a roaming licensee's network.
|
|
"
Lockdown"
|
A state in which the end equipment of a roaming licensee's subscriber, who roamed to a host network, continues to receive service on the Licensee's network after the termination of the call, even if the roaming licensee has coverage in that area.
|
|
"
Specifications
"
|
The current 3GPP
2
recommendations regarding domestic roaming as in effect from time to time.
|
2.
|
The Licensee shall provide by means of its network to a roaming licensee a domestic roaming service, as stated in section 67E, in accordance with the conditions set out below.
|
3.
|
The Licensee shall provide a domestic roaming service, as stated, by one of the following two methods:
|
(a)
|
Call transfer – The Licensee shall enable the transfer of a call which is being conducted by means of a subscriber's end equipment from a roaming licensee's network to the Licensee's network, when the roaming operator's network has no coverage in that area. After the transfer, the call shall be conducted on the Licensee's network up to its termination.
|
(b)
|
Call setup – The Licensee shall enable the setup of a call on its network, by means of the end equipment of a roaming subscriber's licensee, if the roaming operator's network has no coverage in that area, or due to locking down of the end equipment of the roaming subscriber on the Licensee's network. Following its setup, the call shall be conducted on the Licensee's network up to its termination.
|
4.
|
The Licensee shall determine the duration of the lockdown time in accordance with the requirement of the roaming licensee.
|
5.
|
The Licensee shall guarantee reasonable and equal conditions for every roaming licensee, as regards the
provisions of cellular services by it, including the following:
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
|
(1)
|
Prohibition on discrimination
– The scope, nature and quality of the services received by a roaming licensee's subscribers may not be inferior to those provided to the Licensee's subscribers. Insofar as the Licensee creates a distinction between categories of its subscribers, regarding the scope, quality or nature of its services, it shall allow the roaming licensee to maintain the same distinction for its subscribers.
|
|
(2)
|
Transfer
– The Licensee shall allow a roaming licensee's subscribers a one-way transfer, i.e. – from the roaming licensee's coverage area to the Licensee's coverage area, in a continuous manner, without disconnection or interruption of the call.
|
|
(3)
|
Advanced network
– The Licensee shall provide domestic roaming services to a roaming licensee by means of its most advanced network
9
and within the lowest frequency utilized by it
10
; only if it does not have such coverage shall it provide the roaming licensee with domestic roaming services by means of a higher frequency range or by means of an earlier generation network
11
, all according to the same priority as its own subscribers.
|
|
(4)
|
Range of services
– The Licensee shall enable a roaming licensee to provide the entire range of services the roaming licensee wishes to provide to its subscribers, subject to the host licensee's technical possibilities and provided this does not burden it unreasonably.
|
6.
|
The Licensee shall cooperate with the roaming licensee, including by -
|
|
(1)
|
Blocking sites
– The Licensee, at the roaming licensee's request from time to time, shall block the use by the roaming licensee's subscribers in specific coverage areas of sites of the Licensee in which the roaming licensee has coverage.
|
|
(2)
|
Dynamic update
– The Licensee shall update the roaming licensee on a regular basis regarding the data required for domestic roaming support, according to the roaming licensee's needs and in line with the expansion of its network, and regarding changes in the Licensee's network, including traffic data by sites, records of calls
12
, billing data of the roaming licensee's subscribers, malfunctions, changes in systems, etc., and the Licensee shall also update its systems, as necessary, according to the network data of the roaming licensee.
|
|
(3)
|
Location data
– The Licensee shall provide to a roaming licensee, on a regular basis, real-time location data of the roaming licensee's subscribers who are within the Licensee's coverage area. Such location data shall not be less than those received for the Licensee's subscribers.
|
|
(4)
|
Visibility
- The Licensee shall operate, to the extent possible, in such a manner that a roaming licensee's subscribers do not notice that they are receiving service through the Licensee.
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
|
(5)
|
Switching
– The Licensee shall transfer all the outgoing and incoming calls through the roaming licensee's network, to enable the roaming licensee to provide to its subscribers all the services it wishes to provide to them, including signaling of failed calls.
|
|
(6)
|
Intelligent network
– The Licensee shall support, to the extent possible, intelligent network services provided by a roaming licensee.
|
|
(7)
|
Calls to emergency centers
– The call of a roaming licensee's subscriber to an emergency center set up on the Licensee's network shall be routed directly to the emergency center by the Licensee, unless the roaming licensee is able to route it to the appropriate emergency center according to the subscriber's geographical location.
|
|
(8)
|
Compliance with statutory provisions
– The Licensee shall cooperate with the roaming licensee for the purpose of complying with any statutory provision issued to any of them, where such cooperation is required by the existence per se of domestic roaming.
|
|
(9)
|
Handling malfunctions
– The Licensee shall repair malfunctions in its systems which impair or could impair the domestic roaming service level agreed upon between the Licensee and the roaming licensee
13
or determined by the Ministry.
|
|
(10)
|
Prevention of information transfer – The Licensee shall keep fully confidential any information relating to a roaming licensee, and shall prevent the transfer of any information relating to the roaming licensee from its employees and representatives who handle the operation of the domestic roaming to any other personnel of the Licensee, and particularly the Licensee's marketing and sales personnel. |
7.
|
The Licensee shall operate, with respect to domestic roaming, in accordance with the Specifications. Where any matter is not regulating in the Specifications, the licensees concerned shall act according to the best engineering practice
14
.
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
1.
|
Introduction
|
|
1.1.
|
The Israeli communications sector constitutes a vital national infrastructure both
on a routine basis and in emergencies, and hence requires the License Holder to prepare to ensure
continuity of operations
in order to continue to provide its services also in emergencies.
|
|
1.2.
|
The License Holder will implement a comprehensive work plan and will ensure its durability for functioning in emergencies, while ensuring continuity of operations to provide its services.
|
|
1.3.
|
This annex constitutes a minimal action framework for the License Holder in order to maintain continuity of operations in emergencies, which includes a business continuity program (BCP) and a disaster recovery plan (DRP).
|
2.
|
Definitions
|
“
Interim Site
”
|
-
|
A site containing sub-systems of the network for performance of connection and control of end sites;
|
||
“
Alternative Site
”
|
-
|
A site held in a state of preparedness and intended for use in an emergency, at which the activity to ensure continuity of operations will continue;
|
||
“
Core Site
”
|
-
|
A main site which contains central systems of the network including switch, databases, computer systems, storage and a control and management center;
|
||
“
End Site
”
|
-
|
A cellular radio center on a license holder’s network;
|
||
“
Sharing Agreement
”
|
-
|
An active frequency sharing agreement, as defined in Section 19A of the license;
|
||
“
Recovery Target
”
|
-
|
A target determined by the License Holder for reinstating technological activity and support systems to a defined service level and within a defined time period;
|
||
“
Portable Site
”
|
-
|
A portable end site;
|
||
“
Continuity of Operations
”
|
-
|
Ensuring continuity of operations of the License Holder’s services, which includes a disaster recovery plan and a business continuity program;
|
||
“
Plan
”
|
-
|
Plan to ensure continuity of operations;
|
||
“
Business Continuity Program
”
|
-
|
Plan of action carried out by the License Holder in emergencies to ensure continuity of operations of processes that are defined as critical and of the communication, computer and storage systems (BCP).
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
3.
|
Formulation of a plan to ensure Continuity of Operations
|
|
3.1.
|
The License Holder will formulate a plan to ensure Continuity of Operations which will assist it in emergencies to ensure its ability to operate continuously, to mitigate the harm to provision of its services and to recover its operations; the plan will include at least the following issues:
|
|
(a)
|
Analysis of risks to which it is exposed in emergencies, including an analysis of results, repercussions and implications for the ongoing and proper work of the infrastructures and of its services;
|
|
(b)
|
Determination of service targets and Recovery Targets for emergencies, in accordance with the analysis of the risks and their implications for Continuity of Operations and continued provision of its services;
|
|
(c)
|
The guidelines specified below in this annex, including the various plans specified below in this annex, while addressing the roles and responsibilities of various functionaries in the management of the emergency situation and actual implementation of the plan;
|
|
(d)
|
Assimilation of the plan among the managers, employees, suppliers and subcontractors.
|
4.
|
Liability of the board of directors and the management
|
|
4.1.
|
The License Holder’s board will approve the plan, while addressing the risks to Continuity of Operations and control thereof, as part of the comprehensive work framework for risk management, and shall instruct the License Holder’s management to carry out the same.
|
|
4.2.
|
The board of directors will discuss the Continuity of Operations issues upon significant technological changes and after a communication failure event, a significant failure in critical IT systems such as the billing system or the customer relationship management (CRM) system, provided that the Continuity of Operations issues are discussed at least once a year.
|
|
4.3.
|
The License Holder shall appoint a Continuity of Operations manager and shall define his responsibilities and powers, which shall include ensuring implementation of the plan and adjustment thereof to technological changes, the existence of an assimilation plan, practice drills and lesson drawing as well as mapping and monitoring existing deficiencies and reporting thereon to the management.
|
|
4.4.
|
The plan will be periodically audited by the internal auditor or a senior officer of the License Holder.
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
|
4.5.
|
The board of directors and the management will define periodic monitoring discussions, documentation and reporting format, within the company.
|
5.
|
Management of an emergency situation
|
|
5.1.
|
The License Holder shall appoint a senior executive to declare the transition from routine work to emergency work in a transition from routine to emergency procedure.
|
|
5.2.
|
The License Holder shall operate a situation room in emergencies, which includes all of the resources required to manage the situation, including alternative means of communication which do not rely on the License Holder’s network (the “
Main Situation Room
”).
|
|
5.3.
|
The License Holder will set up an alternative situation room at another site, at a distance of at least thirty (30) km from the Main Situation Room; the aforesaid notwithstanding, at the License Holder’s written request, the Director may approve having an alternative situation room at a shorter distance.
|
|
5.4.
|
The situation room will be used by the officers of the License Holder to manage the situation and to operate the plan of action for Continuity of Operations.
|
|
5.5.
|
The License Holder will appoint a team to manage the emergency situation, to comprise,
inter alia
, the officers, key decision makers and technology professionals (communications and IT).
|
6.
|
Manpower, economic immobilization and emergency economy
|
|
6.1.
|
The License Holder will act vis-à-vis the Ministry of Economy for its recognition as an essential enterprise pursuant to the Emergency Work Service Law, 5727-1967.
|
|
6.2.
|
The License Holder will prepare manpower for every operating sector thereof which will allow it Continuity of Operations; the License Holder will validate the manning lists once a year.
|
|
6.3.
|
The License Holder will ensure regular working conditions and
inter alia
, on the following matters:
|
|
(a)
|
Food, water, sleeping equipment for all of the manned sites;
|
|
(b)
|
Equipment, protection, food and water for the field teams (field technician/field maintenance);
|
|
(
c
)
|
Protected spaces/rooms (floor shelters/apartment shelters) and safe work areas.
|
|
6.4.
|
The License Holder will maintain one armored vehicle which will allow the activity of a field team. A license holder which operates more than 1,000 sites will maintain an additional armored vehicle; such vehicles shall be owned by the License Holder or supplied through a supplier.
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
|
6.5.
|
The License Holder will arrange for a transportation system for its employees to travel to and from its sites according to the manpower standard it has determined for each of its operating sectors as stated in Section 6.2.
|
7.
|
Continuity, backup and survivability of the network and the infrastructure
|
|
7.1.
|
The License Holder’s network will comprise at least two Core Sites at a geographic distance of at least thirty (30) km; the aforesaid notwithstanding, at the License Holder’s written request, the Director may approve having Core Sites at a shorter distance.
|
|
7.2.
|
The core systems on the network will operate on BCP architecture, insofar as the technology is available from the equipment manufacturer.
|
|
7.3.
|
The core of the network will be planned to have no single point of failure, a malfunction in which causes the malfunction of the entire network.
|
|
7.4.
|
The License Holder will operate a manned management and control center 24/7, 365 days a year, for the monitoring, control and operation of all of the network’s components.
|
|
7.5.
|
The License Holder will set up an alternative management and control center at another geographic site at a distance of at least thirty (30) km; the aforesaid notwithstanding, at the License Holder’s written request, the Director may approve having an alternative management and control center at a shorter distance.
|
|
7.6.
|
The alternative management and control center shall include all of the management and control systems required for Continuity of Operations of the License Holder’s services independently, and will be available for immediate action.
|
|
7.7.
|
The License Holder will formulate a technological and engineering backup plan for the Core Sites which will enable Continuity of Operations in the event of a Core Site failure.
|
|
7.8.
|
The License Holder will formulate a technological and engineering backup plan for the Interim Sites which will enable Continuity of Operations in the event of an Interim Site failure.
|
|
7.9.
|
The License Holder will formulate a contingency plan (without actual rollout of additional infrastructures) which will be operated at failure events to link End Sites in accordance with criteria to be determined by the License Holder.
|
|
7.10.
|
In the event of a failure at the Core Site or an Interim Site, the backup plans will allow additional reception of at least fifty percent (50%) of the disconnected End Sites.
|
|
7.11.
|
The License Holder will formulate a plan for regular backup of data and information systems on a routine basis and in emergencies at another geographic site, at a distance of at least thirty (30) km; the aforesaid notwithstanding, at the License Holder’s written request, the Director may approve an Alternative Site at a shorter distance.
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
|
7.12.
|
The License Holder will maintain backed up transmission infrastructures to link the Core and Interim Sites.
|
|
7.13.
|
The License Holder will maintain four (4) Portable Sites which will substitute damaged End Sites, to expand coverage or increase capacity; such resources shall be owned by the License Holder. The aforesaid notwithstanding, in the event that the License Holder entered into a Sharing Agreement with another license holder, the License Holder may maintain the aforesaid together with the other license holder.
|
|
7.14.
|
The License Holder will have the independent capacity to roll out and operate the Portable Sites, supply energy and transmission and connect them to the network within twelve (12) hours.
|
|
7.15.
|
The License Holder will maintain reserve technical equipment for the entire technological system which will allow current continuous maintenance for at least three weeks, without the need to bring alternative equipment from overseas; such equipment shall be owned by the License Holder.
|
8.
|
Transmission infrastructures
|
|
8.1.
|
The License Holder will formulate a technological and engineering backup plan for the infrastructure and the transmission routes for Continuity of Operations of the transmission services, through landline or wireless transmission.
|
|
8.2.
|
The License Holder will formulate a technological and engineering backup plan for the transmission infrastructure connecting the network to the core facilities of another general license holder and any license holder through which it provides the internet access service.
|
9.
|
Energy and electricity infrastructures
|
|
9.1.
|
The License Holder will prepare for energy and electricity backup, as specified below, for which purpose it may use a supplier:
|
|
(a)
|
Core Sites – alternative supply of electricity through batteries, generators, diesel oil containers and supply of diesel oil for continuous operation of at least forty-eight (48) hours;
|
|
(b)
|
Interim Sites – alternative supply of electricity through batteries, generators, diesel oil containers and supply of diesel oil for continuous operation as specified below:
|
|
(1)
|
An Interim Site which connects more than thirty-two (32) End Sites – for twenty-four (24) hours;
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
|
(2)
|
An Interim Site which connects up to thirty-two (32) End Sites – for twelve (12) hours.
|
|
9.2.
|
The License Holder will prepare for energy and electricity backup at the End Sites for an alternative supply of electricity through batteries for two hours for each End Site whose activity is required to meet the coverage level set forth in the provisions of the license; such batteries shall be owned by the License Holder.
|
|
9.3.
|
The License Holder will maintain at least six (6) generators for continuous operation of End Sites in the event of a power outage; such generators shall be owned by the License Holder. The aforesaid notwithstanding, in the event that the License Holder entered into a Sharing Agreement with another license holder, the License Holder may maintain the aforesaid together with the other license holder.
|
|
9.4.
|
The License Holder shall enter into an agreement with a subcontractor for the repair and transportation of generators in emergencies.
|
|
9.5.
|
The License Holder shall enter into an agreement with a supplier for the supply of diesel oil for fuelling in emergencies.
|
10.
|
Data and system protection
|
|
10.1.
|
The License Holder shall formulate a data and system protection plan which shall include protection procedures and responses to data protection events.
|
|
10.2.
|
The data and system protection plan will be determined in accordance with the instructions of the Ministry and the security forces.
|
|
10.3.
|
The License Holder will determine the work procedures and rules for remote access upon a data systems event as part of the plan to ensure Continuity of Operations.
|
11.
|
Suppliers and subcontractors
|
|
11.1.
|
The License Holder shall ensure that the engagement agreements with the suppliers and the subcontractors regulate the duty of the supplier and the subcontractor to provide the services required by the License Holder to ensure Continuity of Operations in emergencies.
|
|
11.2.
|
The agreements shall include a plan to ensure Continuity of Operations at the supplier and the subcontractor, including manpower and the resources required to provide the service.
|
|
11.3.
|
The agreements shall include the participation of the supplier and the subcontractor in drills.
|
12.
|
Reinstatement of service in emergencies
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
|
12.1.
|
In the event of a significant service interruption in an emergency, the License Holder will reinstate the service according to the reinstatement of service procedure; insofar as possible, the procedure will give priority to the reinstatement of service to vital bodies, including security forces and emergency services, hospitals, emergency centers and government ministries.
|
|
12.2.
|
The procedure will be formulated such that reinstatement of the communication services will be according to the order specified below:
|
|
(a)
|
Dialing and maintaining a voice call between subscribers of the License Holder and between its subscribers and the subscribers of another license holder;
|
|
(b)
|
National and personal messaging (cell broadcast);
|
|
(c)
|
Surfing services;
|
|
(d)
|
Sending SMSs between subscribers of the License Holder and between its subscribers and the subscribers of another license holder;
|
|
(e)
|
The other services.
|
13.
|
Restoration of the service
|
|
13.1.
|
The License Holder will formulate a plan for restoration of its services which includes the following stages:
|
|
(a)
|
Immediate restoration
– preplanned restoration; such restoration will be carried out within a very short time and almost automatically;
|
|
(b)
|
Interim restoration
– utilization of existing surplus capacity, including available alternative machines; such restoration will be carried out within several days;
|
|
(c)
|
Long-term restoration
– installation of new systems; such restoration will be carried out within weeks or months and is contingent on available equipment at the supplier and installation and construction capabilities.
|
|
13.2.
|
According to the restoration plan, the service level of the various services provided by the License Holder will be determined.
|
14.
|
Assimilation and practice
|
|
14.1.
|
The License Holder will implement the plan to ensure Continuity of Operations among its employees by instructing and training them.
|
|
14.2.
|
The License Holder will formulate a periodic practice drill plan which includes all of the scenarios and the critical processes included in the plan to ensure Continuity of Operations.
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
|
14.3.
|
The License Holder will carry out, within the company, a practical and comprehensive drill, once a year, with the participation of an internal control team which shall examine the License Holder’s emergency preparedness; the License Holder will notify the Ministry of the date of holding of the drill at least thirty (30) days in advance thereof and will allow the Ministry’s representatives to attend the same.
|
|
14.4.
|
The conclusions of the drill will be provided to the License Holder’s management to study and examine required updates to the plan to ensure Continuity of Operations; the conclusions of the drill will be provided in writing to the Director within thirty (30) days after the holding of the drill.
|
15.
|
Procedures
|
|
15.1.
|
The License Holder will formulate designated procedures for various emergency scenarios in the framework of the plan, as specified below:
|
|
(a)
|
Procedure for handling malfunctions and irregular events in emergencies and recovery therefrom;
|
|
(b)
|
Procedure for skipping and transition to an alternative management and control center;
|
|
(c)
|
Procedures for backup and survivability of Core and Interim Sites;
|
|
(d)
|
Operation of portable resources procedure;
|
|
(e)
|
Procedure for reporting to the Ministry in emergencies;
|
|
(f)
|
Procedure for operation of the customer service system in emergencies;
|
|
(g)
|
Procedure for protection and response against data protection events;
|
|
(h)
|
Reinstatement of service in emergencies procedure;
|
|
(i)
|
Transition from routine to emergency procedure.
|
|
15.2.
|
The procedures will be approved by relevant officers at the company and will be updated once a year.
|
16.
|
Miscellaneous
|
|
16.1.
|
This annex will take effect no later than Tuesday, Elul 17, 5775 (September 1, 2015), with the exception of Sections 7 and 9, which will take effect no later than Tuesday, Adar A 21, 5776 (March 1, 2016).
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
1.
|
System Performance
|
1.1.
|
The system and its services will fulfill performances, qualities and measures defined in the Engineering Plan – Appendix B.
|
1.2.
|
The system performance and services will not fall, in any event, from the following minimum requirements:
|
|
1.2.1.
|
Digital Technology:
the system and the services under the extension of the license will be operated using digital technologies, according to relevant international standards.
|
|
1.2.2.
|
Service Coverage:
Subject to the provisions of section 60.5 of the license, all services will be provided in the entire coverage area of the system, keeping up minimum requirements in the matter of quality of service, for twenty four (24) months from the date on which the service for pay commences.
|
|
1.2.3.
|
Quality of Service
:
|
|
(A)
|
In this section:
|
|
(1)
|
“
Blocked Calls”
: calls that cannot be established or messages that cannot be sent immediately upon entering the order to connect because of non-availability of cellular system resources or resources for connection between the cellular system and other systems;
|
|
(2)
|
“
Dropped Calls
” – calls stopped not by the initiative of the subscriber caller/connector or that of the receiving subscriber;
|
|
(B)
|
Quality of service in cellular system will not be less than the following:
|
|
(1)
|
the amount of blocked calls during hours of maximum use will not exceed two percent (2%);
|
|
(2)
|
The amount of dropped calls during hours of maximum use will not exceed two percent (2%);
|
|
(C)
|
The system will uphold the requirements set out in sub-sections (A) and (B) ninety-nine percent (99%) of the time during maximum use hours;
|
|
(D)
|
Subject to the provisions of section 60.5 of the license, the system will reach the level of requirements set out above by no later than twenty four (24) months from the date of start of provision of such services for pay; from that time, said quality of service will be upheld in all the system’s coverage areas;
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
|
(E)
|
The number of blocked and dropped calls will be measured as follows:
|
|
(1)
|
measure will relate to the time span of one hour;
|
|
(2)
|
the maximum use hour to which the measure will refer will be the busiest hour of the system, on the day the measure is taken;
|
|
(3)
|
The measure will be taken at the maximum use hours on each of five (5) consecutive work days as stated;
|
|
(4)
|
The final number indicating the likelihood of blocked and dropped calls will refer to the average of the five (5) measured over the five (5) said consecutive work days, and for each type of service provided by the system;
|
|
(F)
|
Measurement and calculation will be performed for each cell separately, for each switch separately, and for the entire system; notwithstanding the aforesaid, at the written request of the Licensee, the Director may allow exceptions to the provisions of section 1.2.3, after having been satisfied that there is a true difficulty in performing the measure and calculations as stated, provided an alternative measuring and calculation system is proposed.
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
“
Area
”
|
-
|
The entire area to which the law, jurisdiction and governance of the State of Israel apply.
|
||
“
Blocked Calls
”
|
-
|
Calls and data communication or connections that cannot be established or messages that cannot be transmitted immediately upon the communication establishment order due to the unavailability of network resources or resources for connection between the network and other networks;
|
||
“
Dropped Calls
”
|
-
|
Calls and data communication or connections that are disconnected other than at the initiative of the subscriber initiating the call / connection or the call recipient.
|
1.2A
|
Rollout Obligations for an LTE Technology Network
|
Upon the establishment of an LTE technology network, the license holder shall act as follows:
(1) It shall submit a rollout plan for the LTE technology network in the format set forth in the provisions of this annex, no later than thirty (30) days after the effective date; the rollout plan shall constitute part of the engineering plan. In this section, the “
effective date
” – the date of granting of rollout approval for an LTE technology network.
(2) The rollout plan shall include the following data:
(a) It shall specify all of the towns in Israel, according to the publication of the Central Bureau of Statistics, divided into two groups – Towns in the Center and Towns in the Periphery; alongside each town shall be stated the number of households in such town, as well as the total number of households in Towns in the Center and in Towns in the Periphery; opposite each town shall be stated the planned date for completion of the rollout plan in relation to such town;
(b) It shall specify all of the Roads, according to the publication of the Central Bureau of Statistics; alongside each Road shall be stated the road number and opposite each Road shall be stated the planned date for completion of the plan for rollout along the Road.
(3) The license holder may update the rollout plan and change the order of the towns or the Roads in which the network rollout is planned, by giving notice to the Director thereof up to 30 days before the date planned for the rollout, provided that the updated rollout plan meets the provisions set forth in this annex.
(4) The network rollout pace will be as follows:
(a) The license holder shall roll out the network at a Rollout Ratio no less than one (1).
|
|
2.
|
Customer and Subscriber Services Quality Measures
|
2.1.
|
Service to provide information to customers and subscribers
: will be provided through a telephone call to a call center, on the license holder's website, by e-mail and by facsimile; such service may be provided also through a representative in a service station open to the public, through an IVR system, SMS, chat or by regular mail.
A
69
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
2.2.
|
Standards for accessibility and provision of information:
|
|
(A)
|
A
56
A call center will be manned
twenty four (24) hours a day, for receiving calls regarding theft or loss of cellular end-equipment, a network malfunction leading to termination of all cellular services to the subscriber and the "international roaming service", all days of the week except on Yom Kippur.
A
73
For the purpose of inquiries regarding an international roaming service – the licensee is required to allow any subscriber who is Abroad to contact the said call center free of charge, provided that the inquiry is made via a telephone number which is on the licensee's network. The licensee shall publish the telephone number for calls from Abroad on its website.
|
|
(B)
|
A
56
The call center will be manned at least thirteen (13) hours a day Sundays through Fridays, and five (5) hours a day on Fridays and eves of holidays for receiving calls pertaining to a problem in receiving cellular services, which is not a malfunction as stated in subsection (a), and in connection with the Licensee's services.
|
|
(C)
|
The reply at the call center will be within a reasonable time. Should the Director observe that the waiting time at the call center is not reasonable, he may set measures for response time.
|
|
(D)
|
A caller to a call center during unmanned hours will be referred to a message box to leave a message, and will receive a reply on the following day.
|
|
(E)
|
The Licensee will operate additional channel allowing subscribers to contact it for provision of information and for queries, such as:
|
|
-
|
Computerized voice system IVR;
|
|
-
|
queries via post;
|
|
-
|
queries via fax;
|
|
-
|
queries via e mail.
|
|
(F)
|
The Licensee will publish its service office address and telephone number of the call center in the following ways, among others:
|
|
-
|
In the engagement agreement with the subscriber;
|
|
-
|
In the bills sent to the subscriber;
|
|
-
|
In any document sent on behalf of the Licensee to the subscriber in a matter relating to customer services;
|
|
-
|
In telephone directories and in telephone information centers.
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
|
(G)
|
A
58
The Licensee may not use a telephone number with a cell phone area code for a fax service for the purpose of receiving complaints from the public.
|
|
(H)
|
A
58
Access to all call centers for reporting malfunctions, loss will be via a toll-free service (1-800 service).The Licensee will enable or theft (hereinafter – problem reporting center")
access to the problem reporting center from
any national domestic network.
|
|
(I)
|
A
58
Subject to that stated in subsection (h), access to all call centers for matters pertaining to the Licensee's services will be by means of each of the following:
|
|
(1)
|
A network number to which access is free of charge;
|
|
(2)
|
A split-charge call service (1-700 service) or a toll-free service (1-800 service).
|
2.3.
|
Bills to Subscribers
|
|
(A)
|
Bills to subscribers will set out the relevant details for such bill, out of the following:
|
|
(1)
|
monthly charge (fixed charge)
|
|
(2)
|
duration of calls or air time (minutes, seconds)
|
|
(3)
|
volume of data use (MB,kB) – if the service provided is charge by volume of data transmitted.
|
|
(4)
|
Other charges (such as for receipt of data, SMS transmission, mobile electronic commerce).
|
|
(5)
|
Combination of the above charge methods.
|
|
(B)
|
Structure of the Bill
|
|
(3)
|
The Licensee may include information regarding deals and personal notices to the subscriber.
|
|
(C)
|
Production and delivery of bills
|
|
(1)
|
The Licensee will produce monthly bills for its subscribers or at any other time with subscriber’s consent.
|
|
(2)
|
A subscriber who wishes to disconnect from the Licensee shall receive a final bill on the nearest possible date, and no later than two months after the disconnection date
.
A
61
Where the subscriber and the Licensee agreed on payment in installments for end-equipment purchased by the subscriber from the Licensee, and the subscriber's contract with the Licensee is cancelled before the subscriber has paid all the installments on the end-equipment which he purchased from the Licensee, the Licensee will send the subscriber a final invoice for the Licensee's services, and thereafter the Licensee will be entitled to send the subscriber invoices only in respect of the debit for the end-equipment.
A
58
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
|
(3)
|
Void
T
52
|
2.4.
|
A43)
Measures for Handling Public’s Applications
|
|
(A)
|
Level of handling a written complaint – The response times for complaints will be up to 14 workdays; the response for 5% of complaints will be within a month.
|
|
(B)
|
Measures for quality of service of the service centers –
|
|
-
|
90% of applications will be handled directly by the service representatives, up to completion.
|
|
-
|
Not more than 10% of applications, some due to escalation of complaints, will be referred to more senior levels.
|
|
(C)
|
Applications clarified by the senior level – In any case where the Public Ombudsman’s reply to a complaint does not satisfy the applicant, the application will be passed on to the managerial level, which will examine the it again and reply directly to the applicant. In any event, the applicant will receive a response within 30 days from the day of his application.
|
2.5.
|
A70
Manner of Use of an Electronic Graphic Signature
|
(a)
Identification of subscriber
– the Licensee shall identify the subscriber before modifying an engagement agreement or having him sign a new engagement agreement, through a photo-bearing I.D. or a power of attorney together with an I.D. of the attorney.
(b)
Use of a digital screen
– the Licensee shall allocate for the subscriber's sole use, throughout performance of the transaction until completion thereof, a digital screen, and shall allow the subscriber reasonable time to inspect the entire agreement and to understand the content thereof before being required to sign the same.
(c)
Signature by the subscriber
– the "access to services form" and the documents relevant to the agreement shall be marked and signed only by the subscriber.
(d)
Fixed signature
– each signature will be separately locked and fixed in place, with the unique characteristics thereof, such that it will be possible to prove that this signature is not the result of the "copying and pasting" of another signature of the subscriber signed elsewhere in the engagement agreement or in other documents. Further to the aforesaid, each signature shall have an information layer in addition to the signature – which shall document the exact time of the signing thereof (precise date and time accurate to within a second).
(e)
"Locking" of an agreement
– Upon completion of the execution of the entire agreement, the agreement document shall be "locked", such that it will be possible to identify any modification of the agreement after the date of signing. The "locking" of the agreement by a secured electronic signature or an approved electronic signature ("Electronic Signature") of the Licensee, within the meaning thereof in the Electronic Signature Law, 5761-2001, immediately after the execution thereof by the subscriber, shall be deemed as reasonable means of locking the agreement and protecting it against changes.
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
(f)
Document Retention
– the Licensee will retain documentation of any and all of the agreement documents in accordance with the requirements of Section 113.1 of its license, and shall regularly take measures to prevent the undocumented addition or omission of documents to the electronic archive system. A Licensee will take the necessary measures and processes in order to ensure that the content of the agreement is retained without modification from the date of the drafting thereof and throughout the retention period, considering technological changes or changes in the encryption methods used to retain documents. A Licensee may prove to the Ministry at any time that it took such measures and processes.
(g)
Receipt of a copy of the engagement agreement
–
(1) The subscriber may choose between two options for the receipt of documents at the time of consummation of the transaction (by checking one of two boxes):
((a)) Box one – to receive only the "plan summary pages" (up to 2 pages);
((b)) Box two – to receive the full signed agreement.
(2) The subscriber shall confirm his choice by his signature. The space for the signature shall be adjacent to the said two boxes.
(3) A subscriber who requests to receive only the "plan summary pages" will need to state his e-mail address or his fax number, to one of which the full signed agreement shall be sent (including 2 "plan summary pages").
(4) The e-mail address or the fax number to which the full agreement shall be sent will be typed in by the sales representative (on his own keyboard).
(5) The address or fax number shall appear beneath and adjacent to the said boxes.
(6) The subscriber shall confirm by an additional signature that this is the e-mail address or fax number, to one of which the agreement shall be sent.
(7) As a consequence of the aforesaid: any subscriber who does not have an e-mail address or a fax shall receive the full agreement at the time of consummation of the transaction.
(h)
Identification of the representative
– any agreement shall include unequivocal identification of the representative who had the subscriber sign (full name and signature).
(i) The Licensee shall retain in its possession a signed copy of the engagement agreement; such copy will be available at the Licensee for presentation to the Director within five (5) working days from the date of the engagement;
(j) If the subscriber requests to make a change to the terms and conditions of the engagement agreement, including a request to receive an additional service, to cancel a service, or to join a service plan – printed notice bearing the name or logo of the Licensee shall be delivered to the subscriber upon the request for the change, stating the details of the change made, the date of its taking effect and the full name of the Licensee's representative and the subscriber and their original signatures. The signed notice shall be available at the Licensee for presentation to the Director within five (5) working days from the date of fulfillment of the subscriber's request.
(k)
Cold Calling
– the rules specified above shall also apply to cold calling.
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
1.
|
The telephone bill (hereinafter referred to in this Appendix as the “
Bill
”) to be presented by the licensee to a subscriber shall be clear, legible and comprehensible; the Bill shall include accurate details about the components of the charge demanded, as set forth in this Appendix.
|
2.
|
The Bill shall include the following parts:
|
|
A.
|
“Billing Summary”;
|
|
B.
|
“Billing Details” including:
|
|
1)
|
Details of fixed charges, variable charges, one-time charges, credits and reimbursements, within the meaning in section 8 E of this Appendix;
|
|
2)
|
Information on usage patterns;
|
|
C.
|
“Call Details”.
|
|
3.
|
The Bill shall be constructed using a bottom-up method, with its bottom level being Part C - “Call Details”, above it Part B - “Billing Details” and at the top level Part A - “Billing Summary”.
|
|
4.
|
The Company name and logo shall be displayed on each page of the Bill, including on the “Call Details”.
|
|
5.
|
The licensee shall issue a “Billing Summary”, “Billing Details” and “Call Details” for each telephone number separately. The licensee may issue to a subscriber holding several telephone lines one “Billing Summary” to refer to all the telephone numbers in the possession of the subscriber, provided that the “Billing Summary” sets forth each of the telephone numbers to which the Bill relates (see examples 1 and 2). “Call Details” and “Billing Details” shall be issued by the licensee for each telephone number separately. Notwithstanding the above, a subscriber in possession of several telephone numbers may demand from the licensee to receive a separate “Billing Summary” for each telephone number in his possession. In this regard, a PRI line shall be deemed one telephone number.
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
|
6.
|
Amounts in the Bill shall be rounded off and shall be set forth according to the provisions of section 2.2.2 of Israeli Standard 5262 - “Honesty in Billing and Fair Disclosure in Telephone Bills” (hereinafter referred to in this Appendix as the “
Standard
”) and the provisions of the General License on this matter. It should be clarified that in respect of the manner of calculating the billing amount, in contrast to the manner of presenting the “Call Details”, and the “Billing Details”, as determined in the provisions, the licensee must calculate this pursuant to the tariff provided in the Regulations, with no rounding off.
|
|
7.
|
The Ministry of Communications’ website in the section on “General Licenses” has examples of telephone bills drawn up pursuant to the detailed provisions of this Appendix (hereinafter referred to in this Appendix as the “
Examples
”). The Examples are based on telecommunications agreements and tariff plans marketed in 2008 by the general licensees. The examples are for the sake of illustrating the mode of implementation of the provisions only. In the case of any inconsistency between the provisions and the Examples, the binding version is that in the provisions.
|
|
Part A - “Billing Summary”
|
|
8.
|
The following details shall be presented in the “Billing Summary”:
|
|
A.
|
Subscriber Details -
|
|
1)
|
First name;
|
|
2)
|
Surname;
|
|
3)
|
Address;
|
|
4)
|
Customer number;
|
|
5)
|
Telephone number and/or PRI line number by means of which the services on account of which the Bill is presented to the subscriber were provided;
|
|
B.
|
Licensee Details -
|
|
1)
|
Company name;
|
|
2)
|
Company management address;
|
|
3)
|
Customer service telephone and facsimile numbers;
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
|
4)
|
Company website address.
|
|
C.
|
Dates -
|
|
1)
|
Billing date;
|
|
2)
|
Billing period;
|
|
3)
|
Last date for payment of Bill - in respect of a Bill not paid by standing order or by credit card.
|
|
D.
|
Notices to Subscriber
|
|
1)
|
Notice on the option of filing a complaint to the licensee’s public complaints commissioner, about his powers and the ways of contacting him. To the extent that the licensee is not obligated under the provisions of its license to notify every subscriber about the option of filing a complaint with the licensee’s public complaints commissioner on the telephone bill, the licensee shall present a notice on the option of filing a complaint with the licensee’s telephone call center and about the ways of contacting it.
|
|
2)
|
The licensee’s address, telephone number, facsimile number and email address by means of which the subscriber may request the licensee to stop the service or deliver the licensee a notice of cancellation, within the meaning in section 13D of the Consumer Protection Law, 5741-1981. To the extent that the licensee is not obligated under the provisions of its license to provide for the sending of a request to stop the service by email, it is not obligated to present such email address.
|
|
3)
|
Information on offers and personal notices to the subscriber, at the decision of the licensee.
|
|
E.
|
Billing charge exclusive of VAT, as set forth below:
|
|
1)
|
Fixed charges - charges applying to the subscriber not dependent on the scope of usage;
|
|
2)
|
Variable charges - charges applying to the subscriber dependent on the scope of usage;
|
|
3)
|
One-time charges, such as charges for “Exit Fee”, linkage and interest differentials charge for a monetary debt, charge for collection expenses, etc. (hereinafter referred to in this Appendix as “
One-Time Charges
”);
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
|
4)
|
Credits, such as credit for return of old terminal equipment, credit for a subsidy on terminal equipment, etc. (hereinafter referred to in this Appendix as “
Credits
”);
|
|
5)
|
Financial reimbursements for surplus charges (hereinafter referred to in this Appendix as “
Reimbursements
”).
|
|
F.
|
Total payment amount will be presented as set forth below:
|
|
1)
|
Total payment amount exclusive of VAT; the amount shall be calculated according to the charges summary presented in the “Subtotals Summary” and the “Billing Summary”;
|
|
2)
|
VAT amount;
|
|
3)
|
Total payment amount, plus VAT.
|
|
F.
|
All charges appearing in the “Billing Summary” shall be presented as a decimal number in New Israeli Shekels to a degree of accuracy of two digits after the decimal point.
|
|
Part B - “Billing Details”
|
|
9.
|
Part 1 of the “Billing Details” will include information on fixed charges, variable charges, One-Time Charges, Credits and Reimbursements, as set forth below:
|
|
A.
|
“Billing Details” will include general information on the tariffs plan according to the terms of which the subscriber is charged, including details of its main tariffs, inclusive of VAT. Details of the main tariffs will be presented exclusive of VAT for business subscribers.
|
|
B.
|
If the subscriber’s agreement includes a commitment period the licensee must note on every bill in the “Billing Details” the following details:
|
|
1)
|
The duration of the commitment period and its date of expiration; the provisions of this subsection shall not apply in respect of a transaction where there is no obligation to give a collection notice as stated in section 13A(d)(2)(b) of the Consumer Protection Law, 5741-1981.
|
|
2)
|
The payment the subscriber will be asked to pay if he requests to terminate his agreement with the licensee prior to the expiration of the commitment period to the company or the tariff plan (“
Exit Fee
”) in the course of the billing period following the present billing period (hereinafter referred to in this Appendix as the “
Subsequent Billing Period
”). In the event that the amount of the Exit Fee changes throughout the Subsequent Billing Period, the time point of reference for determining the amount of the Exit Fee shall be the middle of the Subsequent Billing Period (see Example 1).
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
|
3)
|
To the extent that payment of the Exit Fee also includes payment for subsidizing terminal equipment, the aforesaid payment shall be presented separately. In the event that such payment amount is variable throughout the Subsequent Billing Period, the time point of reference will be the middle of the Subsequent Billing Period (see Example 1).
|
|
4)
|
The licensee will present to the subscriber written details in respect of the mode of calculation of the Exit Fee within 14 days of the date the subscriber submitted a request to the licensee’s customer service center or the public complaints commissioner.
|
|
C.
|
“Billing Details shall be presented by means of a table composed of columns and rows, as set forth in the Examples.
|
|
D.
|
Each service provided to the subscriber in the course of the Billing Period shall be presented in the “Billing Details” in a separate row, with the following details:
|
|
1)
|
Name of service; the name of the service shall identify as clearly and as accurately as possible, the service provided to the subscriber; respecting a service provided to the subscriber not by means of the licensee, the licensee shall present the details of the service provider, including its name and a telephone number by means of which it can be contacted;
|
|
2)
|
Quantity; quantity measured in time will be presented in the form of mm:ss (minutes: seconds). Quantity measured by data volume will be presented as a decimal number in MB to a degree of accuracy of at least 3 digits after the decimal point. The quantity of internet pages viewed or text messages will be presented as a natural number.
|
|
3)
|
Tariff; the tariff will be presented as a decimal number in New Israeli Shekels, to a degree of accuracy of at least 3 digits after the decimal point. The tariff is composed of several payment components, such as one tariff for the licensee’s services and a second tariff for reciprocal link or for international phone service, will also be presented as one inclusive tariff (see Examples 1 and 2). Calls in respect of which the tariff varies in the course of performance, such as a transition from off-peak to peak rates and from peak to off-peak rates, a change in tariff in the course of a conversation, including a conversation started within the scope of a “pay as you go” plan and exceeding the minutes in the course of performance, will be presented collectively within the “Calls at Variable Tariff in the Course of a Call” service; the tariff will be presented under the column “Average Tariff” and will be calculated by dividing the charge amount in the “Subtotal Row”, within the meaning in section 11I of the Appendix by the quantity (see Example 5 - Version A). To the extent that a call in the “Calls at Variable Tariff in the Course of a Call” is presented as set forth in the concluding part of section 11L below, the “Average Tariff” will not be required to be presented and the tariff will be presented according to each segment separately (see Example 5 - Version B).
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
|
4)
|
The charge amount; the charge amount will be calculated by multiplying the quantity by the tariff and it will be identical to the charge amount appearing in the “Call Details” in the “Subtotal Row”; the charge in the “Subtotal Row” in the “Call Details” of each segment of a “Call at a Variable Tariff in the Course of a Call” will be included in the “Account Details” within the scope of the appropriate category of service (see Example 5 - Version B).
|
|
5)
|
In the event that there is also a fixed charge for each individual call, the number of calls made and the fixed tariff per call shall also be presented in the same row and the charge amount shall be calculated by multiplying the number of calls by the fixed charge tariff per call plus the quantity multiplied by the tariff (see Example 4).
|
|
E.
|
The “Fixed Charges”, “One-Time charges”, “Credits”, “Reimbursements” and "Linkage differences and interest" as specified in sections 60.8 and 83A
A
58
, shall each be presented in the “Billing Details” in a separate group (see Examples 3 and 5).
|
|
F.
|
The licensee shall notify the subscriber in the Bill of his option to request written details in respect of the mode of calculation of
A
58
the “One-Time Charge”; the licensee will furnish the subscriber with such written details within 30 days of the date of submission of a request by the subscriber on the matter to the licensee’s customer service center or the customer complaints commissioner (see Examples 3 and 5).
|
|
G.
|
Charges may also be noted in the “Billing Details” for sale of terminal equipment and charges for services which are not telecommunication services.
|
|
H.
|
The “Billing Details” shall include subtotals of charge amounts exclusive of VAT, for fixed charges, variable charges, One-Time Charges, Credits and Reimbursements (“
Subtotal Row
”).
|
|
I.
|
The final charge amount will be presented exclusive of VAT, and alongside such amount will be presented the charge amount inclusive of VAT.
|
|
J.
|
The licensee must note in the “Billing Details” a comment whereby to the extent that there is a difference between the charge amount and the subtotal of charge amounts set forth in the Subtotal Rows of the “Billing Details”, they originate in the fact that the charge amount was calculated according to tariffs to a higher degree of accuracy than that determined in the provisions of the license and the Standard.
|
|
K.
|
All charge amounts appearing in the “Billing Details” will be presented as a decimal number in New Israeli Shekels to a degree of accuracy of two digits after the decimal point, unless expressly determined otherwise.
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
|
10.
|
In Part 2 of the “Billing Details” the licensee shall present in graph form or in any other manner in respect of each telephone number to which the telephone bill relates information about usage patterns, as set forth below:
|
|
A.
|
The rate of utilization of each package of services included in the tariffs plan to which he is a subscriber, including packages of services granted to a subscriber within the scope of the fixed charge;
|
|
B.
|
Details of charges according to categories of services;
|
|
C.
|
Distribution of call minutes and text messages according to categories of licensees on whose network the call was completed (internal network, external network according to category of licensee - mobile radio-telephone, internal domestic fixed line telephony).
|
|
Part C - “Call Details”
|
|
11.
|
The details set forth below shall be presented in the “Call Details”:
|
|
A.
|
“Call Details” shall include information about all the services provided to the subscriber in the period to which the Bill relates.
|
|
B.
|
Each “category of service” shall be set forth in a separate group under the heading of the service name, with each item in the “category of service” being presented in a separate row, pursuant to the provisions of subsection 11E. Respecting PTT services, no details are required for each call separately.
|
|
C.
|
Presentation of data in relation to each “category of service” appearing in the “Call Details” will be carried out in ascending chronological order.
|
|
D.
|
“Call Details” will be presented in table format pursuant to the details in the Examples.
|
|
E.
|
In respect of each item appearing in the “Call Details”, at least the following data shall be noted:
|
|
1)
|
Date of performance of call or text message or internet surfing;
|
|
2)
|
Time (hh:mm:ss);
|
|
3)
|
Call destination (if any);
|
|
4)
|
Quantity;
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
|
5)
|
Tariff exclusive of VAT, to a decimal number in New Israeli Shekels to a degree of accuracy of at least 3 digits after the decimal point.
|
|
6)
|
Charge amount exclusive of VAT, to a decimal number in New Israeli Shekels to a degree of accuracy of at least 3 digits after the decimal point.
|
|
F.
|
The tariff presented shall be the tariff according to which the subscriber is charged,
viz.
, for example, after a discount, if any, the cheaper tariff offered to the subscriber within the scope of any offer, etc.
|
|
G.
|
The quantity, tariff and charge amount will be presented in adjacent columns if possible, so that the quantity multiplied by the tariff will give the charge amount. If there is also a fixed charge per call the quantity of calls made and the fixed charge per call shall be presented and the charge amount will be calculated by the quantity of calls multiplied by the fixed charge tariff per call plus the quantity multiplied by the tariff (see Example 4).
|
|
H.
|
Quantity measured by time will be presented in the form of mm:ss (minutes: seconds); quantity measured by data volume will be presented as a digital number in MB to a degree of accuracy of at least 3 digits after the decimal point; the quantity of internet pages viewed or text messages will be presented as a natural number.
|
|
I.
|
Any “Category of Service” appearing in the “Call Details” will include a summary row in which will be set forth the total quantity for which the subscriber is charged and the total charge amount in respect of such “Category of Service” exclusive of VAT (hereinafter referred to in this Appendix as the “
Subtotal Row
”).
|
|
J.
|
Any charge amount appearing in the “Subtotal Row” will be presented in the “Billing Details” as a decimal number to a degree of accuracy of two digits after the decimal point, with the quantity presented alongside.
|
|
K.
|
The presentation of each Subtotal Row shall be made in a prominent manner.
|
|
L.
|
A call whose tariff is variable in the course of performance thereof, such as a transition from off-peak to peak rate or from peak to off-peak rate, a change in tariff in the course of the conversation, including a conversation starting within the scope of a “pay as you go” program and exceeding the minutes in the course of performance thereof, will be presented within the scope of “Calls at Variable Tariff in the Course of a Call”; the tariff will be presented under the column “Average Tariff” and will be calculated by dividing the charge amount into the quantity (see Example 5 - Version A). A call whose tariff is variable in the course of performance thereof may also be presented in another form in which the charge tariff, the quantity and the charge amount, as well as the total charge of the call will be presented in respect of each segment of such call (see Example 5 - Version B).
|
|
M.
|
The licensee may provide a subscriber making an express request, with Call Details in chronological order in which the calls were provided with no separation between categories of services, provided that it notifies the subscriber within the scope of the “Call Details” that he may receive “Call Details” also pursuant to the format determined in section 11(b).
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
Form for Access to Services through the Cellular Device that are Billed in the Telephone Bill
|
|
Name of the license holder
Methods for submission of the form:
Address
E-mail address
Facsimile no.
Date: ___________________
|
I, whose details are stated below, request access to the services specified below, for the telephone number stated in this form, as follows:
The Subscriber's Details
The subscriber's name / the company's name: ______________ I.D./P.C. ________________ Address: ________________ Telephone number: ____________________
Check according to your choice and sign. Please be advised that partial checking and signing means that the possibility of receiving the service will be blocked.
|
||||
No.
|
Type of Service
|
Blocked
|
Open
|
Subscriber's Signature
|
1.
|
Cellular internet in Israel
including surfing on the license holder's cellular portal (blocking does not prevent surfing in Israel via WiFi).
|
☐
|
☐
|
|
1A.
|
Cellular internet Abroad
including surfing on the license holder's cellular portal (blocking does not prevent surfing Abroad via WiFi).
open indication in this section does not include availability for roaming services in Jordan and Egypt
.
(
Note that if you choose "blocked" and purchase, at a certain stage thereafter, a plan/package which includes internet, the blocking will be discontinued by [company's name] and we shall thereafter block you again once you have used up the package in full or the plan/package has expired, whichever is earlier
)
|
☐
|
☐
|
2.
|
One-time content and/or information service
|
a.
|
One-time receipt or downloading of content via the internet
,
viewing and/or listening thereto
(such as: one-time downloading or viewing of a video, listening to a song, downloading a ringtone, downloading a video, downloading a game).
|
☐
|
☐
|
|
b.
|
One-time sending of a special rate text message to vote in a program broadcast on television
(such as: one-time voting in a reality show).
|
☐
|
☐
|
|||
c.
|
One-time giving of a donation by sending a text message
(such as: a one-time donation to an association).
|
|
|
d. |
One-time receipt of information
(such as: one-time information on transportation routes, professionals, financial information).
|
☐
|
☐
|
|||
3.
|
Continuous content and/or information service – subscription
|
a.
|
Receipt or downloading of content via the internet, viewing and/or listening thereto
other than on a one-time basis
(such as: a subscription to download or view videos, a subscription to a music service, a subscription to download ringtones, a subscription to download videos and a subscription to download games).
|
☐
|
☐
|
|
b.
|
Receipt of content and/or information other than on a one-time basis
(such as: a subscription to receive news updates, a subscription to receive sports results, a subscription to receive trivia questions and a subscription to receive diet recipes).
|
☐
|
☐
|
In an engagement in the presence of a representative of the licensee – I represent that this form has been marked and signed by
Name of the licensee's representative: _________________ Signature of the licensee's representative: ___________________
The subscriber's signature: ___________________
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
|
1.1
|
Ordering a Service from the Licensee
|
|
The ordering of a service on the Licensee's website or on its cellular portal (both hereinafter – the "
Site
") shall be done according to one of the alternatives detailed in sections 1.2 or 1.3.
|
|
1.2
|
Random Code
|
|
(a)
|
The subscriber shall enter on the Site, in the place designated for that purpose, his subscriber number
15
.
|
|
(b)
|
If the subscriber is blocked for the service, the Licensee shall send the subscriber an SMS notifying him that he is blocked for the type of service that was ordered, and that he can apply to the Licensee to remove the block for that type of service.
|
|
(c)
|
If the subscriber is not blocked for the service, the Licensee shall send the subscriber an SMS including the following:
|
|
(1)
|
The name of the service including its classification as "one-time" or as "continuing."
|
|
(2)
|
The price of the service. The price shall be displayed in a detailed manner, including details concerning a "one-time" payment, a "fixed" payment for a specific period, including specification of the period, and the unit price according to which the payment for the service is measured.
|
|
(3)
|
A random code of five (5) digits (hereinafter – the "
Sent Code
").
|
|
(d)
|
The subscriber shall enter on the Site, in the place designated for that purpose, the Sent Code.
|
|
(e)
|
The Licensee shall compare the Sent Code and the code entered by the subscriber as stated in subsection (d) (hereinafter – the "
Entered Code
").
|
|
(f)
|
If the Entered Code is identical to the Sent Code, the Licensee shall send the subscriber an SMS notifying him that his registration for the service was approved, and in the case of a continuing service – information concerning the manner in which it is possible to cancel the registration for the service.
|
|
(g)
|
If the Entered Code is not identical to the Sent Code, the Licensee shall send the subscriber an SMS notifying him that his registration for the service failed due to such non-identity.
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
|
1.3
|
User Code and Password
|
|
(a)
|
The Licensee shall display on the Site, next to the place designated for ordering the service, prominently and in a clear and legible manner, the following details:
|
|
(1)
|
The name of the service including its classification as "one-time" or as "continuing." In the case of a continuing service – information concerning the manner in which it is possible to cancel the registration for the service.
|
|
(2)
|
The price of the service. The price shall be displayed in a detailed manner, including details concerning a "one-time" payment, a "fixed" payment for a specific period, including specification of the period, and the unit price according to which the payment for the service is measured.
|
|
(b)
|
The subscriber shall enter on the Site the user code and the password set or approved for him by the Licensee (hereinafter – the "
Identity Code
").
|
|
(c)
|
If the subscriber is blocked for the service, the Licensee shall display to the subscriber a message addressed exclusively to him on the Site, notifying him that he is blocked for the type of service that was ordered, and that he can apply to the Licensee to remove the block for that type of service.
|
|
(d)
|
The Licensee shall compare the Identity Code and the user code and password set by it for the subscriber and saved in its system (hereinafter – the "
Saved Code
").
|
|
(e)
|
If the Identity Code is identical to the Saved Code, the Licensee shall provide the service to the Licensee.
|
|
(g)
|
If the Identity Code is not identical to the Saved Code, the Licensee shall send the subscriber a message addressed exclusively to him through the Site, notifying him that his registration for the service failed due to such non-identity.
|
|
2.
|
Ordering a Service from a Service Provider
|
|
2.1
|
The ordering of a service on the website of a service provider shall be done in the following manner:
|
|
(a)
|
The subscriber shall enter on the website of the service provider (hereinafter – the "
Service
Provider's Site
"), in the place designated for that purpose, his subscriber number
1
.
|
|
(b)
|
The service provider shall send the Licensee a message including the subscriber number, the type of service requested and the details of the service as set out in paragraph (d) below.
|
|
(c)
|
If the subscriber is blocked for the service, the Licensee shall send the subscriber an SMS notifying him that he is blocked for the type of service that was requested, and that he can apply to the Licensee to remove the block for that type of service. In addition, the Licensee shall notify the service provider that the subscriber is blocked for the service.
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
|
(d)
|
If the subscriber is not blocked for the service, the Licensee shall send the subscriber an SMS including the following:
|
|
(1)
|
The name of the service including its classification as "one-time" or as "continuing."
|
|
(2)
|
The price of the service. The price shall be displayed in a detailed manner, including details concerning a "one-time" payment, a "fixed" payment for a specific period, including specification of the period, and the unit price according to which the payment for the service is measured.
|
|
(3)
|
A random code of five (5) digits (hereinafter – the "
Code
").
|
|
(e)
|
The subscriber shall enter on the Service Provider's Site, in the place designated for that purpose, the Code.
|
|
(f)
|
The service provider shall send the Licensee the code that was entered by the subscriber as stated in paragraph (e) (hereinafter – the "
Entered Code
").
|
|
(g)
|
The Licensee shall compare the Code and the Entered Code.
|
|
(h)
|
If the Entered Code is identical to the Code, the Licensee shall send the subscriber an SMS notifying him that his registration for the service was approved, and in the case of a continuing service – information concerning the manner in which it is possible to cancel the registration for the service. In addition, the Licensee shall notify the service provider that the registration for the service was approved by it.
|
|
(i)
|
If the Entered Code is not identical to the Code, the Licensee shall send the subscriber an SMS notifying him that his registration for the service failed due to such non-identity. In addition, the Licensee shall notify the service provider that the registration for the service failed.
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
1.
|
Definitions
|
1.1
|
In this document, the following words and terms will have the definitions noted at their sides, unless otherwise deriving from the language or context:
|
Bezeq International -
|
The Bezeq International Company Ltd. ;
|
|
Barak -
|
Barak I.T.C. (1995) Company for International Telecommunications Services;
|
|
Chance caller -
|
A Licensee subscriber, calling abroad using an international operator, using a three digit dialing code, as set out in section 2;
|
|
Subscriber number (or telephone number) -
|
A group of numbers in a certain order, including area code, the dialing of which should create a telecommunication’s connection between the reading subscriber’s end user equipment and the reader subscriber’s end user equipment; a reader subscriber number may be a subscriber number of a number to a call answering center of a subscriber or a number to a call answering center of a licensee
2
|
|
International operator -
|
Anyone providing international telecommunications services to the public in Israel under a general license from the Director;
|
|
Chosen operator -
|
An international operator chosen by appointment, under the provisions of section 4
3
|
|
Access code -
|
A group of numbers in a certain order, the dialing of which allows access to a certain telecommunications service of a certain operator; dialing additional codes, as needed, and the subscriber number, should create a telecommunication connection to the subscriber’s end user equipment
4
; if the access code is a manned call center, the service is given via the operator.
|
|
Short dialing code -
|
“00” ” and “188” access code, designated to receive international telecommunications services, by direct dialing, or via an operator, as explained in section 2;
|
|
Golden Lines -
|
The Golden Lines International Communications Services Company;
|
|
Subscriber ascription
|
The technically defining action an internal operator performs in his switch so that his subscriber’s calls, performed through a shortened dialing code, are channeled into the chosen operator’s switch;
|
|
Outgoing ITMS calls -
|
Transferring a verbal message or facsimile message via an international telecommunications service, initiated by a Licensee subscriber;
|
|
Ingoing ITMS calls -
|
Transferring a verbal message or facsimile message via an international telecommunications service, initiated by an international caller;
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
International Telecommunications Services -
|
Telecommunications services given to the public in Israel, under license from the Director, via an international operator’s international telecommunication services;
|
|
ITMS service
|
International telecommunications message service, that is, two-directional simultaneous transfer of talk and simultaneous transfer of facsimile messages, in an international telecommunications system.
|
1.2
|
Words and expressions in this document not defined above shall have the meaning as defined in the Law, regulations enacted by virtue thereof, in the Interpretation Law, 5741 – 1981, or as set out in the appropriate places in the Licensee’s general license and in the International Operators’ licenses, unless otherwise deriving from the language or context.
|
2.
|
Allocation of Access Code
|
|
2.1
|
A Licensee will channel subscriber dialing, to the international operators’ switches, for access to international telecommunications’ services, using the following codes:
|
|
(A)
|
double-digit access code
– the ‘00’ access code, which will serve as short access code for international telecommunications services provided by a chosen operator; the Licensee will channel a subscriber dialing the prefix ‘00’ to the chosen operator;
|
|
(B)
|
triple-digit access code
– an access code of ‘01X’ type, which will serve as an access code for international telecommunications services provided to a chance user; the Licensee will channel any subscriber dialing the prefix ‘01X’ code to the international operator according to the X digit; the X digit is the international operator’s code, according to the following:
|
|
1.
|
‘2’ – code for Golden Lines’ services;
|
|
2.
|
‘3’ – code for Barak services;
|
|
3.
|
‘4’ – code for Bezeq International services;
|
|
(C)
|
‘188’ access code
– that will serve as a number for operator services ; any subscriber dialing ‘188’ will be channeled by the Licensee to the chosen operator’s operator services;
|
|
(D)
|
four
-
digit access code
– numbers of the ‘18XY’ type, that will serve as an access code for various international telecommunications services of any and all international operators; any subscriber dialing ‘18XY’ will be channeled by the Licensee to the international operator according to the X digit; the X digit is the code of the international operator under section 2.1(B); the Y digit is any number from 1 to 9 and the 0 digit; the use of the Y digit will be determined by the Director, under advisement with the international operators, in order to ensure uniformity and fair competition; each international operator will be allocated ten (10) such four digit numbers/ these numbers will be accessible for both the chosen operator’s subscribers and for chance callers.
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
|
2.2
|
If the Licensee allows its subscriber the use of another short dial code (such as +), instead of the “00” dial code (hereinafter: a special code), all the provisions and rules applicable to the short “00” dial code will apply to the special code as well.
|
|
2.3
|
Dial by pre-paid program for unidentified subscribers who are not blocked for outgoing ITMS calls will be possible only using three-digit access codes of the 01X type, and four-digit access codes of the 18XY type; upon dialing a short access code or a special access code, a voice announcement will be heard referring the customer to dial via said access codes available to him.
|
|
2A.1
|
The Licensee will allow subscribers to act as follows, with regard to outgoing ITMS calls:
|
|
(D)
|
as an ascribed subscriber.
|
|
(E)
|
As blocked
|
|
(F)
|
As a chance caller only.
|
3.
|
Blocking Outgoing International Calls and Removal of the Blocking
|
3.1
|
The Licensee will block outgoing ITMS calls, and may also block collect incoming ITMS calls for any subscriber requesting to block access to international services or subscribers for whom the international service for outgoing ITMS calls has been stopped or cut off, in accordance with the conditions of the License; the licensee may not block incoming ITMS calls except collect calls.
|
3.2
|
If a block for outgoing ITMS calls has been implemented at a subscriber’s request, the Licensee will remove the block as follows:
A23
|
|
(A)
|
If the subscriber has asked to join, he will indicate his choice international operator who shall serve as his “chosen operator”, by his signature on the appropriate form; notice given by means of facsimile will be deemed notice in writing given to by the subscriber in this matter.
|
|
(B)
|
If the subscriber has asked to be a chance caller, he will notify the Licensee of such; if the notice is verbal, the Licensee will verify the requesting party’s identity.
|
3.3
|
The Licensee will perform the block for ITMS or removal thereof, performed in accordance with the subscriber’s request, according to the following:
|
|
(A)
|
70% - Within one working day of receipt of notice; requests received after 1500 hours will be deemed having been received on the following work day;
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
|
(B)
|
20% - within two working days of receipt of notice;
|
|
(C)
|
the rest – within 5 working days.
|
3.4
|
The Licensee will ensure that a subscriber who has blocked his outgoing ITMS calls cannot make outgoing calls using ‘00’ dialing code, ‘01X’ dialing code, ‘188’ or ‘18XY’ dialing codes, or using any other code that may come in place thereof
A23
.
|
3.5
|
The Licensee may collect reasonable payment for performance of a block for outgoing ITMS calls or for removal of the block.
|
3.6
|
Notwithstanding that stated in section 3., the Licensee will allow all its subscribers to block outgoing ITMS calls before initiation of services for such subscriber, free of charge.
|
3.7
|
The Licensee will verify that all subscribers whose access to outgoing ITMS calls has been blocked receive appropriate voice message when dialing access codes or telephone numbers for international services.
|
3.8
|
If a subscriber who has chosen a chosen operator asks to block outgoing ITMS calls, the Licensee shall notify such to the chosen operator, within seven (7) working days of the date of performance of the block.
|
4.
|
Choosing a Chosen Operator
|
4.1
|
A Licensee’s subscriber may notify the international operator in writing, on a signed form approved by the Director, regarding his choice of a chosen operator through whom such wishes to receive international telecommunications services using ‘00’ or ‘188’ access codes; the form will including the particulars of the subscriber – first name, last name or name of corporation, ID number of ID number of the corporation, address and telephone numbers the subscriber asks to define the international operator as the chosen operator for, and the date and time when instruction regarding the appointment was given. The form will explain that any phone number may have one chosen operator only, and such will fulfill the requirements prescribed in this matter in the international operator’s license
7
(hereinafter: the ascription form).
|
4.2
|
Subscribers may change the chosen operator at any time by written notice on the ascription form; for initial ascription made at the subscriber’s request, the subscriber will not be asked to pay anything, however the subscriber may be charged a reasonable fee for any change in the ascription.
|
4.3
|
The chosen operator will send the Licensee notice regarding the subscriber’s having chosen him as the chosen operator (hereinafter: ascription notice); ascription notice will include the subscriber’s particulars - first name and last name, address and telephone numbers the subscriber asked to define the international operator as the chosen operator for, and the date and time of the ascription form on which the subscriber signed; the chosen operator will give ascription notice to the Licensee in accordance with the ascription forms signed by him; ascription notice will be given via magnetic media files, or in any other manner agreed upon between the Licensee and the international operators. If two or more ascription notices are given to the Licensee, relating to the same telephone number, the sc will act in accordance with the ascription notice with the later date and hour.
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
4.4
|
If a person has asked to become a new Licensee subscriber, he must make note, in the request to the international operator of his choice to engage with as a chosen operator; the Licensee will allow any new subscriber to choose a chosen operator for himself or to block the outgoing ITMS calls, or will allow the subscriber to receive ITMS services as a chance caller only; ascription services to a chosen operator or connection as a chance caller, and blocking outgoing ITMS calls will be given to new subscribers, at the time of initial registration, free of charge
A23
.
|
4.5
|
In order to choose a chosen operator, and without derogating from the aforesaid, the Licensee will act as follows:
|
|
(A)
|
the Licensee will allow all subscribers having a subscriber line number to choose one chosen operator will be for certain subscriber lines, and another for other subscriber lines;
|
|
(B)
|
Void
A2A23
.
|
|
(C)
|
the Licensee will perform ascription of a subscriber within one working day of receipt of ascription notice form the chosen operator
A2A23
.
|
|
(D)
|
The Licensee will report to the international operator regarding completion of said subscriber ascription as stated in sub-clause (C) above, including change of ascription at the time and under such plan as agreed upon between the Licensee and the international operator; the report will include particulars of the subscriber – first name, last name or name of corporation, address and telephone numbers the subscriber asked to ascribe to the international operator.
|
|
(E)
|
A20
The Licensee will send a daily modification file of subscriber ascription to all international operators (hereinafter: the modification file), containing the particulars of the subscribers who ascribed to the international operator or who unsubscribed on that day. The modification file will be handed over at the time and under such procedure as shall be agreed upon between the Licensee and the international operator. The file will include the particulars of the subscriber, including at least the first name, last name or name of corporation, ID number of ID number of the corporation, address and telephone numbers the subscriber asks to define the international operator as the chosen operator for.
e
ffect
|
|
(F)
|
The Licensee may request that the Director allow in certain cases, all the prescription of rules and limitations on the matter of subscriber ascription, the Licensee will set out the technical or operational reasons on which such request is based; if the Director consents to the Licensee’s said request, at his professional discretion, the Director will prescribe the time frame for the applicability of said rules and limitation;
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
|
(G)
|
The Licensee will submit a written quarterly report to the Director, by the 15
th
of the month following the end of the quarter; the information in the report will be correct as of the last day of the calendar quarter preceding the date of the report, and will include the following:
|
|
(1)
|
The number of subscribers blocked form international telecommunications services;
|
|
(2)
|
The number of subscriber engaged for international services using short dialing codes or using special codes, for each of the international operators;
|
|
(3)
|
A23
The number of subscribers engaged for international services as chance dialers only.
|
|
(H)
|
If there should be any disputes between the international operator or between the Licensee and the international operator on the matter of a subscribers choosing a chosen operator, the matter will resolved by the Director, or resolved by an independent arbitrator appointed by the Director, at his exclusive discretion.
|
4.6
|
The Licensee will channel any subscriber dialing using the ‘00’ prefix or any other special prefix for access to international telecommunications services, or channeling a call to a Licensee’s subscriber located abroad using an international operator (follow-me subscriber service) to the chosen operator.
|
5.
|
Void
A23
|
6.
|
Block for short dialing code
|
6.1
|
Subject to the provisions of this appendix, the Licensee will perform a block for short dialing code for any subscriber so requesting
A23
.
|
6.2
|
The Licensee will perform the block for short dialing code as follows: the Licensee will channel the subscriber’s calls using the double-digit ‘00’ prefix and the ‘188’ prefix to an announcer playing a recorded announcement stating the following in Hebrew, English, Arabic and Russian: “This service is blocked, for further details please dial ___ (a telephone number of the announcer under the provisions of section 6.7)
A23
.
|
6.3
|
Void
A23
|
6.4
|
Void
A23
|
6.5
|
Void
A23
|
6.6
|
Void
A23
|
6.7
|
The Licensee will operate the voice announcement 24 hours a day, including Saturdays and holidays, using such method and wording allowing a subscriber to receive an explanation regarding the ascription and overseas dialing, in Hebrew, English, Arabic and Russian; the explanation will include the following matters:
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
|
(A)
|
Performance of ascription – the ascription process and where to call in order to request the ascription form;
|
|
(B)
|
How one may make an international call when the subscription is blocked for short dialing codes;
|
|
(C)
|
The option of blocking overseas dialing and the option of removing such block;
|
|
(D)
|
Where one may call in order to find out about additional matters – telephone numbers of international operators.
|
7.
|
Interconnection
|
7.1
|
The Licensee will connect its system to all international telecommunications system, directly or indirectly, according to the terms of its license, in a manner allowing provision of international telecommunications services to all subscribers through the international telecommunications services of all international operators, including outgoing and incoming ITMS calls, direct dialing, dialing through an operator (‘188’ service, as stated in section 2.2(A)), “Direct Israel” services, collect service (from abroad to Israel, from Israel abroad), international 1-800 service (incoming and outgoing), calling card services, from any destination abroad and to any destination abroad.
|
7.2
|
The technical, operational and commercial arrangements between the Licensee and any international operator will allow the provision of the following to all subscribers:
|
|
(A)
|
Quality service, including service quality control and means for investigating and dealing with subscriber’s complaints regarding quality of service;
|
|
(B)
|
Accurate and precise billing of subscriber, including control over the billing and means for investigating and dealing with subscriber’s complaints regarding incorrect billing and tools and means of identification and prevention of fraud and deception;
|
|
(C)
|
Consumer response to subscriber’s queries and questions, including tools and means of providing an itemized bill for subscribers, and for investigating subscriber’s queries in all matters related to receipt of international services.
|
7.3
|
In order to implement the provisions of this appendix, the Licensee will act, inter alia, as follows:
|
|
(A)
|
Allow any subscriber who has not blocked outgoing international ITMS calls to make international calls at any time via his chosen international operator or as a chance caller, using dialing methods set out in section 2;
|
|
(B)
|
Allow all subscribers to change their chosen operators; this service will be given in return for a reasonable charge,
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
|
(C)
|
Take reasonable measures to prevent subscriber ascription to a chosen operator without his knowledge or against the subscriber’s wishes (“slamming”); these measures will include identification of the subscriber and verification of the subscriber’s right to receive service;
|
|
(D)
|
Give all subscribers, free of charge, service allowing them to identify the name of their chosen operators;
|
|
(E)
|
The Licensee will offer non-discriminatory conditions to all international operators, including in all matters regarding the commercial conditions, billing and collections arrangements, availability of connection installations and quality of service; without derogating from the generality of the aforesaid, the Licensee will provide service for all international operators under equal conditions including in the matter of interconnection, provision of infrastructure installations and connection services to the network, performance of changes in switching, in installations, protocols and network interface;
|
|
(F)
|
The conditions for interconnection between the Licensee’s system and the international operator’s international telecommunications system will be reasonable and non-discriminatory; if the parties have not reached any agreement, the Minister will determine matters between them;
|
|
(G)
|
A copy of any agreement between the Licensee and international operator in the matter of interconnection will be delivered to the Director;
|
|
(H)
|
Any international operator requesting the particulars of a subscriber refusing to make payments to the Licensee designated for the international operator for services used via the international operator’s international telecommunications system will be given over, whether such subscriber was an ascription subscriber or a chance caller; these particulars will include the first name, last name or name of corporation, ID number of ID number of the corporation, address and telephone number.
|
|
(I)
|
A22
Allow international operators to collect payment directly for services from subscribers ascribed to such international operator, and who have chosen to receive billing and collections services directly; the Licensee will have any vital information required by the international operator at his disposal allowing the international operator to provide billing and collection services for such aforesaid ascribed subscribers;
|
|
(J)
|
A22
Provide services under equal and non-discriminatory conditions and for such charge not discriminating against an ascribed subscriber who has chosen to receive billing and collection services from the international operator.
|
7.4
|
The international operators will bear the costs of implementation of the interconnection including the process of survey and blocking short dialing codes, and, if so required, for a subscriber’s initial ascription to a chosen operator; the rate of payments, as stated, will be determined under negotiation between the Licensee and the international operator; the Licensee’s shared expenses that cannot be ascribed to a particular international operator will be divided equally between all international operators; if the parties have not come to an arrangement, the Minister will prescribe instructions in these matters, after giving the parties a fair opportunity to argue their claims before him.
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
Definitions
|
1.
In this appendix -
|
“Old technology phone” –
|
A cellular phone operating on IS-54 format;
|
|
“New technology phone” -
|
A cellular phone operating on IS-136 format;
|
|
“Upgradeable telephone” -
|
An old technology phone that may be upgraded to a new technology phone;
|
|
“Date of cessation of service” -
|
The date on which the Licensee ceases to provide cellular services to an old technology phone owner.
|
|
“Eligible customer” -
|
The Licensee’s subscriber or customer who has lawfully purchased an old technology telephone and has not exchanged or upgraded it to a new technology phone;
|
|
“Telephone Number” -
|
The number of the cellular telephone given to a subscriber or customer who lawfully purchased an old technology phone and connected to the Licensee’s network;
|
|
“Upgrade” -
|
Exchanging the software version of the telephone upgrades the telephone, wherein it becomes a new technology phone.
|
Discontinuation of service
|
2.
|
Notwithstanding the aforesaid in section C of chapter E of the General License, the Licensee may discontinue provision of cellular services to eligible customers, provided all the following provisions apply:
|
|
Publication
|
3.
|
(A) The Licensee will publish an appropriate notice under these provisions in three of the largest newspapers in Israel, one of which is published in Arabic, on the closest Friday to the date 30 days before the date of cessation of service.
(B) The Licensee will publish an appropriate notice under these provisions in three of the largest newspapers in Israel, one of which is published in Arabic, on the closest Friday to the date 30 days earlier than the end of six months from the date of cessation of service.
|
|
Exchange of telephone
|
4.
|
The Licensee will exchange an old technology telephone including all accessories thereto, including a hands-off device, for a new technology telephone, including all accessories thereto, for any eligible customer, on
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
|
|
the basis of accessory for accessory, including the installation thereof, provided the new technology telephone is of no lesser features than the new technology telephone’s features, free of any direct or indirect charge to the customer.
|
Upgrade
|
5.
|
The Licensee will upgrade an eligible customer’s upgradeable telephone, free of any direct or indirect charge to the customer.
|
|
Telephone number
|
6.
|
The Licensee will keep the telephone number allocated to any eligible customer before the date of cessation of service for a period of six months from the date of cessation of service; after this period the Licensee may exchange the telephone number of an eligible customer who did not exchange the old technology telephone to a new technology telephone or did not upgrade an upgradeable phone during that period.
|
|
Notice of Application
|
7.
|
The Licensee shall inform the Director in advance and in writing of the day of Discontinuation of Service and of the days of Publication as detailed in sub-sections 3(A) and (B) above and shall furnish the Director with copies of the notices as published.
|
|
Period
|
8.
|
The Licensee will fulfill the provisions of sections 4 and 5 above starting on the date of publication prescribed in sub-section 3(A) above for a period of 7 years from the date of cessation of service.
|
|
Conditions of service
|
9.
|
The provisions of sections 4, 5 and 6 will be deemed a condition of service, as defined in section 37B.(A)(1) of the Telecommunications Law.
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
2.
|
The Licensee shall discontinue the provision of cellular service to a subscriber holding obsolete equipment, starting from the service discontinuation day.
|
3.
|
Publication of Service Discontinuation
|
|
3.1
|
The Licensee shall publish, in at least three major dailies in Israel one of which is published in Arabic, on the closest Friday to the date 30 days before the service discontinuation, an appropriate notice notifying the public of the discontinuation of activity of the system using the IS-136 (TDMA) technology and the services provided to its subscribers through that system, in accordance with the provisions of this appendix (hereinafter – the "
first notice
"). In addition, it shall send a written notice similar to the first notice to each entitled subscriber whose address is registered with the Licensee. The Licensee shall submit the contents of the first notice to the Director for approval prior to its publication.
|
|
3.2
|
The Licensee shall publish, in three major newspapers in Israel, one of which is published in Arabic, on the closest Friday to the date 30 days earlier than the end of six months from the date of service discontinuation, an additional notice, in accordance with the provisions of this appendix (hereinafter: the "
second notice
"). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Licensee is entitled not to publish a second notice as stated, if no entitled subscriber exists on that date.
|
|
3.3
|
The Licensee shall send an entitled subscriber a voice message and an SMS concerning the discontinuation of the service, by one week before the day of service discontinuation.
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
|
3.4
|
The Licensee shall publish a notice similar to the first notice also on its website, starting from the date of publication of the first notice until 30 days after the publication of the second notice.
|
4.
|
End Equipment Replacement Process
|
|
4.1
|
The Licensee shall do the following, without any direct or indirect consideration:
|
|
a.
|
It shall replace for each entitled subscriber the obsolete equipment with new equipment.
|
|
b.
|
For an entitled subscriber with a speaker, it shall replace the speaker with a reconditioned or new speaker compatible with the new equipment. In this regard, replacement – including installation of the speaker.
|
|
c.
|
It shall grant a warranty for the new equipment and for the speaker, as the case may be, for a period of no less than two years from the day of publication of the first notice.
|
|
(All that stated in section 4.1 above – "
upgrade
".)
|
|
4.2
|
The upgrade process shall be carried out at any of the Licensee's service and sales center, during two years from the day of publication of the first notice.
|
|
4.3
|
An entitled subscriber who is a "prepaid" subscriber with an unutilized payment balance, and who is not interested in upgrading the obsolete equipment held by him, shall receive from the Licensee the balance of the payment. Such a subscriber shall be entitled to a refund of the unutilized balance, after showing the obsolete equipment, from the day of service discontinuation until the end of the validity of such balance.
|
5.
|
|
Phone Number
|
|
5.1
|
The Licensee shall keep the phone number of an entitled subscriber that was allocated to him before the day of service discontinuation, during one year from the day of service discontinuation, before it is returned to the pool of phone numbers of the Licensee, unless the entitled subscriber notifies the Licensee of his wish to keep the number that was allocated to him for an additional year.
|
6.
|
|
Notice of Inception
|
|
6.1
|
Without derogating from that stated in section 3.1, the Licensee shall give the Director prior written notice regarding the day of service discontinuation and the publications days as stated, and shall furnish to the Director photocopies of all the notices, as stated in section 3.
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
Licensee -
|
One who has been given a general license by the Minister for provision of NDO or cellular services;
|
Telephone bill -
|
A bill given to the subscriber by the Licensee for services provided;
|
Writing -
|
Including via facsimile or electronic mail;
|
Service number -
|
A number of digits allocated to an erotic services provider by the Licensee, given by dialing a telephone number, subject to the provisions of the numbering program and administrative provisions in this matter, the dialing of which, following a dialed prefix, allows the subscriber access to the service;
|
Services provider -
|
One who provides erotic services via the network, and payment for the service is made through the telephone bill; in the matter of erotic services provided through dialing a telephone number, access to the services is achieved through a service number;
|
Erotic promo
|
Broadcast or presentation of an audio or visual message with sexual content, including a recorded message, given via a telecommunications facility, directly or indirectly, and such message is intended to provide information on a service following or to encourage the use thereof, provided the broadcast of the message or presentation are made without additional charge beyond the charge for a telephone call collected via the telephone bill;
In this matter, “indirectly” – including by way of creating a connection from the subscriber’s end user equipment as a condition of providing the erotic promo.
|
Area code
|
A national area code in such model as prescribed by the Ministry for erotic services;
|
The network -
|
The Licensee’s public telecommunications network.
|
Erotic services -
|
Audio broadcast or presentation of an audio or visual message with sexual content, including recorded messages, given via a telecommunications facility, directly or indirectly, including services for dating, chats, or sending messages between chance callers, designated or serving, even in part, for sexual purposes, which are any of the following:
(1) A service provided through the dialing of a telephone number
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
|
given by a service provider;
(2) An access service to a closed data base of contents including multimedia files, held by the Licensee or by another provider of the service with the Licensee’s consent (hereinafter: the “
cellular portal”
).
In this matter, “indirectly” – including by way of creating a connection from the subscriber’s end user equipment as a condition of providing the service or for charging for it;
|
2.1
|
Subject to the provisions of section 4, access to erotic services given through dial-up will be made available to subscribers via an area code and service number.
|
3.
|
Allocation of Service Number
|
3.1.
|
In the matter of erotic services provided by dial-up, the Licensee may allocate a service number to a service provider; in such case, the Licensee will allow the service provider to provide services to both the Licensee’s subscribers as well as subscriber to other licensees.
|
4.
|
Blocking Access
|
|
4.1.
|
A.
A38
A Licensee will block access to erotic services from all end-user equipments connected to the network; without derogating from the aforesaid, for the purpose of blocking access to erotic services given though the cellular portal, the Licensee may make use of a means of blocking, including content filtering programs, provided they efficiently block access to said service.
|
|
B.
A38
Should the Ministry of Communications notify the Licensee that an erotic promo is being given through the Licensee’s telephone line or network, without access through a service number, the Licensee will cut off said line, or block the line from receiving incoming calls;
|
4.2
|
A subscriber 18 years of age or more may request the Licensee remove a block imposed as described in section 4.1A
A38
from his end user equipment.
|
4.3
|
A request for such removal of a block will be made in writing, or verbally, provided the Licensee has prescribed a procedure allowing accurate identification of the requesting subscriber.
|
4.4
|
If a subscriber has so requested a block removed, the Licensee will remove the block within a reasonable time, in a manner allowing the subscriber access to erotic services via the end user equipment in his possession.
|
4.5
|
If a block has been removed for erotic services as stated, and the subscriber requests that his end user equipment again be blocked for such services, the Licensee shall perform the block at the soonest possible opportunity, and by no later than 2 work days from the date of receipt of the subscriber’s request.
|
4.6
|
The first removal of a block against erotic services, made at the subscriber’s request as stated in sections 4.2 and 4.3 will be made free of charge; the Licensee may charge the subscriber a reasonable fee for any additional blocking access to erotic services or for additional removal of such block, made at the subscriber’s request.
|
5.
|
Early Registration
|
|
5.1 Notwithstanding that stated in section 4 above, the Licensee may establish a duty of early subscriber registration for receipt of a password, a submission of which will be a precondition for receipt of erotic services. The provisions of this section do not derogate from the provisions of sections 4.2 and 4.3 above.
|
6.
|
Special Payment
|
6.1
|
If special payment is prescribed for erotic services, the rate shall be fixed by the Licensee or in agreement between the Licensee and the services provider.
|
7.
|
Charging the Subscriber
|
7.1.
|
If special payment is prescribed for erotic services, the Licensee’s phone bill will show the payment for the service separately from charges for the Licensee’s other services, unless the subscriber has requested otherwise.
|
7.2.
|
The Licensee shall provide the subscriber, upon demand and within ten (10) working days, details of the special payment for erotic services as follows:
|
|
(A)
|
The service number the service allocated;
|
|
(B)
|
The date and time service was provided;
|
|
(C)
|
Billing time units – when charging per time – the number of time units charged or the total amount of the special payment; in the case of a charge according to traffic volume (such as MB, KB), the number of volume units transferred;
|
|
(D)
|
The sum charged for the service.
|
8.
|
Mandatory Tender
|
8.1
|
If a special payment has been fixed for erotic services provided through the network, the Licensee, either himself or via the services provider, will play a recorded message at the beginning of the call, containing the following details:
|
|
A.
|
The essence of the service;
|
|
B.
|
Rate of special payment for the service, according to payment per time or per traffic volume, as the case may be;
|
|
C.
|
The option to discontinue the service, without charge, before the signal is heard, as stated in section 8.4.
|
8.2
|
The recorded message will be played in the language in which the erotic service is provided, in comprehensible language, at a reasonable pace and without recording defects.
|
8.3
|
At the start of erotic services provided in a language not Hebrew, a message will be played announcing the language in which the service is provided, and after, the recorded message will be played, as stated in sections 8.1 and 8.2, in the language in which the service is provided.
|
8.4
|
Upon completion of the recorded message, as stated in section 8.1, the caller will have a 5 second interval, at the end of which a signal indicating the start of the erotic services; if the caller disconnected the call before the signal was heard, he will not be charged the special payment. Alternatively, the caller will be asked to press a certain key on his end user equipment in order to confirm that he desires to accept the service, and will be charged the special payment only from the moment he so acts.
|
8.5
|
If a special payment is fixed for erotic services provided by access to the cellular portal, the Licensee will notify subscribers regarding the price of the service in an obvious and clear manner, providing the subscriber the option to disconnect from the service without being charged the special payment.
|
9.
|
Licensee –Services Provider Relations
|
9.1
|
The Licensee may allow a services provider to perform telecommunications operations via its installations in order to provide erotic services; the services provider will be exempt from the duty of obtaining a license for telecommunications services, under the provisions of section 3(5) of the Law.
|
9.2
|
The Licensee will include the provisions of this appendix, mutatis mutandis, in the agreement between the Licensee and the services provider, in such manner that the services provider will be obligated to fulfill said provisions.
|
9.3
|
The Licensee will provide the Director with any agreement between such and a services provider, upon demand.
|
10.
|
Interconnection
|
10.1
|
The conditions for interconnection between the network and the Licensee’s public telecommunications network, in all matters relating to provision of billing and collection services by one Licensee to another licensee, for purposes of provision of erotic services given via the network to another licensee’s subscriber, will be formalized in an agreement between the Licensee and the other licensee; if the parties cannot reach an agreement, the Minister will decide on the matter.
|
10.2
|
The Licensee will, upon demand, provide the Director with a signed copy of all agreement it has with other licensees in the matter of said interconnection.
|
11.
|
General
|
11.1
|
The Licensee will be responsible to handle all erotic services customer complaints, in all matters relating to subscriber access to the service, and problems of billing and collection in connection with the service, and will establish a mechanism for dealing with customer queries for such purpose; the services provider will be responsible to deal with subscriber complaints in regard to service content. If the Licensee himself provides the erotic services, the Licensee will be responsible to handle erotic services customer complaints regarding the service content as well.
|
11.2
|
The Licensee may not disconnect, stop or harm the basic telephone services of a subscriber who has used erotic services and refuses to pay for such, however, the Licensee may disconnect such subscriber from continued use of the erotic services.
|
11.3
|
The Licensee may not provide a subscriber’s particulars to another services provider or to others, without the subscriber’s written consent , and only after verification of the authenticity of such consent.
|
11.4
|
A Licensee shall, within three (3) working days, provide any subscriber so requesting the following particulars regarding the services provider, without charge:
|
|
A.
|
The name and address of the provider;
|
|
B.
|
The telephone number at which such provider may be reached.
|
11.5
|
The provisions of this appendix will apply, mutatis mutandis, to provision of erotic services provided as a network service to the Licensee’s subscribers only.
|
11.6
|
The Licensee may himself provide erotic services, and the provisions of this appendix will apply thereto, mutatis mutandis.
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
1.
|
Definitions
|
|||
1.1
|
In this Annex:
|
|||
“
License Holder
”
|
-
|
An entity which received a general license by virtue of the law;
|
||
“
Host License Holder
”
|
-
|
A License Holder through whose Network the Service Provider provides its services;
|
||
“
Source License Holder
”
|
-
|
A landline or mobile domestic License Holder, whose Subscriber wishes to purchase a Premium Service;
|
||
“
Service Order
”
|
-
|
Any action initiated by the Subscriber for the purpose of receiving a Premium Service, including calling a Dialing Code, entering the Subscriber’s telephone number, entering a password and entering a code;
|
||
“
Telephone Bill
”
|
-
|
A bill submitted by a License Holder to a Subscriber for services provided to him;
|
||
“
Writing
”
|
-
|
Including via facsimile or e-mail;
|
||
“
International Operator
”
|
-
|
An entity which received a general license to provide international telecommunications services;
|
||
“
Subscriber
”
|
-
|
A subscriber of the Source License Holder;
|
||
“
Service Number
”
|
-
|
A 10-digit telephone number determined according to the provisions of the numbering plan and the instructions of the Directorate in this regard, which includes a designated Dialing Code plus several digits, which the Host License Holder allocates to a Service Provider, and the dialing of which allows a Subscriber access to a Premium Service;
|
||
“
Service Provider
”
|
-
|
An entity which provides Premium Service through a License Holder’s telecommunications Network, the payment for which is made through the Telephone Bill;
|
||
“
Dialing Code
”
|
-
|
A national dialing code, in a format determined by the Ministry for the purpose of accessing a Premium Service;
|
||
“
Network
”
|
-
|
A system of telecommunications facilities through which a License Holder provides its services;
|
||
“
Premium Service
”
|
-
|
Voice message announcement or visual message presentation service, including a recorded message, which is provided through a telecommunications device, directly or indirectly,
inter alia
for one of the following purposes: the provision of information and content, entertainment, advice, dating service, chat, entering a competition, a lottery, a game or a vote or service provided over the internet, and with the exception of an erotic service; for this purpose, “indirectly” – including by way of making contact from
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
|
the Subscriber’s end equipment or entering the Subscriber’s telephone number, including on the internet, as a condition to provision of or charging for the service;
|
“
Premium Tariff
”
|
-
|
The tariff for payment for a Premium Service is in accordance with the requirement of the Host License Holder; this tariff shall include a tariff for completing the call on the Host License Holder’s public telecommunications Network, which is determined pursuant to the Communications Regulations (Telecommunications and Broadcasting) (Payments for Interconnect), 5760-2000, and with respect to a service that is provided by an International Operator as a Host License Holder, the tariff shall include the payment to be retained by the International Operator;
|
||
“
Regular Tariff
”
|
-
|
The tariff collected from the Subscriber by the Source License Holder, in accordance with the tariff plan set forth in the engagement agreement between it and the Subscriber
16
.
|
1.2
|
Words and expressions in this annex that have not been defined in this section will bear the same meaning as in the law, in the regulations promulgated thereunder, in the Interpretation Law, 5741-1981, in Section 1 of the license or as specified elsewhere in this annex, unless another meaning is implied by the context.
|
2.
|
Access to Service and the Duty of Universality
|
2.1
|
A Source License Holder will allow every Subscriber access to any Premium Service provided on all of the Networks of the license holders.
|
2.2
|
A Host License Holder will allow all callers of all license holders access to the Premium Services provided through its Network.
|
2.3
|
A Host License Holder and a Source License Holder will allow provision of Premium Services only through the Dialing Code and Service Number.
|
2.4
|
Referral to the Dialing Code will be made only in order to receive a Premium Service; referral to such Dialing Codes for other purposes, including charging and collection arrangements, customer service or administration, is absolutely prohibited.
|
2.5
|
The license holder will block access to a telephone number, including an international number, without the Dialing Codes for a Premium Service, insofar as it is informed by the Ministry or otherwise learns that a Premium Service is provided through this telephone number.
|
3.
|
Duty of a recorded announcement and notification to the Subscriber
|
3.1
|
Immediately after consummation of the engagement, and before providing a Premium Service, the Host License Holder will play a recorded message to
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
|
the caller, in the language in which the service is provided, using clear and universally understandable words, and without interference on the recording. The recorded message will include the following details, according to the following order:
(a) The nature of the service;
(b) The Premium Tariff, in addition to the Subscriber’s Regular Tariff;
(c) The maximum tariff that may be collected for the service;
(d) The maximum duration determined for the purpose of receipt of a Premium Service, if determined;
(e) The possibility available to the caller to disconnect the call before commencement of provision of the service, without being charged, until the end of the sounding of the signal as specified in Section 3.2.
|
3.2
|
Upon completion of the sounding of the recorded announcement as stated in Section 3.1, and before commencement of provision of the service, the Host License Holder will sound a special signal to the caller, following which he shall be afforded at least 5 seconds to disconnect the call, without being charged the Premium Tariff. The license holder may afford the Subscriber the possibility of confirming receipt of the service by pressing a certain key on the end equipment in his possession to start the provision of the services before expiration of the said time.
|
3.3
|
If access to a Premium Service is blocked as stated in Section 7.1, the Source License Holder shall play a recorded message to the Subscriber whereby such service cannot be received, due to blocking of the access to the Dialing Code. The license holder may specify, in the recorded message, the ways of removing the blocking.
|
4.
|
Purchase of a Service
|
4.1
|
Upon completion of the process stated in Section 3.2, the caller will be afforded the possibility of purchasing the Premium Service.
|
4.2
|
The service purchase will be made for each service separately, and according to the Dialing Code, and the purchase of a certain service shall not be deemed as the purchase of an additional service, whether the same service or another service.
|
5.
|
Price of the Service
|
5.1
|
For all of the Dialing Codes specified below, the service tariff for the Subscriber will be the Premium Tariff for the service plus the Regular Tariff.
|
5.2
|
For a service provided with the Dialing Code 1-900, a maximum sum of NIS 0.5 per calling minute may be charged, and no more than NIS 30 for the entire call.
|
5.3
|
For a service provided with the Dialing Code 1-901, a maximum sum of NIS 50 may be charged, regardless of whether the Premium Tariff for the service was collected on a one-time basis or the tariff was determined according to the duration of the service, or a combination of the two.
|
5.4
|
For a service provided with the Dialing Code 1-902, a maximum sum of NIS 100 may be charged, regardless of whether the Premium Tariff for the service was determined on a one-time basis or the tariff was determined according to the duration of the service, or a combination of the two.
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
5.5
|
Subject to the provisions of Sections 5.2-5.4, the binding Premium Tariff is the tariff provided to the Subscriber in the recorded announcement, prior to provision of the service, in accordance with Section 3.1.
|
5.6
|
The prices stated in this section include V.A.T.
|
6.
|
Collection and charging arrangements
|
6.1
|
A Source License Holder will not collect from a Subscriber payment for a Premium Service, which was provided contrary to the provisions of this annex.
|
6.2
|
The Source License Holder will collect from the Subscriber payment for the Premium Service according to the charge records that the Host License Holder forwarded thereto, in addition to the Regular Tariff.
|
6.3
|
The Host License Holder will forward to the Source License Holder, at least once a day, charge records in respect of a Premium Service (the “Premium Records File”) which was provided to the Subscriber, as delivered to the Subscriber in an announcement according to Section 3.1.
|
6.4
|
The Source License Holder will remit to the Host License Holder payments that it collected from its Subscribers in respect of Premium Services, according to the Premium Tariff, and will not be required to do so in respect of payments, as aforesaid, that it was unsuccessful in collecting from its Subscribers.
|
6.5
|
If a Subscriber disconnects the call before provision of the service has begun, the Source License Holder may collect from him a Regular Tariff, and will not remit to the Host License Holder an interconnect tariff, as set forth in the Communications Regulations (Telecommunications and Broadcasting) (Payments for Interconnect), 5760-2000 (the “
Interconnect Regulations
”).
|
7.
|
Discontinuation of a Premium Service
|
7.1
|
A Host License Holder may disconnect the caller from a Premium Service upon the payment for the call reaching the maximum payment as stated in Section 5.
|
7.2
|
A Source License Holder shall block the Premium Service for prepaid Subscribers upon exhaustion of the balance available to the Subscriber, or at the very latest, upon receipt of the “Premium Records File”.
|
7.3
|
The provisions of Section 7.2 shall apply also to a credit-restricted postpaid Subscriber who has reached the credit limit agreed with him.
|
8.
|
Blocking Access to Service
|
8.1
|
The license holder will allow every Subscriber, existing or new, to choose whether the access from his telephone line to Premium Services with Dialing Codes 1-900 and 1-901 will be open or blocked. The Subscriber’s decision will be made by checking the “blocked” or “open” box on the access to services form (the “
Form
”).
|
8.2
|
The license holder will prepare the access to services form or amend the access to services form defined in its license (the “
Access to Services Form
”) so as to include the provisions of the access to premium services form in Section 12.
|
8.3
|
The license holder will post the Access to Services Form on its website.
|
8.4
|
A new Subscriber’s choice will be made by checking a box on the form which constitutes part of the “engagement agreement”, when made in a transaction in the presence of the Subscriber and a representative of the license holder, in the framework of the “engagement terms and conditions document”, when the
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
|
engagement is made in a remote sale transaction via a telephone call, or as marked by the Subscriber on an online form, when the engagement is made via the internet.
|
8.5
|
The license holder will notify an existing Subscriber, in the Telephone Bill, of the option of downloading the form from its website, and marking his choice regarding access to Premium Services with Dialing Codes 1-900 and 1-901. If an existing Subscriber filled out a form in the past and is now only filling out his choice regarding access to Premium Services, his previous choices regarding access to services shall remain in place, unless the Subscriber explicitly requests to modify them.
|
8.6
|
If an existing Subscriber does not explicitly mark, within two months from this annex taking effect, his choice regarding access to Premium Services which are provided with Dialing Codes 1-900 and 1-901, the default option will be as follows:
a.With respect to code 1-900 – open;
b.With respect to code 1-901 – blocked.
|
8.7
|
The blocking of access to Premium Services with Dialing Code 1-901 according to the default option as stated in Section 8.4, will be performed by the license holder within seven (7) working days from two months after this annex takes effect. A Subscriber’s first-time blocking of access to codes 1-900 and 1-901, whether according to the Subscriber’s choice or as a default option, will be performed free of charge.
|
8.8
|
The license holder will block the access of all of its Subscribers to the services provided with the Dialing Code 1-902 as a default option, free of charge, within one working day, from the date of this annex taking effect. A Subscriber’s request to remove the blocking will be made in writing, or orally, provided that the license holder performs a reliable identification of the Subscriber submitting the request, according to the procedure determined thereby.
|
8.9
|
If a Subscriber requests removal of a blocking, the license holder shall remove the blocking within a reasonable time.
|
8.10
|
The license holder shall document the Subscriber’s request to remove the blocking of Premium Services. The documentation will be available at the license holder for delivery or transfer, as the case may be, to the Director within five (5) working days from the date on which the Subscriber submitted his request.
|
9.
|
Provision of the service in Israel through an International Operator
|
9.1
|
An International Operator may be a Host License Holder, and allow provision of a Premium Service through its Network, without being required to route the call overseas.
|
10.
|
Miscellaneous provisions
|
10.1
|
A Host License Holder may permit a Service Provider to perform telecommunications actions through the facilities of the License Holder for the purpose of provision of the service; the Service Provider is exempt from the duty to obtain a general permit or license for the purpose of performance of telecommunications actions, pursuant to the provisions of Section 3(5) of the law.
|
10.2
|
If a Subscriber does not pay a Telephone Bill which includes a charge in respect of Premium Services, the License Holder will forward to the Host License Holder
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
|
the following details of the Subscriber: his full name, I.D. number and contact details.
|
10.3
|
In a Telephone Bill which includes charges in respect of Premium Services, the License Holder will specify in respect of each Service Provider, charges in respect of whose services are included in the bill, the following details:
a.Name and address of the Host License Holder;
b.Company number or licensed dealer number of the Host License Holder;
c.Details for contacting the Host License Holder, including a telephone number.
|
10.4
|
A Host License Holder may not use means of payment details, provided thereto by the caller for the purpose of payment for other services, in order to collect a premium payment.
|
11.
|
Temporary provision
|
11.1
|
(a) A Host License Holder will play an announcement to the caller whereby the Premium Service is provided only through use of the Dialing Codes 1-900, 1-901 and 1-902 in the following cases:
(1) By calling Premium Services, access to which was enabled until the provisions of this annex took effect, by dialing an international number;
(2) By calling Premium Services, access to which was enabled until the provisions of this annex took effect, by dialing a network access code, as defined in the numbering plan in Israel.
(b) The announcement will be made in the language in which the Premium Service is given.
(c) The Host License Holder will play the announcement for six months from the date on which the provisions of this annex take effect.
(d) The source operator may charge the Subscriber the Regular Tariff in respect of the announcement.
|
12.
|
Access to Premium Services form:
|
Form of Access via the Telephone Device to Services Charged in the Telephone Bill
|
TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION
|
Name of License Holder
Ways to send the form:
Address
E-mail address
Facsimile no.
Date: ____________
|
I, whose details are recorded below, request access to the services specified below, for the telephone number stated on this form, as follows:
Details of the Subscriber
Name of the Subscriber / name of the company: __________ I.D./P.C. __________ Address: _______________
Telephone number: _______________
Check the box according to your choice and sign. Please note that partial checking and signing mean blocking the possibility of receiving the service.
|
Type of service
|
Blocked
|
Open
|
Subscriber’s signature
|
Access to Premium Services, which include playing of audio content or presentation of visual content, such as: information, entertainment, advice, dating service, entering competitions, etc., which are provided by dialing 1-900 and 1-901 numbers. |
a.
|
1-900 numbers at a tariff of up to 50 Agorot per minute and no more than NIS 30 for an entire call.
|
o | o | ||
b.
|
1-901 numbers at a tariff that does not exceed NIS 50 for an entire call.
|
o | o |
In an engagement in the presence of a representative of the License Holder –
I, the undersigned subscriber, declare that this form was marked and signed by me.
Name of representative of the License Holder: ________________
Signature of representative of the License Holder: ________________
The Subscriber’s signature: _________________
|
|
1.
|
I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of Cellcom Israel Ltd;
|
|
2.
|
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
|
|
3.
|
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
|
|
4.
|
The company’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the company and have:
|
|
(a)
|
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
|
|
(b)
|
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
|
|
(c)
|
Evaluated the effectiveness of the company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
|
|
(d)
|
Disclosed in this report any change in the company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the company’s internal control over financial reporting; and
|
|
5.
|
The company’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the company’s auditors and the audit committee of the company’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
|
|
(a)
|
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
|
|
(b)
|
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the company’s internal control over financial reporting.
|
/s/ Nir Sztern
|
||
Nir Sztern
Chief Executive Officer
|
|
1.
|
I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of Cellcom Israel Ltd;
|
|
2.
|
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
|
|
3.
|
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
|
|
4.
|
The company’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the company and have:
|
|
(a)
|
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
|
|
(b)
|
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
|
|
(c)
|
Evaluated the effectiveness of the company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
|
|
(d)
|
Disclosed in this report any change in the company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the company’s internal control over financial reporting; and
|
|
5.
|
The company’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the company’s auditors and the audit committee of the company’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
|
|
(a)
|
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
|
|
(b)
|
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the company’s internal control over financial reporting.
|
/s/ Shlomi Fruhling
|
||
Shlomi Fruhling
Chief Financial Officer
|
|
1.
|
the Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act; and
|
|
2.
|
the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of Cellcom Israel Ltd..
|
/s/ Nir Sztern | ||
Name: Nir Sztern
|
||
Chief Executive Officer
|
/s/ Shlomi Fruhling | ||
Name: Shlomi Fruhling
|
||
Chief Financial Officer
|